The URL can be used to link to this page

REVIEWED BLD2021-1415+Manufacturer_Specifications_and_Installation_Instructions+10.9.2021_6.00.35_PM+2453882REVIEWED BY CITY OF EDMONDS ENGINEERING SUBMITTAL ECOPURE° EP10283 ODOR CONTROL SYSTEMS EDMONDS WWTP WASHINGTON Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 RECEIVED Oct 13 2021 CITY OF EDMONDS DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT BLD2021-1415 bkair Breathe Setter Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION STATEMENT THIS DOCUMENT AND ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ("INCLUDED INFORMATION") ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF BIOAIR SOLUTIONS, L.L.C., ITS SUBSIDIARIES, AFFILIATES AND/OR ASSIGNS ("BIOAIR"). THE INCLUDED INFORMATION IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO BIOAIR AND IS PROVIDED IN CONFIDENCE SUBJECT TO THE CONTENT OF THIS STATEMENT. THE RECIPIENT OF THIS DOCUMENT AGREES THAT IT WILL USE THE INCLUDED INFORMATION SOLELY FOR THE INSTALLATION, USE AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY BIOAIR ("PERMITTED PURPOSE") AND THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHOUT BIOAIR'S PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT, DUPLICATE OR RECREATE INCLUDED INFORMATION, DISCLOSE OR TRANSFER INCLUDED INFORMATION TO A THIRD PARTY OR USE INCLUDED INFORMATION FOR OTHER THAN THE PERMITTED PURPOSE. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER LANGUAGE CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, THE RECIPIENT AGREES THAT ALL PATENT AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS ARE RESERVED TO BIOAIR AND THAT RECIPIENT WILL NOT (A) APPLY AND/OR FILE FOR ANY PATENT WHICH IS BASED UPON, DERIVED FROM, INCLUDES AND/OR UTILIZES ANY INCLUDED INFORMATION; (B) COMMERCIALLY OR OTHERWISE EXPLOIT INCLUDED INFORMATION; (C) USE INCLUDED INFORMATION IN ANY MANNER DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF BIOAIR. UPON WRITTEN REQUEST OF BIOAIR, RECIPIENT AGREES IT WILL CEASE USING INCLUDED INFORMATION, RETURN INCLUDED INFORMATION AND ALL RELATED NOTES AND ANALYSES AND COPIES THEREOF TO BIOAIR AND CERTIFY IN WRITING THAT RECIPIENT HAS COMPLIED WITH THE OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS STATEMENT. ACCEPTANCE OF THE DELIVERY OF THIS DOCUMENT AND/OR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES RECIPIENT'S AGREEMENT TO THE CONTENT OF THIS STATEMENT. SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bkoair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 BioAir Solutions, LLC Engineering Submittal BioAir Solutions, LLC 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Rd. Suite 303 Voorhees, NJ 08043 Phone: (856) 258-6969 Fax: (856) 258-6975 www.bioairsolutions.com Project Number: P20118 Project Title: Edmonds WWTP — Carbon Recovery Project Equipment Type(s): • EcoPure EP10283 It is BioAir's goal to provide a complete engineering submittal with all necessary information and supporting documentation. We would be happy to discuss any questions you may have during the review of this submittal. For questions related to this submittal, please contact Chris Veloso. For questions related to the Contract, please contact Kim Shutt. Lead Engineer: Ron Donocoff rdonocoff(a)-bioairsolutions.com + 1 -856-258-6969 x118 Support Engineer: Mhilbert Llanes mllanes(ftioairsolutions.com 856-258-6969 x 110 Contracts: Kim Shutt kshutt(@bioairsolutions.com 856-258-6969 x142 We look forward to working with Ameresco on this project. Thank you. SD3114 V1 u P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bkair Breathe Setter TABLE OF CONTENTS A. SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE A.1. GENERAL REMARKS A.2. RESPONSE TO SUBMITTAL COMMENTS B. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 B.1. ODOR CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN SERVICE CONDITIONS B.2 SYSTEM UTILITY AND NUTRIENT REQUIREMENTS B.3 BIOTRICKLING FILTER MEDIA B.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION B.5 CONTROL NARRATIVE B.6 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE B.7 TESTING PROCEDURE B.8 HzS ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA B.9 MM ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA B.10 EQUIPMENT WARRANTY B.11 SAFETY INFORMATION C. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS C.1. GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING C.2. P&ID D. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT D.1. REACTOR ASSEMBLY D.2. WATER PANEL + NUTRIENT ADDITION ACCESSORIES D.3. BLOWER DA. STARTUP SYSTEM + MAKEUP WATER ASSEMBLY D.S. SITE DUCTWORK D.6. SPARE PARTS LIST D.7. OTHERS E. CONTROL PANEL E.1. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS & BILL OF MATERIAL E.2. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DATA SHEETS F. INSTRUMENTATION SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bkair Breathe Setter Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 G. SAFETY DATA SHEET (SDS) H. TRAINING H.1. TRAINING OUTLINE H.2. TRAINING SIGN -OFF SHEET I. PROCESS DATA RECORDING SHEET J. PRE -STARTUP BLOWER MAINTENANCE RECORDING SHEET K. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE RECORDING SHEET L. INSTALLATION LIST M. STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS N. STANDARD FRP RESIN DATASHEET O. ADSORBENT MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO Washington Carbon Recovery Project r bio Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 A. SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE A.1. GENERAL REMARKS • Owner/Engineer to provide BioAir with confirmation that the plant water quality meets the requirements of Section B.1.8 of this submittal. • Owner/Engineer to confirm that the irrigation water supply flow/pressure meets the requirements of Section B.2. The minimum irrigation water supply requirement to the inlet of the Water Panel is 79.2 gpm at 45 psi dynamic pressure. The maximum irrigation water supply requirement to the inlet of the Water Panel is 100 psi static pressure. • BioAir will size the blower for 14" W.C. This is based on the provided cumulative total pressure drop of 6" W.C. Impedance from ductwork upstream of the blower and the 8" W.C. of the Odor control system. • The EcoPure® system does not utilize recirculation after startup. BioAir is supplying the recirculation system (hereafter referred to as "startup system" in this submittal) for equipment startup only. Startup system will be bypassed after startup is complete, removed and placed into storage. • Power supply to the Electrical Control Panel is 480VAC/3Ph/60Hz. The Amp draw will be included in the Electrical Control Panel submittal. • Structural Calculations are being performed and will be submitted once completed. • Owner / Engineer to note (approve if required) that BioAir may elect to use an alternative resin based on the specification, site conditions, and manufacturing lead time. The alternative resin will be the direct equal as outlined in Section O — Standard FRP Resin Datasheet. • Contractor to make heat tracing provisions. Provisions for heat tracing and insulation for all piping above ground to the flange are out of BioAir's scope. • BioAir will ship the water and electrical panels pre -wired and mounted back-to-back on the panel stand. Please note that supply or installation of interconnecting electrical equipment or labor including power supply to the electrical panel, power from the electrical panel to motors/field disconnects, and power/signals from the electrical panel to field -mounted instruments is outside of BioAir's scope of supply. • Contractor to ensure electrical / water panel, instrumentation, nutrients, carbon, and other equipment is stored in cool dry place. THE CARBON CAN NOT GET WET. If BioAir's engineer finds the carbon, nutrients, or other equipment are wet/damaged during the system startup. The carbon and all additional expenses will be placed at the owner's expense. • Blower must be stored and maintained per the Blower O&M. Any damage to the blower or any of its components due to incorrect storage will not be covered by the equipment warrantee. • Connection of Biotrickling Filter piping including supply to water panel, interconnecting piping from water panel to irrigation nozzle connection, startup and drain piping are outside of BioAir's scope of work. SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Project No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 A.2. RESPONSE TO SUBMITTAL COMMENTS SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO ioAir Solutions, LLC 1110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 1 Voorhees, NJ 08043 bpoiiir 856.258.6969 1 F 856.258.6975 I www.bioairsolutions.com Breathe Better. Response to Engineer's Review Comments dated 19/03/2021. Please see the engineer's Response (Greg Mockos, Ken Dahl, Nate Palmatier, Kenneth Gray at BHC) comments for the Biological Odor Control Submittal for Edmonds WWTP Carbon Recovery Project. BioAir Solutions will respond to each of these points below in blue and referenced the required submittal sections for further detail. If any questions or concerns come up while reviewing the submittal, please feel free to reach out to Ron Donocoff at 856-256-6969 ext. 118. Comments to Specification Sections 44-31-00 R1 1. PLC D Coordinate with Dan K — MicroLogix 1400 conflicts with other direction provided for this project. BioAir's Response: Comly as Noted, BioAir has received the approval from BHC that the MicroLogix 1400 is acceptable for BioAir to provide with the electrical control panel. Please see Section E — Electrical Control Panel for Details. 2. PLC D Coordinate with Dan K — MicroLogix 1400 does not support separate ethernet modules, so if Micrologix is acceptable to the City then this is fine. BioAir's Response: Comly as Noted, BioAir has received the approval from BHC that the MicroLogix 1400 is acceptable for BioAir to provide with the electrical control panel. Please see Section E — Electrical Control Panel for Details. 3. Blower Motor E Show motor temperature detection circuit on loop diagram "CD20118E10 Sheet 10 of15" BioAir's Response: Comply as Noted, BioAir has revised the drawings to and blower motor to include a thermistor for high temperature monitoring only. Please see Section Please see Section D.3 — Blower, and Section E— Electrical Control Panel for details. 4. Vent Fan Motor E Show motor temperature detection circuit on loop diagram "CD20118E10 Sheet 10 of 15". No controls are shown for ventilation fan on drawing "CD20118E 9 Sheet 9 of 15". BioAir's Response: Comply as Noted, BioAir has revised the drawings to and blower motor to include a thermistor for high temperature monitoring only. BioAir has modified the loop diagram sheet to include the field wiring for the sound enclosure ventilation fan. Page 1 of 4 ioAir Solutions, LLC 1110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 1 Voorhees, NJ 08043 bp,oiiir 856.258.6969 1 F 856.258.6975 I www.bioairsolutions.com Breathe Better. Please see Section Please see Section D.3 — Blower, and Section E— Electrical Control Panel for details. 5. Point to Point Wiring Diagram C Show motor temperature detection circuits on loop diagram "CD20118E10 Sheet 10 of 15". Please clarify where to find requested information on loop diagram.Please verify with City the removal of enclosure lighting. BioAir's Response: Comply as Noted, BioAir has revised the drawings to and blower motor to include a thermistor for high temperature monitoring only. Please note the sound enclosure only allows 6" of spacing around all sides of the blower. The sound enclosure lighting would be unable to properly illuminate the internals of the enclosure due to the construction constraints of fitting around the inlet and outlet connecting ductwork. BioAir provides an access panel to access the drive side of the blower's motor for routine lubrication. Please see Section Please see Section D.3 — Blower, and Section E— Electrical Control Panel for details. 6. Irrigation Water D FSI has confirmed that the plant potable water system is able to provide the required supply. BioAir's Response: Note BioAir has not received this information and still considers this request open. 7. Water Quality D NPW water does not meet Bioair requirements, potable water will be provided. Bioair has confirmed that City potable water meets Bioair requirements BioAir's Response: Comply as Noted; BioAir understands that potable water will be the supply water. However, BioAir has not received this information and still considers this request open and did not confirm the Cities potable water meets BioAir's requirements. Please see BioAir's submittal Section B.1.9 — Irrigation Water Source Characteristics requirements. 8. Condensate Drain E There is a 1-inch diam. PVC blower condensate drain indicated on drawing EP10283-GA_P20118. Where is the drain connection on the blower unit/duct? Is the 1-inch diam. FPT connection on the blower inlet box - noted as a "DRAIN HALF COUPLING" - that will be situated on top of the component once installed, is this the drainage being indicated on drawing EP10283-GA P20118? BioAir's Response: Noted, the 01 " drain is at the lowest point of the blower's scroll. This should be routed to the common site drain. BioAir recommends that the blower's drain is Page 2 of 4 BioAir Solutions, LLC 1110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 1 Voorhees, NJ 08043 F.,OiirP 856.258.6969 1 F856.258.6975 I www.bioairsolutions.com Breathe Better. plumbed using a P-Trap compared to a ball valve, to allow the condensation (if any) that builds up the the scroll to drain feely under the force of gravity. 9. Support Locations E Indicate supports (permanent/temporary) location(s) and type(s) recommended for the "startup assembly" BioAir's Response: BioAir requests additional information on this comment inorder for BioAir to properly give a clarification/response. Please note that supports are not in BioAir's scope of supply and to be provided by others. 10. Panels E Note, electrical control panel is to be decoupled from water panel and remotely mounted for buried electrical service routing as requ 11. ired. Confirm no issues or further considerations required with this approach. BioAir's Response: Comply as Noted, BioAir does not have any objections with decoupling the Electrical Control Panel from the Water Control Panel. Please note the the electrical control panel is to be installed seperate from the water control panel. bioair requires the electrical control panel to comply with NFPA 820 and the electrical control panel to be mounted 3ft from any potential odorous air source. Please see Section C.1— General Arrangement for revised detail requirement. 12. Make-up Water E Note, 1" make-up water supply piping beyond the isolation is to be replaced with pvc sch80 x brass adapters and a 1" hose. Confirm no issues or further considerations required with this approach. BioAir's Response: Comply as Noted, BioAir does not have any issues with the incoming water supply line as described in item #12 above. Please note BioAir will continue to supply the submitted make-up water assembly as shown in Section D.4. The makeup water assembly will have a 0 1 " Socket Ball valve for a process connection to this item's requirements. Please note that Hydrogen Sulfide (H2SO4) has a moderate effect on brass. Page 3 of 4 ioAir Solutions, LLC 1110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 1 Voorhees, NJ 08043 bpoiiir 856.258.6969 1 F 856.258.6975 I www.bioairsolutions.com Breathe Better. Ameresco's Comment Document with BioAir's Responses: Page 4 of 4 AMERESCO Green . Clean . Sustainable 4. 222 Williams Avenue South, Suite 100 Renton, WA 98057 P: 206 522 4270 F: 425 687 3173 a meresco.com Submittal Review Comments March 19,2021 Owner: City of Edmonds Project Title: WWTP Phase 6 — Carbon Recovery Submittal: Bioair Ecopure Odor Control — Custom Equipment — P20118 R2 02/2021 Reviewer: BHC, Parametrix and Ameresco State Project #: 2020-793 G (1-1) Ameresco Project No.: 88501.2000 Note: Submittals are accepted with the following notations. Revise and re -submit per the following comments. Item # Page # Reviewer Comments Action Additional Response Item # 01 Owner to provide Bioair with Information Resolved water quality information per Request BioAir's Response — Please note B.1.8 that BioAir has not received the water quality report as of 23- March-2021. 02 Pg145, Owner requires THWN in -lieu of Substitution Resolved Wire THHN wire per plant electrical Request BioAir's Response —Comply. Schedule standards. BioAir has revised the wiring to follow THWN wiring. 03 Pg83, The plant prefers Baldor motors Substitution Baldor motor being provided but Motors and would like to utilize Request P-mag motor being waived due permanent magnet motors to cost impact. where applicable and "Motor Rating" lists permanent economically feasible. magnet motor — correct this BioAir's Response — Noted, this page has been revised to remove the Permanent Magnet Motor detail. 04 All Project Title —should be "Carbon Revise / Re- Resolved Recovery Project" submit BioAir's Response — Noted 05 Pg131, MFR should be Bussmann Correct Typo Resolved Fuse BioAir's Response — Noted spec. 06 Pg138, MFR should be Allen Bradley Correct Typo Resolved VFD spec BioAir's Response — Noted 07 Items 05 and 06 appear to be Correct Resolved typo's caused by converting the Typos BioAir's Response — Noted AMERESCO 4 QUANTUM Green . Clean . Sustainable document to PDF format and it appears to occur randomly throughout the document in the Component Specification tables. 08 Electrical Power requirements: 480/3/60 Informational BioAir's Response — Noted, item 150-amp fusing is for Ameresco. 09 Airflow 17,500 CFM @ 6 inches WG Ext. Informational BioAir's Response — Noted, item SP, 14 inches WG TSP is for others. 10 VFD Allen Bradley Powerflex 755 Informational BioAir's Response — Noted 11 PLC PLC controller platform: A-B Informational BioAir's Response — Noted Micro Logix 1400 series Item # Page # Reviewer Comments Action Additional Response Item # ------ ----- Controls related comments by --------- ----------------------- Parametrix P-01 Pg215 What version of Wonderware Submit Wonderware Avea. HMI is being supplied? specified Resolved The City standard is Wonderware item BioAir's Response — Noted (Avea, system platform) InTouch Runtime would be an acceptable substitute. P-02 Pg215 The HMI operating system is Substitution From: Brian Kobylt listed as Windows Embedded Request <bkobylt@bioairsolutions.com> Standard 7. Is this available with Sent: Friday, March 19, 2021 Windows 10? Over the last few 1:12 PM years the City IT removed all To: Wyllie, Robert Windows 7 machines from the <rwyllie@ameresco.com>; Ron plant and standardized on Donocoff Windows 10. Subject: RE: P20118 - Edmonds - EcoPure Electrical Control Submittal Comments Hi Robert, Yes, the HMI operating system will support Windows 10. Thank you BioAir's Response — Noted, item is closed. ------ ----- Review comments by Design --------- ----------------------- Team NOTE 1 See separate submittal review Refer to Items 3,4,5,8,9,10 and 11 document by BHC Consultants document require further submittal action dated 3/19/21 but none of these review comments prevents 11 /30/20 Page 2of3 AMERESCO 4 QUANTUM Green . Clean . Sustainable authorization to complete fabrication of system. BioAir's Response — Noted Regarding BHC submittal review - Please note that this includes our process, electrical, and structural review as well. Please note that we are expecting a resubmittal and submittal of additional information. 11 /30/20 Page 3of3 bioair Breathe Setter. B. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 B.1. ODOR CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN SERVICE CONDITIONS The EcoPure° biotrickling filter system is designed to remove odorous constituents from process air under the following conditions: Description Value B.1.1 Duty Air supply and odorous compound concentrations are continuous and consistent, and falls within the concentration ranges as specified herein. B.1.2 Location Outdoors B.1.3 Inlet Air Temperature 59— 99 °F B.1.4 Average Air Relative Humidity 60— 100% B.1.5 Total Airflow from Each Source 17500 cfm B.1.6 Type of Contaminants Hydrogen sulfide (1-12S), reduced sulfur compounds (RSC) and other organic odors typical for Municipal Wastewater applications. Airstream does not contain compounds that are inhibitory to biological growth. B.1.7 H2S Concentration in Inlet Air 24-hour average: 6 ppmv Transient peak: 10 ppmv B.1.8 Methyl Mercaptan Concentration in Inlet 24-hour average: 0.8 ppmv Air Transient peak: 1.4 ppmv B.1.9 Irrigation Water Source (Effluent) The irrigation water supply consists of treated effluent and shall meet the following characteristics: • pH=6-8 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BIOAIR WITH • Min./Max. Temperature = 59 — 99 °F CONFIRMATION THAT THE IRRIGATION 0 Total Chlorine < 2 mg/L WATER QUALITY MEETS THE LISTED 0 TSS < 10 mg/L REQUIREMENTS. • Total Dissolved Solids < 2000 mg/L • Hardness < 400 mg/L CaCO3 (at pH = 2) • COD < 100 mg/L • BOD < 30 mg/L • Total N = 3 — 20 mg/L • Total P = 1 — 5 mg/L Irrigation Water Source (Potable) Should potable water be used for irrigation purposes, EcoGrow° nutrients will be added to provide the required nutrients for optimum system performance. See Section 0 for water use and nutrient requirements. The potable water supply shall meet the following characteristics: • pH=6-8 • Min./Max. Temperature = 59 — 99°F • Total Chlorine < 2 mg/L CI- • TSS < 10 mg/L • Total Dissolved Solids < 2000 mg/L Hardness < 400 mg/L CaCO3 (at pH = 2) SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bioair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 B.2 SYSTEM UTILITY AND NUTRIENT REQUIREMENTS System 1: 1x EcoPure EP10283 Electrical Requirements: 480VAC/3Ph/60Hz Water supply: 79.2 gpm at 45 psi dynamic pressure at pipe connection to Water Panel Water use: 3802 gpd Nutrient Use: 20.3 lb EcoGrowTM/month (if required) B.3 BIOTRICKLING FILTER MEDIA B.3.1 First Stage Biotrickling Filter Media Each EcoFilter° biotrickling filter comes with BioAir's uniform, structured EcoBase° plastic synthetic media pre -installed in the reactor module(s) prior to delivery to the job site. The EcoBase° media is fabricated from high porosity, chemically resistant plastic material that provides for long operating life and controlled steady state operation to assure consistent long-term performance. The media layer(s) is self-supporting, does not shrink or swell with varying moisture content, and is constructed to eliminate short circuiting of air. The EcoBase media has a void space greater than 96% and a specific surface area of 750 mz/m3. B.3.2 Second Stage Adsorbent Polishing The EcoPure has a second stage carbon system that is used to remove trace odors, if any. The carbon specifications are included under Section P. B.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION B.4.1 Biological Section The odor control system consists of a biotrickling filter that is designed to remove hydrogen sulfide, organic reduced sulfur compounds (RSC's) and other odorous compounds from the foul air stream in accordance with the performance guarantee below. The biotrickling filter operates in a counter -current fashion. The foul air enters the reactor vessel at the bottom and flow upwards through each of the EcoBase media layer(s). The media is intermittently irrigated from the top of each vessel section using suitable plant reclaimed effluent or potable water. The water flows downward through each vessel section inside the reactor and is discharged from the section bottom through a drain. The hydrogen sulfide in the odorous air entering the reactor is oxidized by the autotrophic SD3114 V1 U P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bioair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 bacteria resident on the lower media layer(s). As the air passes through the upper media layer(s), the resident heterotrophic bacteria will oxidize the remaining organic odorous compounds. The airstream is then released to the atmosphere via the exhaust stack located on top of the reactor. The drain water is discharged from each vessel section bottom via a PVC drain line to a suitable location. B.4.2 Adsorbent Carbon Media Section After air is treated in the biological section, it enters the carbon polishing stage. In this area of the system, activated carbon media adsorbs any odorous compounds that remain after treatment by the biological section. Carbon does not require any process control. Extensive process description and details are provided in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. B.5 CONTROL NARRATIVE In order to achieve optimum system performance, moisture and pH levels in the media must be properly controlled. This is achieved by regulating the total amount of water supplied to the biotrickling filter via the spray nozzle system(s). The spray nozzle is designed to uniformly supply water across the top surface of the media. The uniformity of the spray pattern is dependent on the water flow rate, so it is critical for the flow rate to remain near the nozzle's design flow rate during irrigation (see Section B.2 for nozzle design flow rate). Therefore, adjustments to the total amount of water supplied to the system, as required for process control, are accomplished by varying the percentage of time that irrigation takes place, NOT by adjusting the instantaneous water flow rate. This is done by setting a cycle time and an irrigation time. The cycle time is defined as the amount of time between an irrigation event and the next repeated occurrence of that event. Each irrigation event takes place once per cycle. The irrigation time is the amount of time that one nozzle's automatic ball valve is open to allow irrigation water to flow to the nozzle. (In the event that there is more than one valve operating on a single control system, separate irrigation times can be set for each valve (and thus, for each nozzle and its corresponding vessel section). Depending on the inlet 1-12S concentration, the vessel sections will be irrigated separately and in succession, starting with the lower section, or simultaneously.) When potable water, or effluent water with insufficient nutrients, is used for the irrigation water supply, nutrient addition is required. This is accomplished by activating the nutrient dosing pump during each biotrickling filter irrigation sequence. The PLC will also give the operator the ability to set a nutrient dose time for each biotrickling filter. SD3114 VlO P20118 EPl0283 A-B RO booair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 The above control sequences are the normal operating mode of the system, which will take place when switches controlling the automatic ball valve(s) controlling irrigation and nutrient pump(s) are in AUTO mode. The switches can also be placed in OFF and momentary ON position for convenience during maintenance, priming, or other necessary functions. Extensive control narrative and related details are provided in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. B.6 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE BioAir warrants that upon equipment acclimation and for one (1) year after equipment startup the process will perform as follows: 1-12S Removal (biological portion of system): The system shall meet either one of the following conditions: - Average H2S removal efficiency shall be >_ 99% (applies when average inlet 1-12S concentration is >_ 50 ppmv) - Average outlet 1-112S concentration shall be <_ 0.5 ppmv (applies when average inlet 1-12S concentration is < 50 ppmv) H2S Removal (overall system): The system shall meet either one of the following conditions: - Average H2S removal efficiency shall be >_ 99.5% (applies when average inlet 1-12S concentration is >_ 20 ppmv) - Average outlet 1-112S concentration shall be <_ 0.1 ppmv (applies when average inlet 1-12S concentration is < 20 ppmv) Methyl Mercaptan (MM) Removal: The system shall meet either one of the following conditions: - Average MM removal efficiency shall be >_ 95% (applies when average inlet MM concentration is >_ 2 ppmv) - Average outlet MM concentration shall be <_ 0.1 ppmv (applies when average inlet MM concentration is < 2 ppmv) The Performance Guarantee is subject to the design conditions as outlined in Section B.1, validation of operation of the equipment in accordance with BioAir's Operation and Maintenance Manual, and performance testing in accordance with the Testing Procedure and Acceptance Criteria given in Section B.7 & B.B. If the equipment fails to meet the Performance Guarantee, BioAir's sole obligation shall be to make such repairs or replace such parts as may be required to achieve the Performance Guarantee. SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bioair Breathe Setter. B.7 TESTING PROCEDURE Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 1. Measure airflow into each unit and, if necessary, adjust to the design airflow +/- 10%. Airflow balancing can be conducted by BioAir and witnessed by the Engineer and/or Contractor if desired. Airflow shall be measured at the beginning of the test period. The set position on the damper(s) and/or VFD(s) will be marked or noted. Airflow will not change as long as damper(s) and/or VFD(s) remain in position. 2. Measure pressure drop across each system at beginning of test period. 3. Measure temperature of the inlet, outlet, and ambient air. 4. Performance test period to begin at a noted time and last for four (4) hours. 5. H2S Testing: H2S data from the inlet location and overall system outlet will be measured and logged once every 10 minutes to demonstrate performance during test period. a. The inlet H2S data will be logged with a pre -calibrated OdaLog gas data logger with appropriate range and accuracy for the inlet air stream (0 — 1000 ppmv range, 1 ppm display resolution). b. The system's outlet H2S data will be logged with a pre -calibrated OdaLog gas data logger with appropriate range and accuracy for the outlet air stream (0.00 — 2.00 ppmv range, 0.01 ppmv display resolution). B.8 H2S ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Biological Portion of System The biological portion of the system's H2S removal efficiency shall be determined by calculating the average inlet H2S concentration and the average biological section outlet H2S concentration, and using the following formula: Biological section H2S removal efficiency (%) _ (1 — average biological section outlet H2S concentration / average inlet H2S concentration) x 100. The biological portion of the system shall have passed the H2S performance test if either one of the following conditions is true: • Average biological section H2S removal efficiency is >_ 99% (applies when the average inlet H2S concentration is >_ 50 ppmv). Average biological section outlet H2S concentration is <_ 0.5 ppmv (applies when the average inlet H2S concentration is < 50 ppmv). Overall System Acceptance Criteria SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bioair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 The overall system's H2S removal efficiency shall be determined by calculating the average inlet H2S concentration and the average overall outlet H2S concentration, and using the following formula: Overall H2S removal efficiency (%) _ (1 — average overall outlet H2S concentration / average inlet H2S concentration) x 100. The overall system shall have passed the H2S performance test if either one of the following conditions is true: • Average overall H2S removal efficiency is >_ 99.5% (applies when the average inlet H2S concentration is >_ 20 ppmv). • Average overall outlet H2S concentration is s 0.1 ppmv (applies when the average inlet H2S concentration is < 20 ppmv). In the event that the average inlet H2S concentration during the test period exceeds the specified average H2S concentration, or the peak H2S concentration during the test period exceeds the specified peak H2S concentration, the H2S acceptance criteria shall not apply and the system shall be considered to have passed the performance test. B.9 MM ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The system's overall MM removal efficiency shall be determined by calculating the average inlet odor detection threshold and the average overall outlet odor detection threshold and using the following formula: Overall MM removal efficiency (%) _ (1 — average outlet odor detection threshold / average inlet odor detection threshold) x 100. The system shall have passed the odor performance test if either one of the following conditions is true: • The average MM removal efficiency is >_ 95% (applies when average inlet MM concentration is >_ 2 ppmv). • The average outlet MM concentration is 0.1 <_ ppmv (applies when average MM concentration is < 2 ppmv). In the event that any average inlet MM concentration during the test period exceeds the specified average MM concentration, or any peak MM concentration during the test period exceeds the specified peak MM concentration, the odor acceptance criteria shall not apply and the system shall be considered to have passed the performance test. SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bkair Breathe Setter B.10 EQUIPMENT WARRANTY BioAir's sole warranty obligations are as follows: Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 A. BioAir warrants the EcoBase synthetic media against defects in material (shrinking, swelling or plugging), for ten (10) years from equipment delivery to job site. In the event it is determined that a defect exists in the synthetic media, BioAir's sole obligation shall be to repair or replace the defective media. B. All equipment supplied by BioAir, other than the EcoBase synthetic media and activated carbon media, is warranted by BioAir against defects in material and workmanship for twelve (12) months from successful startup of equipment or eighteen (18) months from the equipment delivery, whichever comes first. In the event it is determined that a defect exists in such equipment, BioAir's sole obligation shall be to repair or replace the defective equipment. C. BioAir warrants that upon equipment acclimation and for one (1) year after equipment startup the process will perform in accordance with the Performance Guarantee contained in paragraph B.6 above. The Performance Guarantee is subject to validation of operation of the equipment in accordance with BioAir's Operation and Maintenance Manual. If the equipment fails to meet the Performance Guarantee, BioAir's sole obligation shall be to make such repairs or replace such parts as may be required to achieve the Performance Guarantee. D. BioAir will not be liable under any warranty if the defect was caused by misuse, abuse, improper operation, improper maintenance, alteration, repair or modification, negligence in use, casualty, storage, handling or any other cause beyond the control of BioAir. E. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THE CONTRACT, BIOAIR MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE. F. The warranties provided in this Section B.10 with respect to the Equipment (including, but not limited to, reactor vessel, synthetic media and other equipment) sold by BioAir to Purchaser pursuant to this Project are exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties. There are no other warranties and BioAir expressly disclaims, and Purchaser hereby expressly waives, all other such warranties, expressed or implied, including without limitation, warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. SD3114 V1 �. P20118 EP10283 A-B RO b ko awwk r Breathe Setter. B.11 SAFETY INFORMATION Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 ALL PERSONS INVOLVED WITH THE USE OF BIOAIR EQUIPMENT MUST BE PROPERLY TRAINED AND KNOWLEDGEABLE ON THE USE OF BIOAIR EQUIPMENT AND AWARE OF ALL HAZARDS BEFORE ENGAGING IN SUCH ACTIVITIES. THIS MANUAL AND ALL OTHER WARNINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY BIOAIR, AS WELL AS ALL OTHER APPLICABLE SAFETY MANUALS, STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS, ("MATERIALS") SHOULD BE REVIEWED BY ALL PERSONS BEFORE PARTICIPATING IN THE USE OF BIOAIR EQUIPMENT. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER TO ASSURE THAT ALL PERSONS INVOLVED IN THE USE OF BIOAIR EQUIPMENT, OR WORKING ON OR NEAR THE BIOAIR EQUIPMENT, HAVE PROPER SAFETY TRAINING, ARE ADVISED OF THE PROPER MEANS AND METHODS OF PERFORMING THEIR WORK, HAVE BEEN PROVIDED WITH THE MATERIALS AND ARE AWARE OF ALL THE HAZARDS AND RISKS THAT MUST BE ELIMINATED OR AVOIDED. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE INTENDED TO HIGHLIGHT SOME OF THE KEY SAFETY ITEMS WHEN ENGAGING IN THE OPERATION OF THE BIOAIR ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE OWNER AND THE OWNER'S OPERATORS FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE CONTENT OF THIS OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL PRIOR TO OPERATING THE BIOAIR EQUIPMENT. KEY SAFETY ITEMS: • POWER SUPPLY TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL SHOULD ALWAYS BE TURNED OFF USING THE MAIN SWITCH ON THE PANEL DOOR BEFORE OPENING ELECTRICAL PANEL DOOR. • USE GLOVES AND SAFETY GLASSES WHEN WORKING ON THE WATER STRAINER. NOTE: THE STRAINER MAY CONTAIN BIOLOGICAL MATTER. AVOID CONTACT WITH SKIN, EYES, AND DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. • ALWAYS TURN THE MAIN WATER SUPPLY TO THE WATER PANEL OFF BEFORE WORKING ON THE STRAINER ASSEMBLY. • READ AND CAREFULLY FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS AND WARNINGS CONTAINED IN THE ECOGROW NUTRIENTS MSDS (SEE SECTION H). ALWAYS WEAR GLOVES AND SAFETY GLASSES WHEN MIXING ECOGROW NUTRIENTS OR WORKING WITH ECOGROW IN DISSOLVED LIQUID OR IN POWDER FORM. • WEAR GLOVES AND SAFETY GLASSES WHEN OPENING THE INSPECTION PORT ON THE TOP, OR AT THE BOTTOM, OF THE ECOFILTER REACTOR. FOLLOW PROPER CONFINED -SPACE ENTRY REGULATIONS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD THE ECOFILTER INTERIOR BE ACCESSED WHILE SYSTEM IS RUNNING. • ALWAYS WEAR GLOVES AND SAFETY GLASSES WHEN COLLECTING DRAIN WATER SAMPLES. NOTE THAT DRAIN WATER IS ACIDIC AND DIRECT CONTACT WITH SKIN OR EYES SHOULD BE AVOIDED AT ALL TIMES. DRAIN WATER SHOULD NOT BE SWALLOWED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, AND IF SO, IMMEDIATELY SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO booair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 CONSULT WITH A PHYSICIAN. BE SURE TO MENTION THAT THE DRAIN WATER CONTAINS SULFURIC ACID (PH = 1-2) AND BACTERIA. USE CAUTION WHEN ACCESSING BLOWER FOR REPAIR OR SERVICE. MAKE SURE THAT THE POWER TO THE BLOWER MOTOR IS DISCONNECTED AND LOCKED -OUT PRIOR TO WORKING ON THE BLOWER. FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION AND WARNINGS WHEN WORKING ON THE BLOWER. SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Project No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 C. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS C.1. GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING C.2 P&ID SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 C.1. GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO NOTE: 1. THE ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL (ITEM 14) IS TO BE INSTALLED SEPERATE FROM THE WATER CONTROL PANEL. BIOAIR REQUIRES THE ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL TO COMPLY WITH NFPA 820 AND THE ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL TO BE MOUNTED 3FT FROM ANY POTENTIAL ODOROUS AIR SOURCE. REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK A 11/09/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX CMV B 12/17/2020 UPDATED THE WATER PIPE CONNECTION JX CMV C 04/01 /2021 REMOVED ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL JX RED ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION OPT.WT (LB) 1 RA102830-P201 18 1 ECOPURE EP10283 REACTOR ASSEMBLY, FRP 109550 2 LA102825 P201 18 8 02'/2", ANSI 150, SPRAY LANCE, PVC 20 3 IH 1028325 P201 18 1 02'/2" ANSI 150, IRRIGATION HEADER, PVC 75 4 TP721642_P201 18 1 042", PS15-69, TRANSITION PIECE, FRP 94 5 DV421 100 1 042", PSI 5-69, CONTROL - LEVER DAMPER VALVE, FRP 40 6 FC420000 2 042", PSI 5-69, FLEX CONNECTOR W/ 316SS BACKING RINGS, EPDM 50 7 BT364200_P201 18 1 042", PSI 5-69, BLOWER TRANSITION PIECE, FRP 50 8 131-3000002201 18 1 VERANTIS CLUB-3000, CCW, BH, ARRG. 9, FRP 1450 9 SE000100_P201 18 1 SOUND ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY, FRP 360 10 BT420000 P20118 1 042", PSI 5-69, RECTANGULAR BLOWER INLET BOX, FRP 160 11 BT420001 P20118 6)42", PSI 5-69, BLOWER INLET TRANSITION, FR° 40 12 PS353500 P201 18 1 PANEL STAND, 316SS 112 13 WP251001 P201 18 1 02'/2", ANSI 150, WATER PANEL, PVC-U, 316SS 100 14 CD201 18 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL, 316SS 112 15 NB550200 1 55GAL, NUTRIENT BARREL ASSY, HDPE 215 16 MW075150 1 03/4', SCH80, MAKE-UP WATER ASSEMBLY, PVC-U 10 17 RS000760 P201 18 1 02'/2", ANSI 150, STARTUP SYSTEM, PVC-U 125 18 SW000100 P201 18 - 1 DUAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE MOUNTING BRACKET, 316SS 1 19 2003 1 0" - 3" W.C., DWYER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGE 2 20 2000-2012 1 0" - 12" W.C., DWYER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE 3 1 10 KRESSON'ZllB' ORO RD. SUITE 303 VOOR boo P I +1.856.256.258.6.696969 F 1 +1.856.258.6975 URL : www.bioairsolutions.com E-Mail: biooirinfo@bioairsolutions.com NOTICE: Content of the drawing (including but not limited to all confidential & UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES remains the property of BioAir Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject TOLERANCE: to return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. ANGULAR: -I FRACTIONS .1M It IS not to be copied, reproduced or used In any way, direct or Indirectly, detrimental Two PLACE DECIMAL. - 060 to the interests of BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. THREE PLACE DECIMAL:!.030 DETAIL A (SOUND ENCLOSURE HIDDEN FOR CLARITY) SCALE 1 : 40 PROJECT No: P20118 I DRAWN BY: I JX I SIGN: I PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: ] 1/09/2020 1 CHK. DRAWING TITLE: I DWG SIZE: I SHT No GENERAL ARRANGEMENT ECOPURE EP10283 A3 1/5 DRAWING No.: SCALE: REV. No.: EP 10283-GA P201 18 1:75 C 48'-2" (APPROX. MIN.) ITEM 12 & 13 TO BE MOUNTED OUTSIDE HAZARDOUS RATED AREA 20'-2" (APPROX. -1 MIN.) NOTES: 1. FOUNDATION PAD MUST BE FABRICATED UNIFORM IN TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE AND MEET A SURFACE PLANE TOLERANCE OF 1/8" IN 10' 2. SYSTEM PLACEMENT AND CONCRETE DIMENSIONS ARE FOR ILLUSTRATION ONLY 3. REACTOR TO BE SET ON MINIMUM TWO (2X) LAYERS OF TYPE II (NO. 30) ASTM D226 FELT PAPER (PROVIDED BY OTHERS) 4. BLOWER PAD SIZE TO BE FIT WITH THE BLOWER BASE. 5. ECOPURE EP10283 (PER VSESSEL) • VESSEL DIMENSIONS = 10'- 0" x 28'- 0" x 18'-6 8 " • LOADING DISTRIBUTION AREA = 280 FT • SHIPPING WEIGHT = 17,800 LB • OPERATING WEIGHT = 109,550 LB • ACCLIMATED BIOLOGICAL INTERNAL WEIGHTS = 52,000 LB • SPENT CARBON MEDIA WEIGHT = 45,000 LB • WATER = PLEASE NOTE THE VESSEL HOLDS A MINIMUM AMOUNT OF WATER, ESTIMATED 1", SO THE WATER WEIGHT WILL BE APPROXIMATELY 1250 LB. 10'-5 4 ' 2'-2" BLOWER OUTLET SEE NOTE 4 28'-54" 28'- 0" 26'-8 4 " _ ECOPURE EP10283 LOADING DIAGRAM SCALE 1:64 y 3'-3 8" BLOWER 1 INLET 3�" 8 BLOWER PAD DETAIL B (SOUND ENCLOSURE HIDDEN FOR CLARITY) SCALE 1 : 40 DRAIN NOTE: 1. CONNECTION OF BIOTRICKLING FILTER PIPING INCLUDING SUPPLY TO WATER PANEL, INTERCONNECTING PIPING FROM WATER PANEL TO IRRIGATION NOZZLE CONNECTION, STARTUP PIPING AND DRAIN PIPING ARE OUTSIDE OF BIOAR'S SCOPE OF SUPPLY. 04", ANSI 150 FLANGE, P PLUMB TO VESSEL DRAIN P-TRAP DETAILS 02", ANSI 150, FLANG OVERFLOW DRAIN PLUMB TC COMMON SITE DRAIf 04", ANSI 150, FLANGE, PVC-1 VESSEL DRAIN PLUMB TO SITE DRAB 0'/2",SCH80, pH SAMPLING BALL VALVE TO BE CLOSED DURING OPERATIOI\ AND ONLY OPENED TO SAMPLE DRAIf WATEI 04" x 0'/2", REDUCER TE 04" x 02'/2", REDUCER TE 01 ", SCH80, PIPE, PVC-1 MAKEUP WATER ASSEMBL' PLUMB TO SITE WATER SUPPL' 04", SCH80, MAIN BALL VALVE, PVC-1 PLUMB TO COMMON SITE DRAII\ VALVE TO BE CLOSE DURING STARTUI OPERATIOf 04" x 02", REDUCER TE 04", SCH80, P-TRAP, PVC-1 PLUMB TO SITE DRAIN WITI 2% SLOP 02'/2", SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-1 VALVE TO BE OPEN DURING STARTUP OPERATIOf 02'/2", ANSI 150, FLANGE, PVC-L STARTUP SYSTEM INLE 01", SCH80, PIPE, PVC-1 PLUMB TO THE SITE DRAIN J, MWI �-AF', rVL-U '1 O UT 04", ANS150, FLANGE, PVC-U PLUMB TO COMMON SITE DRAIN WITH 2% SLOPE a a s 02'/2". ANSI 150, FLANGE WATER PANEL DISCHARGE 'LUMB TO IRRIGATION HEADER 72'/2", ANSI 150, FLANGE ✓VATER PANEL STARTUP SYSTEM INLET 'LUMB TO STARTUP SYSTEM DISCHARGE 32'/2", ANSI 150, FLANGE ✓VATER PANEL WATER SUPPLY INLET 'LUMB TO SITE WATER SUPPLY 01", SCH80, BALL VALVE TO BE OPENED DURING STARTUP OPERATION 02'/2", SCH80, PIPE, PVC-U SITE WATER SUPPLY LINE 01 ", SCH80, AIR SAMPLING PIPE, PVC-U, TERMINATED WITH BALL VALVE AT 48" ABOVE THE GROUND / 02'/2", ANSI 150, FLANGE IRRIGATION HEADER ASSEMBLY PLUMB TO WATER PANEL DISCHARGE 01", SCH80, PIPE, PVC-U BLOWER CONDENSATE DRAIN PLUMB TO COMMON SITE DRAIN NOTE: 1. CONNECTION OF BIOTRICKLING FILTER PIPING INCLUDING SUPPLY TO WATER PANEL, INTERCONNECTING PIPING FROM WATER PANEL TO IRRIGATION NOZZLE CONNECTION, STARTUP PIPING AND DRAIN PIPING ARE OUTSIDE OF BIOAR'S SCOPE OF SUPPLY. 0'/4", TUBING, PE MOUNTING PLATE, 316SS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE (CARBON MEDIA) DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE 01 ", FNPT, HALF COUPLING FOR DIFFERENTIAL LOW s a s PRESSURE CONNECTION (CARBON MEDIA) 01 ", FNPT, HALF COUPLING FOR DIFFERENTIAL HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION (CARBON MEDIA) 01 ", FNPT, HALF COUPLING FOR DIFFERENTIAL LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION (BIOLOGICAL MEDIA) 01 ", FNPT, HALF COUPLING FOR DIFFERENTIAL HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION (BIOLOGICAL MEDIA) DETAIL E (BIOLOGICAL MEDIA) SCALE 1:40 (DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE INTALLATION DETAILS) 02", ANSI 150, FLANGE OVERFLOW DRAIN PLUMB TC COMMON SITE DRAlk 04", ANSI 150, FLANGE, PVC-L VESSEL DRAIN PLUMB TO SITE DRAII\ O'/2",SCH80, pH SAMPLING BALL VALVE TO BE CLOSED DURING OPERATION, AND ONLY OPENED TO SAMPLE DRAIN WATER 04" x 01/2", REDUCER TEE 04" x 02'/2", REDUCER TEE 04", SCH80, MAIN BALL VALVE, PVC-L PLUMB TO COMMON SITE DRAIN, VALVE TO BE OPEN DURING NORMAL OPERATIOk 04" x 02", REDUCER TEE 04", SCH80, P-TRAP, PVC-L PLUMB TO SITE DRAIN WITI- 2% SLOPE 02'/2", SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-L VALVE TO BE CLOSE DURING NORMAL OPERATIOk (CONTRACTOR TO BLIND OFF THE FLANGE) 01", SCH80, PIPE, PVC-U PLUMB TO THE SITE DRAIN L) C I /'H I L L) SCALE 1 : 40 ©l 02Y2". ANSI 150, FLANGE WATER PANEL DISCHARGE PLUMB TO IRRIGATION HEADER 01 ", SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-U, TO BE CLOSED DURING NORMAL OPERATION 02'/2", ANSI 150, FLANGE WATER PANEL WATER SUPPLY INLET PLUMB TO SITE WATER SUPPLY 02'/2", SCH80, PIPE, PVC-U SITE WATER SUPPLY LINE 01", SCH80, AIR SAMPLING PIPE, PVC-U, TERMINATED WITH BALL VALVE AT 48" ABOVE THE GROUND 02'/2", ANSI 150, FLANGE IRRIGATION HEADER ASSEMBLY PLUMB TO WATER PANEL DISCHARGE 01 ", SCH80, PIPE, PVC-U BLOWER CONDENSATE DRAIN PLUMB TO COMMON SITE DRAIN STARTUP SYSTEM DISCHARGE PLUM O WATER PANEL STARTUP SYSTEM INLET-7 a STARTUP PUMP t_ BYPASS VALVE STARTUP SYSTEM INLET PLUMB TO VESSEL DRAIN a SHUT-OFF VALVE LINE STRAINER RETURN ACTIVATED SLUDGE LOADING TYPICAL DETAIL FOR STARTUP SYSTEM TEMPORARY PIPE,, DIAMETER FLOWRATE GPM FLOWRATE LPM 01 ' DN40 14 - 27 1 53 - 102 02" DN50 27.1 - 62 1 103 - 235 02'/; (DN65) 79.2 300 DETAIL-01 WATER PANEL DISCHARGE PLUMB TO NOZZLE ASSEMBLY WATER PANEL STARTUP * SYSTEM INLET PLUMB TO u STARTUP SYSTEM DISCHi WATER PANEL INLET PLUMB TO SITE WATER SUPPLY Q Q TYPICAL DETAIL FOR WATER PANEL PIPE DIAMETER FLOWRATE GPM FLOWRATE LPM 03/," DN20 <6.5 <24 0 1 " DN25 6.5 - 14 25 - 53 01'/2" DN40 14.1 - 27 54 - 102 02'/2' DN65 62.1 - 82 236 - 310 28 DETAIL-02 MAKEUP WATER FLOW ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY THREADED VALVE TO REACTOR COUPLING SHUT-OFF FLOWMETER VALVE LINE STRAINER PLUMB TO WATER SUPPLY (BY OTHERS) TYPICAL DETAIL FOR MAKEUP WATER ASSEMLBY DETAIL-06 NOTES: PROJECT No: P20118 DRAWN BY: JX -: 1. REFER TO TABLES GIVEN FOR THE REQUIRED PIPE SIZES. PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 11/08/2021 cxs. 2. ALL INTERCONNECTING PVC PIPES TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. DRAWING TITTLE: DWG SIZE: SHT No, 3. INSTALLATION OF THE INTERCONNECTING PIPES TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. GENERAL ARRANGEMENT ECOPURE EP10283 A3 1/ 1 DRAWING No.: SCALE: REV. No.: EP 1 0283-GAP20118 1:25 C Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 C.2. P&ID SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO 10 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 I A I 01 ICI ■I I IEI Ihl IGI IWI IJI Instrumentation Components FT XX Digital Water Flow Meter FS XX Flow Switch Manual Control Damper Butterfly Valve CDV-XX Water Trap W L_XXX M PS XX Pressure Switch N BackDraft Damper Valve BDV-XX Y Drain FT XX Pulsed Nutrient Flow Sensor LID xx Level Indicator Motorized Damper Reducer Butterfly Valve PIT EdXX Differential Pressure Indicator/Transmitter EM xx Electric Motor Mixer ADV-XX Flexable Duct Connection FC-XX Strainer ST-XX TIT XX Temperature Indicator/Transmitter Rotameter 2 Way Manual Ball Valve BV-XX [-,,] Check Valve CV-XX dPT TT XX Differential Pressure Transmitter Temperature Transmitter 17XX Al XX Basket Strainer H2S Analyzer / Indicator 2 Way Motorized Ball Valve ABV-XX Diaphragm Valve �\ Spray Nozzle Level Control Valve IT F H2S Indicator/ Transmitter g Blower Vent FanX MV-XX 3 Way Manual LCV-XX TDD Centrifugal Pump ROT XX H2S Transmitter Ball Valve BV-XX RP-XX fpHIT XX pH Indicator/ Transmitter Air Blower Y,BL-XX 3 Way Motorized FOX pH Transmitter Ball Valve ABV-XX Nutrient Dosing Pump N P-XX FI-X Q Flow Gauge Flange Connection (size per chart) Nutrient Tank FXX_XXX PI-X Pressure Gauge NT-XX DN25 Field Coupling dP-X TI-1 Differential Pressure Gauge Temperature Gauge (for instruments) Demister Backdraft Valve DV-XX LLs Low Level Sensor Manual Isolation Damper Butterfly Valve IDV-XX EM xx Electric Mixer xx-xx Slope D Inlet Box HLs xx-xx High Level Sensor ® Heater FLANGE DESIGNATIONS F01 REACTOR AIR INLET F02 REACTOR AIR DISCHARGE F03 REACTOR DRAIN F04 WATER LOCK INLET F05 WATER LOCK DISCHARGE F06 BLOWER AIR INLET F07 BLOWER AIR DISCHARGE F08 REACTOR LOWER SPRAY NOZZLE F09 REACTOR UPPER SPRAY NOZZZLE F10 REACTOR UPPER WATER DISCHARGE F11 REACTOR UPPER WATER LOCK INFEED F12 REATOR UPPER WATER LOCK DISCHARGE F13 CARBON REACTOR AIR INLET F14 CARBON REACTOR AIR DISCHARGE F15 STARTUP SYSTEM INLET F16 STARTUP SYSTEM PUMP INLET F17 STARTUP SYSTEM PUMP DISCHARGE F18 STARTUP WATER MAKEUP F19 STARTUP SYSTEM WATER DRAIN F20 STARTUP SYSTEM OVERFLOW F21 WATER CABINET POTABLE WATER INLET F22 WATER CABINET STARTUP WATER INLET F23 WATER CABINET WATER DISCHARGE #1 F24 WATER CABINET WATER DISCHARGE #2 F25 WATER CABINET WATER DISCHARGE #3 F26 WATER CABINET WATER DISCHARGE #4 C/B C = CONNECTION IS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY B = CONNECTION IS BIOAIR'S RESPONSIBILITY C B A FLANGE SIZES & DIMENSIONS FLANGE NUMBER STANDARD A B C NO. OF HOLES HOLE SIZE THICKNESS W05 ANSI 150 1/2" 2 3/8" 3 1/2" 4 5/8" 7/16" W08 ANSI 150 3/4" 2 3/4" 3 7/8" 4 5/8" 1/2" W10 ANSI 150 1" 31/8" 41/4" 4 5/8" 9/16" W12 ANSI 150 1 1/4" 3 1/2" 4 5/8" 4 5/8" 5/8" W15 ANSI 150 1 1/2" 3 7/8" 5" 4 5/8" 11/16" W20 ANSI 150 2" 4 3/4" 6" 4 3/4" 3/4" W25 ANSI 150 21/2" 51/2" 7" 4 3/4" 3/4" W40 ANSI 150 4" 71/2" 9" 8 3/4" 3/4" W60 ANSI 150 6" 91/2" 11" 8 7/8" 1" A04 PS15-69 4" 7" .83/8" 4 7/16" 1/4" A06 PS15-69 6" 9" 10 3/8" 8 7/16" 1/4" A08 PS 15-69 8" 11" 12 3/8" 8 7/16" 1/4" Al2 PS15-69 12" 15" 16 3/8" 12 7/16" 3/8" A16 PS15-69 16" 19" 20 3/8" 16 7/16" 1/2" A20 PS15-69 20" 23" 24 3/8" 20 7/16" 1/2" A24 PS15-69 24" 27" 28 3/8" 24 7/16" 1/2" A30 PS15-69 30" 1 33" 34 3/8" 30 7/16" 1/2" A36 PS15-69 36" 1 39" 40 3/8" 36 7/16" 1/2" ol F. ur Breathe Better. PROJECT NO: P20118 -Edmonds WWTP JX DRAWN BY: JX DATE: 11/08/2020 C //2021 ADDED BLOWER VENT FAN DESCRIPTION: Piping and Instrumentation Diagram, 1x EcoPure EP10283 B 12 /1/2020 RELOCATE WATER PANEL PRESSURE GAUGE JX SCALE: NTS A 11/0808/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX NO. DATE REVISION DETAILS DR DRAWING NO. EP10283-PID_P20118 � ur 31r<ty. CC 1 3 4 U Q o co M A 00 v I I I I I <I >I I of NI aI NI �I NI I I I I I I NI I I I I I I I I I I I NI I I I I I I I I I I I C I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B PI-o, \ I I I D I I I I I F23_W25— — — I r I WP-01 I I I I I I El�—I—J I I I Heater ui E I I I m I I L ---I- FT # 01 I I I I I I FS I co I I I 0 F I i 5FV 9 m L-----I— m ---- I ST-01 NP-01 BV-05 I o 0 o B 'I M C G j L °° -- -- m -- m J W LL a N B B ? C w N LL C I N LL j CToo U U m H NT-01 WATER SUPPLY 79.2 GPM E01- 45 PSI IJI BV-06 BIOAIR ODOR CONTROL SYSTEM ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL CLEAN AIR DISCHARGE TO ATMO�^vSPHERE N BV-10 DN 25 FPT BV-11 DN 25 FPT / \ CIB SCH80, PVC-U PIPE \ F09_W25 OW fd1" � REDUCER 01",FPT �/ \� W20 ' 02", SCH80, PVC-U PIPE CIB EP10283 REACTOR 7ERA-01 BV-12 771/20", SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-U w H4" X 0% REDUCER 021/", SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-U 02'/", SCH80, PVC-U PIPE P11=FPT BIC I I I I DP-02 I � I I I I I m I 0111, PVC-U r — — DP01AIR SAMPLING POINT EM I 01 I Inlet box I F01 CDV-01 FC-02 F-r�07 BL-01 F061 FC-01 L 17500 CFM_ J Y 01" BLOWER DRAIN, FOUL AIR SUPPLY TO BE ROUTED TO SITE 17500 CFM COMMON DRAIN STARTUP SYSTEM RS-01 BV-16 I I I EM— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — J 02 T CIB I `` I BIC F17 W25 F15_W25 BV-15 ST-02 F16_W20 RP-01 79.2 GPM 45PS1 L — — — — — — — — — --J 04", SCH80, PVC-U PIPE BIC F04_W40 WL-01 F05_W40 \/ SITE TDRAIN 02%". SCH80. PVC-U PIPE X CLOSE VALVE BV-XX C80 OPEN VALVE BV-XX START-UP OPERATION DRAWING NO. EP10283-PID P20118 SHEET 2 OF 3 REV. C IA a1 1 1 I ¢I I 1 of I I B �1 01 of S1 0l 01 �1 I 1 1 1 I I I 1 >1 NI I I I I I I I I 0l �1 I I I I I I I I >1 NI 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 C I I I B mm PI-01 D I 1 I I F23_W25_ 1 r I I I I > 1 1 I I I E I m I FIIII S 0 5FVF L------ — — —— ST-01 P -01 BV-05 L-- 14 WATER SUPPLY 79.2 GPM 00-- 45 PSI 0 U NT-01 PVC-U PIPE WP-01 1 1 EITI�—�—J Heater I 0 m ?.1t12111 J Ln Lo N N 3 B N C Tu- BV-06 BIOAIR ODOR CONTROL SYSTEM ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL CLEAN AIR DISCHARGE TO ATMOSPHERE DN 25 FPT BV-09 � BV-10 DN 25 FPT BV-11 DN 25 FPT yC16 ` F09_W25 02", SCH80, PVC-U PIPE ,Iva IN 01",FPT >� W20 EP10283 CIB REACTOR r� RA-01 BVBV-14-0%" SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-U \ 04" X 0% REDUCER 02%", SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-U I >I >I �I CI M I �I �I I 1 I I 01", FPT BC I I I I 1 DP-02 I I 1 I I � I I m 0111, PVC-U DP-01 AIR SAMPLING POINT EM 01 Inlet box F01 CDV-01 FC-02 F07 F06I FC-01 BL-01 L 17500 CFM— J n- Y 01" BLOWER DRAIN, FOUL AIR SUPPLY TO BE ROUTED TO SITE 17500 CFM COMMON DRAIN 04", SCH80, PVC-U PIPE BICC F04_W40 WL-01 F05_W40 \/ SITE DDRAIN W CLOSE VALVE By-xx X OPEN VALVE By-xx NORMAL OPERATION DRAWING NO. EP10283-PID P20118 3 vr3 3 1 Kt=V. CC booair Breathe Setter. D. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT D.1 REACTOR ASSEMBLY Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 D.2. WATER PANEL + NUTRIENT ADDITION ACCESSORIES D.3. BLOWER D.4. STARTUP SYSTEM + MAKEUP WATER ASSEMBLY D.S. SITE DUCTWORK D.6. SPARE PARTS LIST D.7. OTHERS SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 D.1. REACTOR ASSEMBLY SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO NOTES: 1. REACTOR FABRICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D3299 2. CORROSION BARRIER: 100 MIL THICK, VINYL ESTER RESIN 3. STRUCTURAL RESIN: ISOPTHALIC RESIN 4. EXTERIOR TOP COAT: COLOR: RAL 9003 - SIGNAL WHITE 5. CONSTRUCTION OF THE VESSEL WILL BE DEPENDENT ON STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS 6. MAX. WIND LOAD: 140 MPH 7. DESIGN PRESSURE: +16" W.C. 8. ECOPURE EP10283: • SHIPPING WEIGHT = 16800 LB • OPERATING WEIGHT = 107000 LB 29'-0" rl� • • I W _j W Lr)I0o � rl� 00 o °Q Oa — — 0 08", PS 15-69, BOTTOM INSPECTION PORT 02", ANSI 150, FLANGE OVERFLOW DRAIN 04", ANSI 150, FLANGE VESSEL DRAIN FOR SUBMITTAL ONLY REACTOR AIR DISCHARGE LIGHT DUTY LIFTING LUGS, 316SS HEAVY DUTY LIFTING LUGS, 316SS 2 :NXIO,W_11q 16" x 72", RECTANGULAR AIR INLET HOLD DOWN LUGS, 316SS REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. DRAWN BY: ix 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOORHEES, NJ 08043 ' PILL1.856.258.6969 bpo PROJECT No: P201 18 SIGN: A 11/08/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX CMV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 11/08/2020 cHK. - - FILL1.856.258.6975 URL:www.bioairsolutions.com �; n.-,.,,:_., _ _ --- -- -- DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT NO.: E-Mail: bioairinfo@bioairsolufions.com E C O P U R E E P 10283 REACTOR ASSEMBLY, F R P B 1 1 NOTICE: Content of the drawing(including but not limited to all confidential & ( g copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property d nd f Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. ri is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing n this yousu ect It is not to be copied, reproduced or used In any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental to the interests Of BlOAlrSoutions, L.L.C. UNLESS 0 HER WISE SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCE: ANGULAR: zi' TWO PLACE oUMMn�'e/4 60 THREE PLACE DECIMAL:! 030 - - --- -- -- DRAWING NO.: RA 102830 P 201 18 SCALE: 1:45 REV. No.: A _ _ --- -- -- NOTES: l . GRAVOGRAPH GRAVOPLY 2 PLY, WHITE SURFACE BLUE CORE. 2. JOB SPECIFIC TEXT TO BE PROVIDED WITH PURCHASE ORDER. 3. LOGO MAY BE ENGRAVED OR PRINTED, ALL TEXT TO BE ENGRAVED. ,JF,0air Breathe Better. BioAir Solutions, LLC Phone: (856) 258-6969 8 000 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Rd Fax (856) 259-6975 Voorhees, NJ 08043 www.bioairsolutions.com Unit Type: EcoPureO EP10283 Serial Number: 0920-0453 Fabrication Date: December 2020 Project Number: P20118 Location: Edmonds WWTP, WA U.S. Provisional Patent #61/106.467 Trespassing, tampering, and unauthorized inspection are prohibited. REV.1 DATE ,q 1 10/19/2020 ECN# I REVISION RECORD (-onrenT or Tnis arawing pncivaing OUT nor I mlrea To all connaennai a copyrlgnrea marenai, paTemea or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of BioAir Solutions LLC. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for the sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used in any way, directly or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BoAir Solutions LLC. MATERIAL bFoaqr SEE TABLE FINISH DRAWN BY DATE ENG APPR. DATE ENG APPR. DATE JX 10/19/2020 PART NAME 8" X 8", NAME PLATE (SUPPLIED BY BIOAIR) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SIZE DWG. NO. REV DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES Qp Qp A TOLERANCES ARE: ANGULAR: ±l ° A NP88000O P2O1 18 , ` FRACTIONS: ±1/4 TWO PLACE DECIMAL: ±.060 THREE PLACE DECIMAL: ±.030 SCALE: 1:2 SHEET 1 OF 1 booair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 D.2. WATER PANEL + NUTRIENT ADDITION ACCESSORIES SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY. PART NO. Vendor 1 60"X36"X12", NEMA 4X, PANEL ENCLOSURE, 316SS 1 SCE-60EL3612SS6LPPL SAGINAW 2 021/2", SCH80, ANSI 150, TYPE 317, DIAPHRAGM VALVE, PVC-U 1 161.317.623 GEORG FISCHER 3 021/2, SCH80, SOC, ANSI 150, VAN STONE FLANGE, PVC-U 5 854-025 SPEARS 4 021/2", SCH80, SOC, AUTOMATIC BALL VALVE, PVC-U 1 199.182.009 GEORG FISCHER 5 03", SCH80, UNION-SOC, MESH 20, STRAINER, PVC-U 1 YS2AS8-030 SPEARS 6 01/2", SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-U 2 161.546.342 GEORG FISCHER 7 021/2", SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-U 3 161.546.347 GEORG FISCHER 8 MADGOS LB-10 DOSING PUMP, 115 VAC, PP/EPDM 1 0 1 02MO 1 000032A 1 C1 A JESCO 9 PENTABLOCK 5 FUNCTION VALVE, PVC/ VITON 1 A12601001 JESCO 10 FLOWCON FLOW SENSOR, G5/8, PVC/ VITON 1 A13300402 JESCO 11 PADDLEWHEEL WATER FLOW SENSOR PULSE OUTPUT 3-2536-PO 1 198.840.143 GEORG FISCHER 12 0-60 PSI PRESSURE GAUGE 1 35W 1005PH02L60 ASHCROFT 13 20OW PANEL HEATER 1 15VAC 1 DAH2O01 A HOFFMAN SPRAY NOZZLE WITH 6' POLYURETHANE COIL HOSE SECTION A -A SCALE 1:10 10Vt ncnii1T A KIC`I l Cn r-I A KI/— rC` REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK 61""""'u""r"' L'L' . 11OK RGIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 p��gHEES, N56.258.6969043 F 1 +1.856.258.6975 boo URL: www.bioairsolutions.com PROJECT No: P201 18 DRAWN BY: JX SIGN: A FIRST ISSUE PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 10/20/2020 CHK. B 02/25/2021 REVISED STRAINER PART NUMBER ML RED DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT No.: E-Mail: biooirinfo@bioairsolutions.com 021/2II ANSI 150, WATER PANEL, PVC—U, 3 1 6SS A3 1/1 - - --- — -- NOTICE: Content of the drawing (including but not limited to all confidential & copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of BioAir Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. is not to be copied, reproduced or used in any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental UNIESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCE : ANCULAR. =I t Two PRACE DECI-AL . c o50 RACr'°Ns,°"' THREE PEACEDEC AH , DRAWING No.: WP251001 P20118 SCALE: 1:10 REV. No.: B 4—I} ___ __ __ - - -- — -- to the interests of BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. .asa 8113113 SCE i Part Information - SCE-60EL3612SS6LPPL +tw SAG I NAW MRft� Z_ CONTROL & ENGINEERING o 0,"'--60EL3612SS6LPPL Your Enclosure Source `" Saginaw Control & Engineering 95 Midland Road Saginaw, MI 48638-5770 Phone: (800)234-6871 Fax: (989)799-4524 http://www.saginawcontrol.com Part Information - SCE-60EL3612SS6LPPL Application - Designed to house electrical and electronic controls, instrumentation and components in indoor or outdoor locations. For outdoor applications a drip shield is recommended. For installation information, consult our Installation Manual at www.saginawcontrol.com. Construction - • 0.075" Stainless Steel Type 316/316L • Seams coninously welded and ground smooth. • Range trough collar around all sides of door opening • Collar studs for mounting optional panel. • Mounting holes in back of enclosure for wall mounting. • Mounting hardware, sealing washer and hole plug included. • Stainless steel concealed hinge • Removable and inchangeable doors. • Black zinc die case keylocking/padlocking handle. • 3-point latching mechanism. • Removable print pocket. • Oil and water resistant gasket. • Ground stud on door and body Finish - #4 Brushed finish on all exterior surfaces. Optional panels are powder coated white. Industry Standards - (IS5) NEMA Type 4, 4X, 12 and Type 13 UL Listed Type 4, 4X and 12 CSA Type 4, 4X and 12 IEC 60529 IP 66 Product Specifications - Part Number: SCE- 60EL3612SS6LPPL Description: S.S. LPPL Enclosure Height: 60.00" Width: 36.00" Depth: 12.00" Price Code: S7 List Price: $3,457.58 Catalog Page: 1000 Est. Ship Weight: 172.50 Ibs Request CAD Package Add to Bill of Material Optional Accessories - SCE-60P36 - Subpanel, Bent SCE-BV4XKIT - Kit, Breather Vent SCE-DF60EL36LP - Panel, Dead Front (Wall Mount) SCE-DV4XKIT - Kit, Drain Vent SCE-ELSP3 - KIT, Swing -Out Panel (20 High & Up) Similar Part Numbers - SCE-48EL3612SS6LPPL - S.S. LPPL Enclosure Saginaw Control and Engineering 95 Midland Road Saginaw, Ml48638-5770 (800)234-6871 Fax: (989)799-4524 SCE@SaginawControl.com wvwv.sag i nawcontrol .corrdpart_info/SCE-60EL3612SS6LPPUpri nt 1 /1 l.. 36.00 _ I SAGINAW CONTROL & ENGINEERING LEFT SIDE VIEW 59.50 DOOR 12.00 TOP VIEW 60.00 1.50 i i 1/4-TURN i LATCHES II � II � 30.63 ' 3.50 3-PT. DOOR HARDWARE ii i i i _,') 1.50 J FRONT VIEW .15 m nnnR 11.80 USABLE DEPTH RIGHT SIDE VIEW Ck SCE-60EL3612SS6LPPL EXTERNAL REAR VIEW i .44 :4) .75 typ. NOTICE BOTTOM VIEW $I: General • Size:2'h"-6" • Material: PVC, CPVC, PROGEF° Standard PP, SYGEF° Standard PVDF. SYGEF° Plus PVDF-HP • Diaphragm: EPDM, FPM, NBR, CSM, PTFE/EPDM, PTFE/ FPM, PTFE-HP/EPDM or PTFE-HP/FPM • End Connection: ANSI 150/DIN flanged • Top Works: Body bolts • Mounting: Stainless steel inserts • Position Indicator: Integrated graduated Key Certifications • FDA CFR 21 177.1520: PP and PVDF • FDA CFR 21 177.2600: EPDM and FPM • FDA CFR 21 177.1550: PTFE • USP 25 Class VI (physiological non -toxic): PP and PVDF • ABS: All materials - 640 Sample Specification The Type 317 diaphragm valve family shall be an ANSI B16.5 150 lb flanged connection. All Type 317 diaphragm valves shall be bidirectional. All fasteners securing bonnet to body connection shall be stainless steel. All valves shall have threaded stainless steel inserts for mounting. The stroke shall be indicated by a graduated indicator. All valves shall be tested in accordance to IS09393 and designed to IS016138 standards. All valves shall be manufactured under IS09001 for Quality and IS014001 for Environmental Management. Following assembly, every valve shall be tested and certified bubble tight exceeding Class VI standards. Optional Features • Limit Switches: Inductive • Actuation: Pneumatic • Material: ABS • End Connection: ISO/DIN flanged, fusion socket union, fusion spigot union • Hardware: Alternatives available upon request • Cleaned: Silicone/oil free +GF+ 71 Material Specification PVC valves shall meet ASTM D1784 cell classification 12454 standards. CPVC valves shall meet ASTM D1784 cell classification 23447-B standards. PP valves shall meet ASTM D5847-14 cell classification PP051 OB66851 standards. PVDF valves shall be type 1, grade 2 according to ASTM D3222 standards. Valves of all materials shall be RoHS compliant. Definition of Connection Type • 21/2" (05): Spigot body with fused flange adapter and loose flange ring • 3" - 6" (d90 - d160): Fully molded body with integrated fixed flange Diaphragm Availability Material Range (inch) Range (mm) EPDM 2-6 75-160 Material Availability FPM 1. 2 1.b 75-160 NBR 2-6 75-160 MaterialRange (inch) Range (mm) ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...CSM..... ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .2-b................................... ... ... ... ... 75-.1..�.0... PVC ......... ......... ......... ......... 2-6 ..... 75-160 .... .................. PTFE/EPDM ......... ......... ......... 2-6 ........................................... 75-160 ............ CPVC 2-4 75-110 PTFE/FPM 2-4 75-110 PP ......... ...................................................... 2-6 ..... 75-160 .... ......... ..................... PTFE-HP/EPDM ...................................................................... 2-6 ......... 75-160 ............ PVDF 2-6 75-160 PTFE-HP/FPM 2-4 75-110 Weight Size (inch) d (mm) PVC (lb) CPVC (lb) PP (lb) PVDF (lb) 21/2 75 9.5 9.5 12.0 12.6 3 90 21.4 21.4 19.0 23.6 4 110 30.0 30.0 25.0 32.8 6 160 59.5 59.5 55.2 68.3 Body Bolt Torque Handwheel Closing Torque Size (inch) d (mm) Torque (lb -in) Size (inch) d (mm) Torque (lb -in) 21/2 75 ................................._.._.._.._.._.._.._.-..........._.._..............._.._..........._................................................................................._.._.._.._.. 221.3 21/2 75 ..................................................._.._.._.._.._.._.............._.._..............._.._..........._.._.._..........._.._ 177 .................................... 3 90 247.8 3 90 265.5 4 110 _............ __ ..................................._.._.._.._.._.._.-............_................._............._.._............................................................................... _. 265.5 ......................................................................_ 4 110 .__ .............._..................................................._ 398.3 ..... ... ... ... ..._.._.................................... .._.._.._.._... 6 160 354.0 6 160 1239.1 Components Component Description Material a Body PVC, CPVC, PP, ABS, PVDF b Diaphragm EPDM FPM, NBR, CSM, PTFE/ EPDM, PTFE/FPM c Bonnet Glass -fill PP d (21/2") Handwheel PP d (3", 4") Handwheel PVC d (6") Handwheel PPTSG e Spindle assembly Multiple f Position indicator PE g Body bolt Stainless steel 304 h Threaded inserts Stainless steel 304 72 +GF+ Technical Data Pressure Temperature Curves The following graphs are based on a 25 year lifetime water or similar media application PVC CPVC 150 135 120 105 90 75 60 45 30 15 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 Temperature (°F) PP uo 21"-3" 135 120 105 90 4" - 6" 75 60 45 30 15 20 40 80 80 100 120 140 160 180 Temperature (*F) Vacuum Service Type 317 Diaphragm Valve with an elastomeric diaphragm are rated for full vacuum service, maximum differential pressure of 15psi at 122°F. Type 317 Diaphragm Valves with a PTFE diaphragm are not rated for full vacuum service, maximum differential pressure of 8.7psi at 122°F. Flow The following information is based on water applications at 68' F Flow Characteristics 100 90 80 70 60 = 60 1 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 60 60 70 80 90 100 Opening Angle (� ) .y a d N w 01 o` 150 2%" — 3" 135 120 105 90 4" 75 60 45 30 15 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 Temperature (°F) PVDF 165 150 135 120 y 105 C y 90 N 75 w m y` 60 45 30 15 0 21 — 3" .20 20 60 100 140 180 220 260 Temperature (*F) Pressure -Temperature Material .20 20 60 100 140 180 220 260 Temperature (*F) Pressure -Temperature Material Temperature Range (T) Max Pressure (psi) PVC 32 to 140 150* .. ........_ CPVC . ......... 32 to 176 ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ........... 150* PP 32 to 176 150* PVDF -4 to 284 150* *Dependant on size as shown in P-T curves Cv Values Size d (mm) Cv (gal/min) 21/2 75 69.5 3 90 119.0 4 110 189.0 6 160 422.3 +GF+ 73 Dimensions The following tables are shown in millimeters unless otherwise specified 2'h" PVC/PP/PVDF - ANSI Flanged n 3"-4" 6" Size No. Bolt (inch) A B (inch) D E H L M (inch) I (inch) Holes F K T Lift 2'/z 46 7.28 152 20 210 290 5.5 0.71 4 70 M8 15 30 3 57 7.87 270 35 265 310 6.3 0.71 4 120 M12 23 40 ......... 4 ......... 69 ._...I... 8.86 ......... 270 35 ......... 304 ........_ 350 .. ......... 7.5 ......._ 0.71 8 ......... 120 ............ M12 ..... 23 ............. 50 6 108 11.22 400 35 437 480 9.5 0.91 8 100 M12 23 70 CPVC - ANSI Flanged Size No. Bolt (inch) A B (inch) D E H L M (inch) I (inch) Holes F K T Lift 2'/2 46 7.28 152 20 210 290 5.5 0.71 4 70 M8 15 30 ..... ......... 3 ......... 57 .. ............. 7.87 ......... 270 ......... ......... 35 ......... 265 .......... 310 6.3 _....... 0.71 ..._.... 4 ......... 120 ...... M12 ......... 23 ............. 40 4 69 8.86 270 35 304 350 7.5 0.71 8 120 M12 23 50 Data sheet valid from: 6/30/17 +GF+ Ball valve type 182 PVC-U 100-230V Manual emergency override Solvent cement sockets Inch ASTM Incl. 2 threaded valve Model: • Voltage 100-230V, 50-60Hz • Factory set control range 90°<) • Heating element, position feedback (Open/Close/ Middle) • Integrated stainless steel mounting inserts Option: • Other valve and actuator configurations available • Optional accessories: Fail-safe return unit, Monitoring board, Position controller, Profibus DP board Size ON PN kv-value EA EPDM Weight FKM Weight (inch) (mm) (bar) (Ap=1 bar) Code (kg) Code (kg) 4/min) % 10 10 70 EA25 199 182 002 2.100 199 182 012 2.100 '/2 15 10 185 EA25 199 182 003 2.474 199 182 013 2.100 % 20 10 350 EA25 199 182 004 2.200 199 182 014 2.200 1 25 10 700 EA25 199 182 005 2.300 199 182 015 2.300 1 '/4 32 10 1000 EA25 199 182 006 2.600 199 182 016 2.600 1 '/2 40 10 1600 EA25 199 182 007 3.000 199 182 017 3.000 2 50 10 3100 EA25 199 182 008 3.800 199 182 018 3.800 2'/2 65 10 5000 EA45 199 182 009 7.400 199 182 019 7.400 3 80 10 7000 EA120 199 182 010 9.800 199 182 020 9.800 4 100 10 11000 EA120 199 182 011 13.900 199 182 021 13.900 Size D H H1 H2 H3 H5 L L1 L2 L4 L5 L7 z (inch) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) % 50 231 27 64 94 167 105 180 56 25 97 122 67 '/2 50 231 27 64 94 167 105 180 56 25 97 122 61 % 58 240 30 73 94 167 121 180 65 25 97 122 70 1 68 240 36 73 94 167 133 180 71 25 97 122 76 1'/4 84 251 44 84 94 167 154 180 85 45 97 122 90 1'/2 97 251 51 84 94 167 164 180 89 45 97 122 94 Page 1 of 2 Data sheet +GF+ valid from: 6/30/17 Size D H H1 H2 H3 H5 L L1 L2 L4 L5 L7 z (inch) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 2 124 273 64 106 94 167 183 180 101 45 97 122 107 2!/z 166 346 85 156 94 190 233 180 136 70 98 122 144 3 200 358 105 168 94 190 254 180 141 70 98 122 151 4 238 365 123 175 94 190 301 180 164 120 98 122 174 c L1 1 e 11 ..II 'ao(641 L1 DN65-100 L7 The technical data are not binding. They neither constitute expressly warranted characteristics nor guaranteed properties nor a guar- anteed durability. They are subject to modification. Our General Terms of Sale apply. Georg Fischer Piping Systems Ltd, Postfach, CH-8201 Schaffhausen/Switzerland Phone +41-(0)52-631 1111 e-mail: info.ps@georgfischer.com Internet: http://www.gfps.com Page 2of2 Strainers & Filters Technical Information Industrial Strainers & Filters Sample Engineering Specification All sediment strainers shall be Y-type constructed from PVC Type I, ASTM D 1784 Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV, ASTM D 1784 Cell Classification 23447. All 0-rings shall be EPDM or FKM. All Y-strainers shall have replaceable PVC, CPVC or Type 316 stainless steel screens and 0-ring sealed drain plugs with magnetic drain plug option. All threaded Y-Strainers shall have Special Reinforced (SR) threads. All Y-Strainers, sizes 1/2"- 2" shall be pressure rated to 150 psi, sizes 3"- 4" to 90 psi for water at 73°F, as manufactured by Spears® Manufacturing Company. Quick -View Y-Strainer Selection Chart Features - PVC Gray, PVC Clear & CPVC Spears® Y-type sediment strainers are the perfect choice for in -line removal of suspended solids, sediment, dirt and debris. Convenient removable strainer basket allows quick cleaning with an assortment of screen mesh sizes to meet a variety of application needs. Spears® Y-Strainers are produced from PVC Gray, PVC Clear for fluid vis- ibility and CPVC Gray for higher temperatures. Available with socket, Special Reinforced (SR) threads, flanged, or True Union socket and SR threaded end connectors in IPS sizes 1/2" - 4". • Provides In -line Protection of Process Equipment • PVC, CPVC or PVC Clear Construction • EPDM or FKM O-ring Seals • Removable Strainer Basket with O-ring Sealed Drain Plug Allows Quick -Flushing or Bleed -Off Valve Connection • Multiple Strainer Screen Options in PVC, CPVC, and Type 316 Stainless Steel (see Mesh Code table) • Optional Magnetic Drain Plug for Ferrous Metal Pickup • Suitable for Horizontal or Vertical Installation • Sizes 1/2"- 2" Pressure Rated to 150 psi @ 73°F Sizes Y- 4" to 90 psi @ 73°F • Assembled with Silicone -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants Valve 0-ring PVC Materiah,zs Pressure Size Material Socket SR Threaded Flanged Socket Union Threaded Union SR Threaded Union Rating EPDM YS22P -005 YS21 P -005SR YS23P -005 YS2AP -005 YS213P -005 YS213P -005SR 1 /2 FKM YS32P -005 YS31 P -005SR YS33P -005 YS3AP -005 YS313P -005 YS3BP -005SR EPDM YS22P -007 YS21 P -007SR YS23P -007 YS2AP -007 YS26P -007 YS213P -007SR 3/4 FKM YS32P -007 YS31 P -007SR YS33P -007 YS3AP -007 YS36P -007 YS36P -007SR EPDM YS22P= 010 YS21 P= 010SR YS23P -010 YS2AP= 010 YS2BP= 010 YS2BP= 010SR 150 psi 1 FKM YS32P_-010 YS31 P_-010SR YS33P_-010 YS3AP_-010 YS3BP_-010 YS3BP_-010SR Non -Shock EPDM YS22P-012 — YS21 P — -012SR YS23P-012 — YS2AP-012 — YS2BP — -012 YS2BP — -012SR Water 1-1/4 FKM YS32P -012 YS31 P -012SR YS33P -012 YS3AP -012 YS3BP -012 YS3BP -012SR @73°F EPDM YS22P -015 YS21 P -015SR YS23P -015 YS2AP -015 YS2BP -015 YS213P -015SR 1-1/2 FKM YS32P--015 YS31 P -015SR YS33P -015 YS3AP -015 YS3BP -015 YS3BP -015SR EPDM YS22P-020 YS21 P -020SR YS23P -020 YS2AP -020 YS26P -020 YS213P -020SR 2 FKM YS32P-020 YS31 P -020SR YS33P -020 YS3AP -020 YS36P -020 YS36P -020SR EPDM YS22P= 030 YS21 P= 030SR YS23P -030 YS2AP -030 YS2BP= 030 YS2BP= 030SR 90 psi 3 FKM YS32P= 030 YS31 P= 030SR YS33P= 030 YS3AP= 030 YS3BP= 030 YS3BP= 030SR Non -Shock EPDM YS22P-040 YS21 P-040SR YS23P_-040 YS2AP_-040 YS2BP_-040 YS2BP_-040SR Water 4 FKM YS32P_ -040 YS31 P_ -040SR YS33P -040 YS3AP -040 YS3BP -040 YS3BP -040SR @73°F Enter Mesh Code in part number blank as speci ad in table. (Contact Spears® for additional strainer sizes). 1: For CPVC body & strainer screen unit, replace the letter "P" before the dash separator with the letter "C" and add the letter "C' to the part number (e.g., YS22C8-020C) 2: For stainless steel strainer screens, replace the letter "P" (or "C') before the dash separator with the letter'S" (e.g., YS22S8-020; YS22S8-020C) 3: For PVC Clear Y-Strainer, add the letters "CL" to the part number (e.g., YS22P8-005CL) Note: End connections for PVC Clear threaded and anged Y-strainers are PVC Gray components. Mesh Codes for PVC, CPVC & SS Sieve Mesh Opening Mesh Size (in.) Code 8 Mesh 0.094 8 12 Mesh 0.062 12 20 Mesh 0.033 20 30 Mesh 1 0.024 1 30 Quick -Change Strainer Screen Assembly Optional Mesh Screens Available Optional Magnetic i Plug Made in the U.S.A. Suitable for low pressure air handling 5 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas Page 940 Due to Material Cost Variations, Prices Subject to Change. Check On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com Fff Strainers & Filters Technical Information Industrial Strainers & Filters Socket Y-Strainer Dimensions & Weights Dimension Reference (inches, ± 1/16) Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Nominal Size Al A B C D E Socket PVC CPVC 1/2 5 3-1/16 1-9/16 3-3/8 2-9/16 1-5/8 .31 .33 3/4 5-3/4 3-11/16 2 4 3 2 .50 .53 1 6-7/8 4-7/16 2-1/2 4-3/4 3-5/8 2-1/4 .85 .90 1-1/4 8-5/32 5-5/16 3-1/16 5-9/16 4-1/4 2-13/16 1.21 1.28 1-1/2 9-1/8 6 3-9/16 6-5/16 4-7/8 3-3/16 1.66 1.76 2 11-3/4 7-5/8 4-1/2 7-1/2 6-3/16 3-1/2 2.9 1 3.10 3 15 9-11/16 6-9/16 10-5/16 7-5/8 5-1/8 5.34 1 5.64 4 1 19-11/16 1 12-1/2 8-5/8 13-1/8 9-7/8 6-9/16 9.97 1 10.45 SR Threaded Y-Strainer Dimensions & Weights Dimension Reference (inches, ± 1/16) Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Nominal Size Al A C D E SR Threaded PVC CPVC 1/2 6-1/2 4-11/165-1/16 J5-36 4 2-3/8 .31 .33 3/4 7-5/8 5-7/16 5-13/16 4-9/16 2-3/8 .50 .53 1 8-5/8 6-1/8 7 5-1/8 2-3/8 .85 .90 1-1/4 11-1/8 7-3/4 6 7-15/16 6-1/2 3-1/2 1.21 1.28 1-1/2 12-1/4 8-7/8 6-15/16 8-13/16 7-1/2 3-1/2 1.66 1.76 2 14-1/16 10-3/16 8-1/8 10-1/8 8-1/2 3-1/2 2.96 3.10 3 20 14-13/16 11 14-1/4 12-7/16 6-5/8 5.34 5.64 4 25-13/16 18-1/2 14 14-3/4 15-5/8 7-15/16 1 9.97 10.45 Flanged Y-Strainer Dimensions & Weights Dimension Reference (inches, ± 1/16) Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Nominal Size Al A B C D E ed Flanged PVC CPVC 1/2 5-13/16 4-3/16 5-11/16 3-1/2 2-1/2 1-5/8 .82 .85 3/4 7-1/8 5 6-7/16 3-7/8 3-1/8 2 1.23 1.28 1 8-3/16 5-3/4 7-1/4 4-1/4 3-5/8 2-1/4 1.70 1.81 1-1/4 9-7/16 6-9/16 8-1/8 4-5/8 4-9/32 2-13/16 2.40 2.52 1-1/2 10-7/16 7-3/8 9-3/16 5 4-7/8 3-3/16 3.07 3.25 2 13-1/4 9-1/8 10-3/8 6 6-3/16 3-1/2 5.20 5.42 3 16-21/32 11-3/8 12-1/32 7-1/2 7-5/8 5-1/8 9.44 10.07 4 21-19/32 14-5/16 14-9/16 9-1/16 9-7/8 6-9/16 14.87 16.15 Note: 4" flanged Y-strainer uses split flange ring True Union Y-Strainer Dimensions & Weights Dimension Reference (inches, ± 1/16) Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Nominal Size Al A B C D E Union Socket SR Thread Socket SR Thread PVC CPVC 1/2 5 3-7/16 5-1/8 5-1/2 6-7/8 7 2-1/2 1-5/8 .49 .53 3/4 6-3/16 4-1/8 5-7/8 6-7/16 7-7/8 7-7/8 3 2 .80 .85 1 7-5/16 4-7/8 6-1/2 7-3/8 8-3/4 9 3-5/8 2-1/4 1.13 1.20 1-1/4 8-5/8 5-13/16 7-7/16 6-3/16 9-15/16 10-1/8 4-1/4 2-13/16 1.84 1.90 1-1/2 9-3/4 6-5/8 8-3/16 9 10-15/16 10-15/16 4-7/8 3-3/16 2.44 2.52 2 12-7/16 8-15/16 9-7/16 10-13/16 12-7/16 12-13/16 6-3/16 3-1/2 4.33 4.45 3 16-1/6 10-3/4 12-3/16 13-15/16 16 16-3/4 7-5/8 5-1/8 10.35 10.55 4 20-15116 13-3/4 15-5/16 17-1/2 19-13/16 20-1/2 9-7/8 6-9/16 18.51 1 18.80 Page 941 Suitable for low pressure air handling 5 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas Spears® Manufacturing Company Due to Material Cost Variations, Prices Subject to C a�nge. Check On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com Strainers & Filters Technical Information Industrial Strainers & Filters Replacement Parts NO. COMPONENT OTY. MATERIAL 1 Body1 (SOC/SR/FLANGE/UNION) 1 PVC/PVC CLEAR/CPVC 2 Screen Support Ring 1 PVC/CPVC 3 Screen 1 PVC/CPVC/SS 316 4 Screen Support Housing 1 PVC/CPVC 5 Housing 0-ring 1 EPDM/FKM 6 Bonnet Nut 1 PVC/CPVC 7 Retaining Clip 1 PP 8 Plug 0-ring 1 EPDM/FKM 9 Plug 1 PVC/CPVC 10 Union 0-ring 2 EPDM/FKM 11 Union Socket End 2 PVC/CPVC 12 Union SR Threaded End 2 PVC/CPVC 1 - Body Includes: Body (1), Spigot Adapters (2), SS Collars (2) Flange Body Includes: Body (1), Spigot Hubs (2), Flange Rings (2) Union Body Includes: Body (1), Spigot Ends (2), Nuts (2) Temperature Pressure Rating System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature °F (°C) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99) PVC 150 135 110 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (1.03) (.93) (.76) (.52) (.34) Strainer 1/2"-2" CPVC 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 0 _ Pressure (1.03) (.97) (.90) (.83) (.76) (.70) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) Rating psi (MPa) PVC 90 (.70) 85 (.62) 75 (.52) 60 (.41) 40 (.30) -0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 3„-4„ CPVC 90 85 80 75 70 60 50 45 40 35 30 0 (.70) (.62) (.55) 1 (.52) (.48) (.41) (.34) (.31) (.30) (.24) (.21) Drain Plug Tap Size Y-Strainer Size Tap Size (NPT) 1/2 1/4 - 18 3/4 1 /4 - 18 1 3/8 - 18 1-1/4 1/2 - 14 1-1/2 1 - 11 -1/2 2 1-11-1/2 3 1-11-1/2 4 1 - 11 - 112 Y-Strainer Cv Nominal Size Plastic Strainer Mesh 8 12 20 30 1/2 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.2 3/4 8.2 7.8 7.5 7.2 1 14.3 13.9 13.6 13.3 1-1/4 33.6 32.9 29.4 25.4 1-1/2 43.8 41.6 33.0 32.1 2 50.6 50.0 49.6 48.8 3 75.2 174.6 74.0 73.4 4 169.5 1169.0 1168.8 168.0 Gallons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop. Plastic Strainers are perforated PVC or CPVC screens. Standard is mesh. Made in the U.S.A. Suitable for low pressure air handling 5 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas Page 942 Due to Material Cost Variations, Prices Subject to Change. Check On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com i GF Piping Systems valid from: Datasheet 7/9/08 Ball valves Ball Valve Type 546 PVC With Mounting Inserts With solvent cement sockets inch ASTM Inclusive 2 threaded valve ends NPT Model: • Designed for easy installation and removal • z-dimension, valve end and valve nut are not compatible with Type 370 and Type 346 • Ball seals PTFE • Integrated stainless steel mounting inserts • Threaded valve ends are only enclosed for 3/8" to 2" Option: • Contact customer service for customization • Multifunctional module with integrated limit switches • Pneumatic or electric actuators from GF Size DN PN Cv-value EPDM FPM Ibs [inch] [gal (US) Part No. Part No. /min] a r 161 546 351 0.406 0.59 240 13 161 546 342 '/: 161 546 352 0.428 % 161 546 353 0.648 0.79 240 25 161 546 343 1 0.98 240 49 161 546 344 161 546 354 0.946 1 % 1.26 240 70 161 546 345 161 546 355 1.631 1 '/: 1.57 240 112 161 546 346 161 546 356 2.205 161 546 357 161 546 358 161 546 359 3.935 10.803 16.314 2'/s 2.56 240 350 161 546 348 1 3 3.15 240 490 161 546 349 4 3.94 240 770 161 546 350 161 546 360 25.353 Size D H H1 H2 L L1 L2 L4 L5 L6 M z [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] % 1.97 2.24 1.06 0.47 4.13 3.03 2.20 0.98 1.26 1.77 6 2.64 % 1.97 2.24 1.06 0.47 4.13 3.03 2.20 0.98 1.26 1.77 6 2.40 % 2.28 2.64 1.18 0.47 4.76 3.82 2.56 0.98 1.54 2.28 6 2.76 1 2.68 2.87 1.42 0.47 5.24 3.82 2.80 0.98 1.54 2.28 6 2.99 1 % 3.31 3.54 1.73 0.59 6.06 5.04 3.35 1.77 2.13 2.91 8 3.54 1 % 3.82 3.82 2.01 0.59 6.46 5.04 3.50 1.77 2.13 2.91 8 3.70 2 4.88 4.57 2.52 0.59 7.20 5.98 3.98 1.77 2.60 3.43 8 4.21 2 % 6.54 5.87 3.35 0.59 9.17 10.63 5.35 2.76 2.52 8.11 8 5.67 3 7.87 6.34 4.13 0.59 10.00 10.63 5.55 2.76 2.52 8.11 8 5.94 4 9.37 7.01 4.84 0.87 11.85 12.60 6.46 4.72 2.52 10.08 12 6.85 Reliable dosing of chemicals Solenoid diaphragm dosing pumps play an impor- tant role in the reliable and accurate dosing of liquids. The MAGDOS LB solenoid diaphragm metering pump is a good -value alternative for simple and continuous dosing tasks, particularly suitable for the process industry. Wide range of applications The MAGDOS LB is available in seven sizes for me- tering applications ranging to 3.96 gph with back pressures up to 232 psig. Double -ball valves ensure accurate, consistent dosing. The dosing rate can be adjusted continuously from 0 to 100% by manually changing the stroke frequency. The pump is externally controlled by switching the supply voltage of the pump ON and OFF. Several different materials and connections are available for wetted -end components. By using ap- propriate and recommended materials, the MAG- DOS LB can be used in a wide variety of process applications. Matching accessory sets with tubing, injection noz- zles and suction lines allow quick installation and reliable operation. Simple to use and space -saving Thanks to the sturdy, low -maintenance solenoid drive, the media being supplied (for example acids, alkalis, coagulants and flocculants) is reliably and accurately dosed. The combination of the MAGDOS LB's solid design and the easy -to -use control allow for short set up times and efficient operation. The compact design and the small footprint allow for easy integration into dosing systems even for installations with limited space available. Wall mounting is possible provided the check valves remain in a vertical orientation by rotating the head. JV JE51:11 Lrlr-JESCO America Corp. In Short ■ Capacity range to 3.96 gph, up to 232 psig ■ Wide range power supply unit 110-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz ■ Integrated vented head (standard on plastic ver- sion) ■ Wall and floor mounting possible without a bracket ■ Double -ball valves ensure accurate dosing ■ Materials available: PVC (standard), PP, and PVDF ■ Material consistency for pumps and accessories ■ Dosing heads and valves for high -viscosity me- dia are available Rev.6 Total Meferlog Fluid Trarrsfer Management Chem Feed AW JESCII Lrlt-JESCO America Corp. MAGDOS LB Max. back pressure (psig) Flow rate at max. pressure (gph) Average back pressure (psig) Flow rate at medium pressure (gph) Max. stroke frequency (SPM) Suction lift for non -effervescent media (ft H20) Max. inlet pressure (psig) Power supply Power supply cable Power consumption Max. power consumption during dosing stroke Protection class Weight Max. ambient temperature Max. temperature of the medium MAGDOS LB Dimensions 05 1 2 4 6 10 232 232 232 232 116 87 0.09 0.20 0.50 0.89 1.6 2.40 116 116 116 116 58 43 0.14 0.29 0.61 1.00 1.80 2.64 120 250 160 180 180 180 16 16 9 9 6 1 6 11 PSI 110...240 V, 50/60 Hz 6 feet with mains plug 18 W approximately 4 A IP 65 approximately 6.6 pounds 41OF-113OF (with PVC parts 41°F-1040F) PVDF 176°F (with PVC parts 95°F, with PP parts 140°F) Material PVC, PP, PVDF PVDF Size 1/4" x 3/8" 1/4" x 7/16" 1/4" FNPT 1/4" FNPT 1/4" FNPT 15 43 3.43 14 3.96 250 6 L 1.34" 1.34" 1.34" 1.96" 2.12" Lutz-JESCO America Corp. 55 Bermar Park Phone: 585-426-0990 E-Mail:mail@jescoamerica.com Toll Free: Rochester, NY 14624 USA Fax: 585-426-4025 http://www.lutzjescoamerica.com 1-800-554-2762 AV JESCIff, Leta-JESCO America Corp. Flow Curves The flow curves are valid for ambient temperatures of 68 ° F (20 °C) and dosing water at 100% stroke frequency. The delivery capacities depend on the medium (density and viscosity) and temperature. ggg� 1.58 1.32 LL 1.06 0.79 0.53 0.28 LB 4 LB 2 LB 1 0 29 58 87 116 145 174 203 232 Pressure (psig) 4.23 LB 15 3.70 3.17 LB 10 2.64 LB 6 2.11 1.59 1.06 0.53 0 0 29 58 87 116 Pressure (psig) Installation positions MAGI]05 LB can he mounted in three different positions without further auxiliary equipment: Floor mounting Wall mountng with dosing head on the right-hand side Wall mounting with dosing head on the left-hand side Total mewring Fluid Transfer Management Chem Feed AV JESUS, Lriz-JESCO America Corp. Installation examples Legend Q MAGDOSLB Q Chemical tank (D Suction line ® Priming aid Electric agitator © Pulsation dampener Qi Injection nozzle with non -return and shut off valve ® Back pressure regulating valve (�) Pressure relief valve (safety valve) Accessories Even the best pump can be improved - simply by ■ the addition of appropriate accessories. ■ Suitable sets of accessories, consisting of suction/ discharge tubing, foot valve and injection nozzle, are available for the dosing pumps. To turn your dosing pump into an efficient dosing system, we recommend using the following acces- ■ sories: ■ Injection nozzles - to dose the medium into the main line and to prevent it from flowing back into the pressure line. ■ Back pressure and pressure relief valves - to in- crease dosing accuracy or to protect the system against excessive pressure. 0 Pulsation dampener - to dampen supply flow as well as to reduce discharge flow pulsations. Priming aids - to significantly ease priming of dos- ing pumps with low supply volumes per stroke, for large suction heights, highly viscous dosing media, for initial priming or when priming after the system has been idle. Suction pressure regulator - to prevent medium flow when the dosing pump is not running or to prevent a vacuum being formed in the event of a pipe failure. Please contact us for more information on accesso- ries and metering pump systems. Lutz-JESCO America Corp. 55 Bermar Park Phone: 585-426-0990 E-Mail:mail@jescoamerica.com Toll Free: Rochester, NY 14624 USA Fax: 585-426-4025 http://www.lutzjescoamerica.com 1-800-554-2762 General The accuracy of diaphragm metering pumps is affected by the back pressure, especially in the range between no pressure and 1 bar. In pressureless (open) systems, excessive metering occurs due to the mass moment of inertia of the accelerated liquid. Furthermore, metering pumps must be protected against excessive pressure, and undesired flow rates resulting from siphoning must be avoided. The JESCO multifunction valve PENTA- BLOC has been designed to solve the aforementioned problems. With its five functions, the optimum operation of small metering pumps is ensured. Installation The multifunction valve PENTABLOC is mounted directly on the discharge valve of the metering pump. Technical Data Housing material: PP, PVC or PVDF Packing material: Viton or Hypalon / EPDM Diaphragms: Viton or Hypalon Threaded connection: input side: union nut G 5/8 or G 3/4 output side: plug G 5/8 or 3/4 Response pressure of the safety valve: approx. 11 bar Back pressure: approx. 3 bar Weight: approx. 210 g (PVC version) Application range: Metering pumps with up to 45 1/h at viscosities of up to 20 mPa s Other materials and connections upon request. One valve ... 5 functions 1st function Back pressure function to optimize the metering accuracy. At the same time, the valve prevents excessive metering in pressureless systems. 2nd function Antisiphon function to avoid undesired siphoning. 3rd function Safety valve to protect the pump against excessive pressure. 4th function Pressure relief of the feed pipe by returning the medium to the supply tank (important for maintenance). 5th function Metering monitoring by a jumping ball in a transparent pipe (only for PVC version). Ar JESCEF» MB12603/1 Selection Table Material Connection A + E Housing Diaphragm Packing G 5/8 G 3/4 PVC Viton Viton 12601001 12601011 Hypalon Hypalon/ EPDM 12601025 12601026 PP Viton Viton 12601003 12601013 Hypalon Hypalon/ EPDM 12601007 12601008 PVDF Viton Viton 12601005" 12601015 Screw -on thread matching JESCO metering pumps with PVDF head. Dimension Drawing _tin V J m H Z W a Functions Fig. 1 shows the back pressure function which is realized as follows. The liquid entering through A pushes diaphragm M to the left against tappet L loaded with spring F and can then escape upwards through connection B. The pressure required for the diaphragm to move is approx. 3 bar. The pulsating stream of liquid entering the metering pump causes ball B to jump visibly. Antisiphon valve B Fiq. 2 Fig. 2 shows the function of the antisiphon valve. As in addition to the spring load, the vacuum forces the diaphragm to remain on the seat, undesired chemical cannot be sucked in from discharge side B neither by a system -dependent vacuum nor by siphoning. Ar JESCEI,� MB 1 2603/2 Safety valve Fin. 3 Fig. 3 shows the function of the safety valve. If the system pressure exceeds approx. 11 bar, e.g. as a result of a shut valve, a pressure develops below the diaphragm which moves diaphragm M to the right against spring tension F. The liquid can be returned from connection C to the supply tank. Pressure relief of F It is possible to use the valve to take pressure from the feed line (see fig. 4). If the metering pump is switched off and both tappets L and R are removed, the liquid can escape from the discharge line via connection B to connection C. V 0 m H Z W a JE!ir.rj,. Product Information Flow sensor FLOWCON The flow under control The flow sensor FLOWCON was developed particularly for the monitor- ing of pulsating flows. The flow sensor FLOWCON can be applied in many different dosing systems. Compact and compatible Due to its very compact design, it can be mounted directly to the dis- charge valve of a dosing pump. A reed contact gives a potential free impulse on each stroke of the dosing pump. In combination with the electronic evaluation unit FLOWCON an operator has an effective and exact monitoring system for the liquid behavior in discharge lines at hand. The FLOWCON is available with various connectors and can, therefore, be mounted to a number of different metering pumps. Due to the dif- ferent materials, the FLOWCON can be used together with a variety of chemicals. Keeping an eye on the pulse The function is based upon the evaluation of a pulse -like conveying char- acteristic that is typical for dosing pumps. During the discharge stroke a float element is lifted by the flowing liquid and thereby switches a reed contact. A bypass valve allows for the monitoring of dosing ranges of 0.05... 121/hr with solenoid -driven dosing pumps and 0.5... 501/hr with motor -driven dosing pumps. The electronic evaluation can be carried out by an on -site PLC, meters or the electronic evaluation unit FLOWCON, specifically developed for this purpose. To avoid an interaction of FLOWCON and solenoid diaphragm dosing pumps keep a distance of 20 cm. In short • Efficient monitoring of pulsating flows • Compact design and high product stability • Simple handling • Chemical feed ranges between 0.05 and 501/hr Technical data Mousing material PVC or PMMA Sealing material FPM or EPDM Connections Inlet: Union nut G 5/8 or G 3/4 Output: male thread G 5/8 or G 3/4 Dosing ranges Solenoid -driven dosing pumps: 0.05... 121/hr (not suitable for MAGDOS LT 17) Motor -driven dosing pumps: 0.5... 501/hr Max. system pressure 10 bar Max. viscosity at stroke 20 mPas (20 cps) frequency 100/min Max. viscosity at stroke 10 mPas (10 cps) frequency 150/min Max. medium temperature 35 °C Electric rating reed contact 48 V AC/DC, 0.5 A, max.12 VA Dosing Liquids Conveying Gases Control I Systems JEscrj. Product Information Flow sensor FLOWCON Model variants Product nameliMaterial Connections Order no. ' Flow sensor PVC/FPM G 5/8 13300302 FLOWCON PVC/FPM G 3/4 13300304 PMMA/FPM G 5/8 13338132 PMMA/FPM G 3/4 13338134 PVC/EPDM G 5/8 13300402 PVC/EPDM G 3/4 13300404 PMMA/EPDM G 5/8 13300202 PMMA/EPDM G 3/4 13300204 Product namell Connections Assembly Order no. Electronic 1 230 V Wall mount 13300100 evaluation unit 1115 V Wall mount 13300101 FLOWCON 230 V Panel mount 13300102 4 115 V Panel mount 13300103 Dimensional figure All measurements are given in mm Accessories In addition to the FLOWCON, the following accessories are available for the assembly and operation: Description 1rder no—W Stroke sensor HR for MAGDOS 01...12 13234247 Stroke sensor HR for MAGDOS 20...100 13234557 Stroke sensor for motor -driven pumps 79047 Base mount PVC Tubing connection 4/6 - G 5/8 34560 Tubing connection 6/12 - G 5/8 34561 Tubing connection 6/12 - G 3/4 34562 Wall mount PVC G 5/8 34563 G 3/4 34564 Lutz-Jesco GmbH PO Box 10 01 64 Phone: +49 5130 5802-0 E-mail: info@lutz-jesco.de 24h-Hotline: 30891 Wedemark Fax: +49 5130 580268 Internet: www.lutz-jesco.de +49 5130 580280 BioAir Configured PartNo: 35W1005PH21_60# Date Updated: 11/27/2019 1005P Commercial Pressure Gauge FEATURES R PowerFlexTm movement provides superior resistance to shock, vibration and pulsation TrueZeroTm reduces reading errors by using a "zero box" instead of convential dial pins Panel Mount conversion kit to transform back connect gauge into a panel -mount gauge Corrosion resistance ABS case Bulk packaging TYPICAL USES Pumps and Compressors Filter Regulators and Water Pumps Beverage Dispensing Systems Instrument and Controls Medical equipment Automotive applications Fluid power equipment Accuracy: ±3-2-3% of span (ASME B40.100 Grade B) Sizes: 1'/z"" 2"2'hi', 3'/2- Ranges: 1 Yi" Vacuum to 1,000 psi 2", 2Y2"", 3'/2""Vacuum, compound to 6,000 psi Process Connection Lower, Back Location: Process Connection 1/8 and Y4 NPT (1'/2"" not available in Y4 NPT) Size: Dial: Black figures on white background, aluminum Pointer: Black, aluminum (STD.) Movement: PowerFlex'" with polyester segment Dampening options: FlutterGuard'" Approvals: UL 404, High Pressure Gas (2"; 1,000-4,000 psi) UL 252A, Compressed Gas Regulator Accessories (2"-, 30-300 psi) Bourdon Tube Process Connection Restrictor Bronze Brass 0.013"orifice throttle plug in gauges 1,000 psi and above Case Window Black ABS Polycarbonate iO ASHCROFT® Trust the shield:M 101 1 yi KEY BENEFITS • Customizable for new applications • Conversion kits available CRN 1 of 4 All specifications are subject to change without notice. ashcroft.com All sales subject to standard terms and conditions. info0ashcroft.com 02019 Ashcroft Inc. 1005p_gauge_ds1.0, Rev. B, 02/19 1.800.328.8258 Data -- 1005P Commercial Pressure Gauge ASHCROF ro Trust the shield. [d:i�]�dl►[KK•]�7� 20 W 1005 P H 02 L XAP 400# Dial Size 15 - 11/27 20-2- 20 25 - 21/27 35 - 31/27 Movement type PowerF/exTM W� Model 1005 1005 Case/Window Material P - ABS/Polycarbonate n Process Connection Material H - Brass LLJ Process Connection Size 01 - %NPT 02 -1/4 NPT (not avaiable in 11/z) 02 KJ - 1/4 straight BSPT; PT 1/4 JIS KA - 1/4 tapered BSPT; PT 1/4 JIS KG-%BSPT;R% 13-G114B 77 - G 1/a no spigot Process Connection Location L -Lower I I L B - Center back T - Top E - Left side D - Right side Options: See Table 1 on page 2 for additional options (If choosing an option(s) must include an "X") X__ AP - Adjustable pointer AP Ranges (coding example see range table on page 3 for all standard ranges) Single Scale 400# - 400 psi 400# OPTIONS (minimums may apply) AP Adjustable Pointer ZQ Bulk pack EP Min/max pointer Zp Customer part number on carton/plain white label NIP Nickel plated socket ZQ Customer part number printed directly on carton Receiver gauge dial code; 12# - ALK (0-100 linear) M1 Dial marking "Supply" PR 12# - ALL (0-100%) M2 Dial Marking "Output" 12# - APR (0-10 sq root) M3 Dial marking "Instrument" IRS RoHS (EN directives 2011/65/EN and 2015/863) T4 0.007"orifice restrictor RU UL252A listed. (only available in 7"dial; ranges 30-300 psi) T5 0.01 T orifice restrictor (0.01 T orifice throttle plug standard in ranges 1000-6000 psi) SF FlutterGuardTM (includes 0.013"orifice throttle plug) T6 Dial Marking "Transmit TC Telfon® tape on socket T7 0.020" orifice restrictor UC Panel mounting sleeve T9 0.063" orifice restrictor UL UL404listed. (7"dial; ranges 1,000-4,000 psi) 7F FlufterGuardTM logo (can only be used in conjunction with XSF (FlutterGuard option) VH Vent hole in case Black protective boot (must be ordered separately - not part of product code) 2of4 All specifications are subject to change without notice. ashcroft.com All sales subject to standard terms and conditions. nfoOashcroft.com 02019 Ashcroft Inc. 1005p_gauge_ds1.0, Rev. B, 02/19 1.800.328.8258 7ti 7'.I I Data Sheet 7V 1005P Commercial Pressure Gauge Model " Dial Size Case Conn. Size Conn. Type psi CODE bar CODE 1Y27 ABS 1/8 om J 2" ABS 1/8 om J 2" ABS '/4 J 2" ABS '/4 m 2'/2- ABS 1/8 J II 2W ABS 1/8 m 21/F ABS '/4 J om 3'/2- ABS 1/8 o J 3Y27 ABS 1/8 m 3'/2- ABS '/ o J 3W ABS '/4 m 301MWO VAC -1/0 VAC-ABE • 301MW15 15#&VAC -1/0/1.5 15N-AAA 301MW30 30#&VAC 301MW60 60#&VAC -1/0/3 60N-AAU 301MW100 100#&VAC -1/0/5 100N-AAW 301MW160 160#&VAC 160N-AAY 301MW300 300#&VAC 300N-ABB 0/15 15# 0/1 15#-AAA • 0/1.6 20#-AAB • 0/30 30# 0/2.5 30#-AAD 0/60 60# 0/4 60#-AAF 0/100 100# 0/6 100#-AAG 0/7 100#-AAH • 0/160 160# 0/10 160#-AAI 0/200 200# 0/16 200#-AAL 0/300 300# 0/400 400# 0/25 300#-AAN 0/600 600# 0/40 600#-AAP 0/1000 1000# 0/60 1000#-AMK 0/1500 1500# 0/100 1500#-AMM 0/2000 2000# 0/160 2000#-AMO 0/3000 3000# 0/4000 4000# 0/250 4000#-AMQ 0/5000 5000# 0/6000 6000# 1 0/400 6000#-AUE kPa 11CODE AVAILABILITY -100/0 VAC-AGF 76cmHG/O VAC -ADP • 76cmHG/0/1 15N-ADB -100/0/150 30N-AFT 76cmHG/0/2 30N-ADD -100/0/300 60N-AFV 76cmHG/0/3 60N-BEI 76cmHG/O/4 60N-ALO -100/0/500 100N-AFX 76cmHG/0/6 100N-BEJ -100/0/900 160N-AFZ 76cmHG/0/6 160N-ADI 76cmHG/0/20 300N-BEL 0/100 15#-AFB 0/1 15#-ACK • 0/160 20#-AFC 0/200 30#-AFD 0/2 30#-ACM 0/250 30#-AFE 0/3 45#-ACO 0/400 60#-AFG 0/4 60#-ACP 0/600 100#-AFH 0/6 100#-ACQ 0/800 120#-BAT 0/1000 160#-AFJ 0/10 160#-ACS 0/1600 200#-AFM 0/15 200#-BEA 0/20 300#-BEB 0/2500 400#-AFO 0/25 400#-ACX 0/4000 600#-AFQ 0/35 600#-BEC 0/40 600#-ACZ • 0/50 600#-BED 0/6000 1000#-BAU 0/70 1000#-ANB 0/8000 1000#-BAV 0/10000 1500#-ATK 0/100 1500#-ANC 0/16000 2000#-BAW 0/150 2000#-BEE 0/25000 4000#-BAX 0/250 4000#-ANG 0/350 5000#-BEF 0/40000 6000#-ATU 0/500 6000#-BEG FOR DUAL SCALE RANGES CONSULT FACTORY ASHCROFT° Trust the shield. 3of4 All specifications are subject to change without notice. ashcroft.com All sales subject to standard terms and conditions. irs ashcroft.com ©2019 Ashcroft Inc. 1005p_gauge_ds1.0, Rev. B, 02/19 1.800.328.8258 SheetData 1005P Commercial Pressure Gauge For reference only, consult Ashcroft for specific dimensional drawings 1 ASHCROFT® Trust the shield' 1 1Y 1.66 1.64 1.07 1.01 1.6 �/$ 1.41 0.38 0.62 0.62 0.56 0.44 1.62 oz 1.55 oz [421 [421 [271 [261 [411 [361 [101 [171 [161 [141 [11] 0.068 kg 0.044 kg 2.11 2.11 1.07 1.05 2.05 1/8 or 1/8 or 1.85 0.38 0.85 0.82 0.56 0.56 2.40 oz 2.75 oz 2- [541 [54] [271 [27] [52] 1/4 1/4 [471 [10] [221 [21 ] [14] [141 0.068 0.078 kg 2.74 2.74 1.12 1.14 2.67 1/8 or 1/8 or 2.18 0.38 0.78 0.83 0.56 0.56 2.89 oz 3.17 oz 21/27 [70] [70] [28] [29] [68] 1/4 1/4 [55] [10] [20] [21 ] [14] [14] 0.082 kg 0.090 kg 31/z" 3.70 3.70 1.14 1.28 3.62 1/8 or 1/8 or 2.72 0.43 0.72 0.92 0.56 0.56 5.36 oz 4.37 oz [94] [94] [29] [32] [92] 1/4 1/4 [69] [11] [18] [23] [14] [14] 0.152 kg 0.124 kg A > 4-- B �<- B --*� E C CUSTOMER'S PANEL D- C %F;T 2.05 1.04 1.75 1.85 0.13 0.60 1.19 0.68 7/ 6 sq. 1/8 [521 [271 [451 [471 [31 [141 [301 [181 [11] 2.52 1.04 2.23 1.89 0.17 0.82 1.63 0.68 9/ 6 sq. 1/8 or 1/4 [641 [271 [571 [481 [41 [21 ] [411 [18] [14] 3.17 1.13 2.84 1.98 0.17 1.13 2.26 0.68 9/16 sq. 1/8 or 1/4 [81 ] [29] [72] [50] [4] [29] [57] [18] [14] 4.08 1.23 3.80 2.11 0.20 1.61 3.22 0.68 9/ 6 sq. 1/8 or 1/4 [104] [31 ] [96] [54] [5] [41 ] [82] [18] [14] -10-32 STUDS F HOLE IN PANEL - G 11/2 1.850 1.968 [471 [501 T 2.330 2.440 [591 [621 21/2 2.920 3.075 [741 [781 31Y 3.898 4.016 [99] [1021 4of4 All specifications are subject to change without notice. ashcroft.com All sales subject to standard terms and conditions. nfo0ashcroft.com 02019 Ashcroft Inc. 1005p_gauge_ds1.0, Rev. B, 02/19 1.800.328.8258 Signet 2536 Rotor-X Paddlewheel Flow Sensors +GF+ Standard Integral Wet -Tap Sensor Sensor Sensor (with blue cap) Description Simple to install with time-honored reliable performance, Signet 2536 Ro- tor-X Paddlewheel Flow Sensors are highly repeatable, rugged sensors that offer exceptional value with little or no maintenance. The Model 2536 has a process -ready open collector signal and has a wide dynamic flow range of 0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft/s). The sen- sor measures liquid flow rates in full pipes and can be used in low pressure systems. The Signet 2536 sensors are offered in a variety of materials for a wide range of pipe sizes and insertion configu- rations. The many material choices including PP, PVDF, and Tefzel° make this model highly versatile and chemically compatible to many liquid process solutions. Sensors can be installed in DN 15 to DN 900 (0.5 to 36 in.) pipes using Signet's compre- hensive line of custom fittings. These custom fittings, which include tees, saddles, and weldolets, seat the sen- sor to the proper insertion depth into the process flow. The sensors are also offered in configurations for wet - tap installation requirements. System Overview (For overview of Wet -Tap System see page 20.) Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Signet Flow Instrumen® Integral Mount Signet Flow Instrumen Signet Flow Instrument (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separatelyl 8550 5075 8550 8550 Signet Universal Signet Integral 8900 5500 5600 Adapter Kit (3-80501 Adapter Kit (3-8051) (sold separately) (sold separately) o 0 Signet Model 2536 Signet Model 2536 Signet Model 2536 Standard or Wet -Tap ( Standard or Wet -Tap I Integral Flow Sensor (not shown) (not shown) Flow Sensor Flow Sensor Signet Fittings* separately) \ Features • Flow rate range 0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20ft/s) • Wide Turndown Ratio of 66:1 • Open -collector output • Simple, economical design • Highly repeatable out- put • Installs into pipe sizes DN 15 to DN 900 (0.5 to 36 in.) • High resolution and noise immunity • 7.6m (25 ft.) of cable for standard and Wet - tap sensors • Chemically resistant materials • Easy to replace rotor Applications • Pure Water Production • Filtration Systems • Chemical Production • Liquid Delivery Sys- tems • Pump Protection • Scrubbers/Gas stacks • Gravity Feed Lines • Not suitable for gases CE *See Fittings section for more information. www.gfsignet.com Dimensions 2536 Standard Mount Sensor 53.3 m m (2.1 in.) -x0 thru 26.7mm -X2 (1.05 in.) Pipe Range 0.5 to 4 in. -XO = 104mm (4.1 in) 5 to 8 in. -X1 = 137mm (5.4 in.) 10 in. and up -X2 = 213mm (8.4 in.) 2536 Integral Mount Sensor shown with Transmitter (sold separately) 96mm _ (3.8 in.H 102mm (4.0 in.) -YO or -Y1 26.7mm (1.5 in.) -� Pipe Range 0.5 to 4 in. -YO = 152mm (6.0 in.) 5 to 8 in. -Y1 = 185mm (7.3 in.) 2536 Wet -Tap Mount Sensor with 3519 Wet - Tap Valve See 3519 product page for more information. •P3 :hru •P5 26.7r (1.05 Pipe Range 0.5 to 4 in. -P3 = 297mm (11.7 in.] 5 to 8 in. -P4 = 333mm (13.1 in.] 10 in. and up -P5 = 409mm (16.1 in.) Specifications General Flow Rate Range: 0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft./s) Pipe Size Range: DN 15 to DN 900 (0.5 to 36 in.) Linearity: ±1 % of full range Repeatability: ±0.5% of full range Min. Reynolds Number Required: 4500 Wetted Materials Sensor Body: Glass -filled Polypropylene (black) or PVDF (natural) 0-rings: FPM-Viton° (std) optional EPDM or FFPM-Kalrez° Rotor Pin: Titanium, Hastelloy-C or PVDF; op- tional ceramic, Tantalum or stainless steel Rotor: Black PVDF or Natural PVDF; op- tional Tefzel° with or w/o Fluoraloy B° sleeve Electrical Frequency: 49Hz per m/s nominal (15 Hz per ft/s nominal) Supply voltage: 3.3 to 24 VDC regulated Supply current: <1.5 mA @ 3.3 to 6 VDC <20 mA @ 6 to 24 VDC Output Type: Open collector transistor, sinking Output Current: 10 mA max. Cable Type: 2-conductor twisted pair with shield (22 AWG) Cable Length: 7.6 m (25 ft.) standard/305 m (1,000 ft.) maximum Application Tips: • Use PVDF Rotor Pin for use in Deionized Water. • Use the Conduit Adapter Kit to protect the cable -to -sensor connection when used in outdoor environments. See Ac- cessories section for more information. • Use a sleeved rotor in abrasive liquids to reduce wear. • Sensor plug is used to plug installation fitting after extraction of sensor from pipe. +GF+ Max. Pressure/Temperature Rating Standard and Integral Sensor • PP: 12.5 bar @ 20°C, 1.7 bar @ 850C (180 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @185°F) • PVDF: 14 bar @ 20°C, 1.7 bar @ 85°C (200 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @ 185°F) Operating Temperature: • PP: -18°C to 850C (OoF to 185°F) • PVDF: -18°C to 85°C (0°F to 185°F) Wet -Tap sensor PP: 7 bar @ 20°C, 1.4 bar @ 66°C (100 psi @ 68°F, 20 psi @ 150°F) Operating temperature: -180C to 660C (0°F to 150°F) Max. wet -tap sensor removal rating: 1.7 bar @ 22°C (25psi @ 72°F) See Temperature and Pressure graphs for more information. Shipping Weight: 3-2536-XO 0.454 kg 1 lb. 3-2536-X1 0.476 kg 1.04 lbs. 3-2536-X2 0.680 kg 1.50 lbs. 3-2536-X3 0.794 kg 1.75 lbs. 3-2536-X4 0.850 kg 1.87 lbs. 3-2536-X5 1 kg 2.20 lbs. 3-8512-XO 0.35 kg 0.77 lb. 3-8512-X1 0.37 kg 0.81 lbs. Standards and Approvals • CE • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for Quality and ISO 14001:2004 for Environmental Management For liquids containing particles, use only the Signet Magmeter. For systems with components of more than one material, the maximum tem- perature/pressure specification must always be referenced to the component with the lowest rating. Please refer to Wiring, Installation, Accessories and Fittings sections for more information. www.gfsignet.com Ordering Information Model 2536 Standard Mount Paddlewheel When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument can be mounted nearby on a pipe or wall or in a remote location up to 305 m/1000 ft (standard cable Length is 7.6m/25 ft) by connecting the sensor through a standard junction box. Use Signet fittings for proper seating of the sensor into the process flow. Sensor Part Number 3-2536 Flow Sensor for use with remote mount instrument Body/Rotor/Pin material -Choose one* P Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium T Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF' V Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Hastelloy C' Pipe size - Choose one 0 0.5to4in. 1 5to8in. 2 10 to 36 in. 3-2536 - P 0 Example Part Number ' PVDF available 0.5 in. to 4 in. only Mfr. Part No.* Code Mfr. Part No.* Code 3-2536-PO 198 840 143 3-2536-TO 198 840 149 3-2536-P1 198 840 144 3-2536-VO 198 840 146 3-2536-P2 198 840 145 3-2536-Vl 198 840 147 Model 2536 Integral Mount Paddlewheel When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument is mounted directly onto the sensor for a local display. See Guidelines below for instructions. Sensor Part Number 3-8512 Flow Sensor for integral mounting on the 8150 or 8550 instrument using the 3-8051 adapter (instrument and adapter sold separately) Body/Rotor/Pin material -Choose one* P Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium T Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF' V Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Hastelloy C' Pipe size - Choose one 0 0.5to4in. 1 5to8in. if if T 3-8512 -V 0 Example Part Number ' PVDF available 0.5 in. to 4 in. only Mfr. Part No. Code 3-8512-PO 198 864 513 3-8512-P1 198 864 514 Mfr. Part No. I Code 3-8512-TO 3-8512-VO 198 864 518 198 864 516 Guidelines: Combining a 2536 integral mount flow sensor with an integrally mounted instrument Once an integral mount sensor is chosen, it can be mounted directly to an instrument by following these guidelines: a) Order the integral adapter kit 3-8051 (sold separately) to connect the sensor to an instrument. b) Order an instrument (sold separately). The following instrument part numbers are compatible: 3-8550-1, 3-8550-2, 3-8550-3. c) Assembling the sensor with the inte- gral adapter and instrument is quick and simple. These parts can also be ordered as an assembled part. See "Integral Mount" data sheet for more information. Model 2536 Standard Paddlewheel Flow Sensor *Model 2536 Ordering Notes: 1) Most common part number combinations shown. For all com- binations, refer to the Part Number Index. 2) Other rotor and pin materials are avail- able and can be easily replaced in the field. See accessories for parts listing. Model 2536 Integral Mount Paddlewheel Flow Sensor www.gfsignet.com Ordering Information (continued) Model 2536 Wet -Tap sensor with the 3519 Wet -tap valve *Model 2536 Ordering Notes: 11 Most common part number combinations shown. For all com- binations, refer to the Part Number Index. 21 Other rotor and pin materials are available and can be easily re- placed in the field. See accessories for parts listing. Model 2536 Wet -Tap Mount Paddlewheel Flow Sensor When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument can be mounted nearby on a pipe or wall or in a remote location up to 1000 ft (305 m) by connecting the sensor through a standard junction box. Standard cable length is 7.6m (25 ft). This style of sensor uses the 3519 Wet -Tap valve only (see individual product page for more information). Sensor Part Number - Choose one 3-2536 Flow Sensor for wet -tap mounting with the 3519 Wet -Tap Valve (sold separately) Body/Rotor/Pin material* P Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium Pipe size - Choose one 3 0.5to4in. 4 5to8in. 5 10 to 36 in. 3-2536 - P 3 Example Part Number Mfr. Part No.* Code 3-2536-P3 159 000 758 3-2536-P4 159 000 759 3-2536-P5 159 000 760 Guideline: Combining a 2536 Wet -Tap Sensor with a 3519 Wet -Tap Valve a) Once a sensor is chosen, it can be mounted in a 3519 Wet -Tap Valve (sold separately) b) Assembling a sensor with a 3519 Wet - Tap valve is quick and simple. These parts can also be ordered as complete assemblies. See 3519 product page. Accessories and Replacement Parts Mfr. Part No. Code Description Rotor Rotors 3-2536.320-1 198 820 052 Rotor, PVDF Black 3-2536.320-2 159 000 272 Rotor, PVDF Natural 0 3-2536.320-3 159 000 273 Rotor, Tefzel° Rotor Pin 3-2536.321 198 820 054 Rotor and Pin (matched set), PVDF Natural 3-2536.322-1 198 820 056 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black 3-2536.322-2 198 820 057 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural Sleeved Rotor (pin not included) 3-2536.322-3 198 820 058 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel° Rotor Pins Sensor Cap M 1546-1 198 801 182 Pin, Titanium o ®M 1546-2 198 801 183 Pin, Hastelloy-C M 1546-3 198 820 014 Pin, Tantalum M 1546-4 198 820 015 Pin, Stainless Steel Sensor Plug P51545 198 820 016 Pin, Ceramic 0-Rings Conduit 1220-0021 198 801 186 0-Ring, FPM-Viton° Adapter Kit 1224-0021 198 820 006 0-Ring, EPR 1224-0205 159 000 869 0-Ring, EPDM (Europe Only) 1228-0021 198 820 007 0-Ring, FFPM-Kalrez° Miscellaneous P31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, Polypro P31536-2 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDF P31542-3 159 000 464 Sensor Cap, Blue P31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit 5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable (per foot), 2 cond. w/shield, 22 AWG 3-8050 159 000 184 Universal Mount Kit 3-8051 159 000 187 Transmitter Integral Adapter www.gfsignet.com III / a aemoo- comvloy HEATERS Application Electric Heaters Designed to protect sensitive mechanical, electrical, and electronic equipment from the harmful effects of condensation, corrosion, and low temperatures. Thermostatically -controlled fan -driven heater units maintain a stable temperature within enclosures so critical components can perform more reliably over a longer period of time. Construction • Attractive and durable aluminum housing • Thermostat, standard on all units, is adjustable from 0°F to 100°F (-18°C to 38°C) • Fan draws cool air from the bottom of the enclosure and passes this air across the thermostat and heating elements before being released into enclosure cavity • Heated air is discharged through the top of the heater unit • Four 10-32 self -tapping screws are included with each heater • Ball bearing fan runs continuously for even temperature distribution • Terminal strip with clamp connector that accepts both solid and stranded wire Finish Brushed aluminum Industry Standards UL Component Recognized, UL File No. E61997 CSA Certified, CSA File No. 42186 CE Standard Sizes Electric Heaters Bulletin D85 A CAUTION These electric heaters are not designed for use in dusty, dirty, corrosive, or hazardous locations. Portions of the heater can get hot. Adequate protection must be taken to protect people from potential burns, and to protect other components from this heat. Hoffman recommends this heater only be installed in a totally -enclosed metal enclosure. DO NOT INSTALL HEATERS ON WOOD PANELS. Installation Hoffman electric heaters should be centered as low as possible on an interior enclosure panel. This permits the unit to heat the cool air located at the bottom of the enclosure. For maximum efficiency and longevity, the heater should be mounted in a vertical position with the terminal block to the bottom and the air outlet openings at the top in a sealed enclosure free from dust or debris. However, the unit will also effectively distribute heat if turned 90 degrees. Although enclosure panels are preferable, heaters may be installed on any flat sheet metal surface. DO NOT INSTALL HEATERS ON WOOD PANELS. Heat sensitive components should not be placed near the heater discharge area since this air can be quite warm. The clearance range defines the space that must be kept free of these components for proper and safe operation of the heater. Catalog Number Watts Voltage Hz Amps Weight (lb.) Weight (kg) DAH1001A 100 115 50/60 0.98 4.00 181 DAH1002A 100 230 50/60 0.49 4.00 181 DAH2O01A 200 115 50/60 1.89 4.00 181 DAH2O02A 200 230 50/60 0.95 4.00 181 DAH4001B 400 115 50/60 3.72 6.00 2.72 DAH4002B 400 230 50/60 1.86 6.00 2.72 DAH8001B 800 115 50/60 7.37 6.00 2.72 DAH8002B 800 230 50/60 3.69 6.00 2.72 Subject to change without notice PH 763 422 2211 • FX 763 422 2600 • www.hoffmanonline.com © 2007 Hoffman Enclosures Inc. III / A aemoo- comviny HEATERS Electric Heaters Bulletin D85 Dimensions and Clearance Range Drawing for DAH I001A, -2A and DAH2O01A, -2A 4.00 102 mm 38 3.25 4.00 10 mm 83 rn �- � 102 mm A,o=R.AE 11 eE 111 25 r — — — — 4.38 11111 6 mm 7 111 mm 5.00 4.00 127 mm 102 mm 5.50 140mmm O ¢.25Milli 87541412 g TERMINAL STRIP WITH DRILL 172-4 (4X) CLAMP CONNECTOR 5.00 TAP #10-32 OR 127 mm USE SELF -TAPPING SCREWS PROVIDED. O 1.00 + 25 mm 4.80 1.00 3.25 1.00 122 mm 25 mm 83 mm 25 mm HE 81 21 mm Dimensions and Clearance Range Drawing for DAH4001 B, -213 and DAH8001 B, -213 4.25 108 mm .38 3.50 4.38 10 mm 89 mm �111 mm� I —Ta.. 25 6.38 7.00 162 mm 178 mm 7.50 6.00 190 mm 152 mm :Do � � L ¢.25 TERMINAL STRIP WITH 87794091 CAL- —01A DRILL 172-4 (4X) 6 CLAMP CONNECTOR 7 00 TAP #10-32 OR USE SELF - TAPPING 178 mm SCREWS PROVIDED. L_ 5,1O 215mm 00 1.00 3.50 1.00 132 mm 25 mm 89 mm 25 mm .81 21 mm HOFFMAN 2100 Hoffman Way, Anoka, MN 55303-1745 USA A Pentair Company (763) 422-2211 • Fax (763) 422-2600 • www.hoffmanonline.com Customer Service (763) 422-2211 Subject to change without notice © 2007 Hoffman Enclosures Inc. Spec-00051 Rev. C 12/07 Ar J E s r. El. Optimal priming of various media Suction lines Optimal priming Suction lines are a user-friendly, pre -prepared installation aid to connect the suction side of a dosing pump to the medium to be dosed. Their most important functional element is a foot valve, which prevents the sucked volume from flowing back, thus facilitating good working of the dosing pump / enables it to function with a small dosing capacity. A priming filter is available for the protection of valves. The suction lines are available as a flexible and a fixed version with an adjustable length. They are available with an inbuilt level control for empty pre -warning and protection against dry running. A reed switch serves as a level sensor; which is switched by the magnet of a float. The contact is closed, if the level rises. The empty warning function available for a number of versions switches c. 60 mm over the switch -off point. This enables the timely procurement of dosing material before the container is emptied to the extent that the pump is switched off to protect it against dry running. Based on the identical function, purely level controls are also available. Special containers with a k-60 lid are available for the suction lines. One version works with a valve -free suction bar and a simple empty status sig- nal; others come equipped with two floats for warning and an empty sta- tus signal, a suction rod with foot valve and two return connections for the flow off from the pressure -relief valve. Some have automatic ventilation. y Functions • Flow capacity 25 —1000 I/h • Flexible or fixed version • Adjustable length • Available in acid ad lye -proof plastics. • Priming filter • Level monitoring • Available for suction lines for containers with a K-60 lid Technical data Nominal Flow width capacity U max.** I max.** P max.** DN4 up to 25 I/h DN6 up to 50 I/h DN10 up to 200 I/h 50 V DC; 50 V AC 0.5 A *12 VA DN15 up to 4001/h DN25 up to 10001/h *with inductive loads, use contact protector relays ** Valid for a suction line with contact switch. Dosing Liquids Conveying Gases Control systems Type overview Flexible design Type SA Type SL I Type SL-2 Nominal width DN4, DN6, DN10, DN15, DN4, DN6 DN1/4", DN3/8" Foot valve With non -return function, filter With non -return function, filter With non -return function, filter and ceramic weight and ceramic weight and ceramic weight Level control* 1 2 (number of switching points) none Material PVC, PP, PVDF, stainless steel PVC PVC, PP, PVDF Hose material PVC, PE, PTFE PVC PVC, PE, PTFE Length Hose 2500 mm * max contact load rating: 50V DC/AC, 0.5 A, Pmax 12 VA Rigid design Nominal width Foot valve Connection to medium return Level control* (number of switching points) Material Hose material Type SC Type SG-1 DN4, DN6 with non -return with non -return function and filter function and filter optional none 1 PVC PVC, PP float PVC PVC Length Suction line adjustable: 330 —1400 mm Hose 1500 mm * max contact load rating: 50V DC/AC, 0.5 A, Pmax 12 VA Type SG-2 Type SH DN10, DN15, DN25 with non -return with non -return function and filter function and filter none 2 none PVC, PP float, PP, PVDF PVC PVC, PE, PTFE none adjustable: 540 — 2000 500 —1400 mm none Rigid design with protective Type GA Type GF-1 Type GF-2 Type SDL-2 tube Nominal width DN4 DN15 Foot valve without with non -return function Connection to medium return none present present none Level control* 1 1 2 2 (number of switching points) Material PVC PVC PVC PVC Hose material PVC PVC PVC none Suction line 460, 630 mm adjustable: Length 540 —1100 mm Hose 1500 mm 4500 mm none * max contact load rating: 50V DC/AC, 0.5 A, Pmax 12 VA Dimensions SA suction line y 025 SG-1 suction line c c a c c GF-1 suction line SL suction line 0 25 SG-2 suction line GF-2 suction line SL-2 suction line 025 GA suction line CCU". C C SDL-2 suction line Iff E s r. Ef. SC suction line SH suction line 0 0 N O G1 All dimensions in mm but The Fluid Managers Product range Lutz Pumpen GmbH P.O. Box 1462 D-97864 Wertheim www.lutz-pumpen.de Barrel and container pumps Flow meters .X 17 — F Double diaphragm pumps Centrifugal pumps 7W ISO 9001 2008mem Emironmenlal I501 4001:2004 1., mop I Dosing pumps Chlorinators pu Chemical centrifugal pumps Vn@0300111,00L Products for the disinfection of swimming pool water based on salt water electrolysis and domestic water technology Product range Lutz-Jesco GmbH P.O. Box 100164 D-30891 Wedemark www.lutz-jesco.com Measuring and control equipment Disinfection Standard plus The Lutz-Jesco App for Wad and Whone is available from the iTunes App Store. Further information can be found at www.lutz-jesco.com Head Office Lutz-Jesco GmbH Am Bostelberge 19 30900 Wedemark Germany Tel.: +49 5130 5802-0 Fax: +49 5130 580268 Hungary Lutz-Jesco Ozletag Vasvari P. u. 9. 9024 Gy6r Hungary Tel.: +36 96 523046 Fax: +36 96 523047 E-mail: info@lutz-jesco.com E-mail: info@lutz-jesco.hu Website: www.lutz-jesco.de Website: www.lutz-jesco.hu Great Britiain Lutz-Jesco (GB) Ltd. Gateway Estate West Midlands Freeport Birmingham B26 3QD Great Britain Tel.: +44121 782 2662 Fax: +44121 782 2680 USA Lutz-JESCO America Corp. 55 Bermar Park Rochester, N.Y.14624 USA Tel.: +1 585 426-0990 Fax: +1 585 426-4025 Austria Lutz-Jesco GmbH Aredstra8e 7/2 2544 Leobersdorf Austria Tel.: +43 2256 62180 Fax: +43 2256 6218062 E-mail: info@lutz-jesco.at Website: www.lutz-jesco.at East Asia Lutz-Jesco East Asia Sdn Bhd 6 Jalan Saudagar U 1 A 6 Hicom Glenmarie Industrial Park 40150 Shah Alam/ Selangor Malaysia Tel.: +603 55692322 Fax: +603 55691322 Netherlands Lutz-Jesco Nederland B.V. Nijverheidstraat 14 C 2984 AH Ridderkerk Netherlands Tel.: +31 180 499460 Fax: +31 180 497516 E-mail: info@lutz-jesco.nl Website: www.lutz-jesco.nl Middle East Lutz-Jesco Middle East FZE P.O. Box 9614 SAIF-Free Zone Center Sharjah UAE Tel.: +971 6 5572205 Fax: +971 6 5572230 E-mail: info@lutz-jesco.co.uk E-mail: mail@jescoamerica.com E-mail: info@lutz-jescoasia.com E-mail: info@jescome.com Website: www.lutz-jesco.co.uk Website: www.lutzjescoamerica.com Website: www.lutz-jescoasia.com Website: www.jescome.com SECTION A -A ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY. VENDOR 24" 1 55 GAL (208L), NUTRIENT BARREL, HDPE 1 --- 2 0/4', CABLE GLAND, NYLON 2 MCMASTER-CARR 3 01/2" FPT X FPT, SCH80, TANK ADAPTER, PVC-U 2 SPEARS 4 01/2"X2", SCH80, MIPT X U MIPT PIPE NIPPLE, PVC- 2 SPEARS 5 0/2", SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-U 2 GEORG FISCHER 6 OY2", MNPT, SCH80, PUSH TO CONNECT ADAPTER FOR 03/8" TUBING, PVDF 1 MCMASTER-CARR DETAIL B (TANK SECTION VIEW) SCALE 1 : 4 PART NO. SUPPLIED BY BIOAIR - 56W55B 69915K54 8172-005 882-020 161.546.342 1901K27 iioKRESSON-�iBsssoxoxn.sulTE3o3 PI++°s 6.258° 969NJ 8043 975 bwair URL:www. ioa URL : www.bioairsolutions.com rcar;:,•o-r,=• PROJECT No: STANDARD DRAWN BY: TT SIGN: D 08/18/2019 ADDITIONAL DETAIL VIEW ON NUTRIENT DRAIN JH PROJECT NAME: STANDARD DRAWN DATE: 06/15/2011 CHK. C 06/07/2013 UPDATED PER STD; FIXED ITEMS 5 P/N RK DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT NO.: E-Mail: 55GAL NUTRIENT BARREL ASSY HDPE A3 1/1 B 06/21 /201 1 ADDED ITEM 3 TT he drawing NOTICE: Content of the drawing (including but not limited to all confidential & Content UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of Bioelir Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCE: A 06/15/2011 TT DRAWING No.: SCALE: REV. No.: return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing this transmittal. P P rP P $ It is not to be copied, reproduced or used in any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental ANGULAR:.R: FRACTIONNUMBER: iI/4 TWO PLACE DECIMAL: e.060 N B 5 5 0 2 0 0 1.8 D REV. DATE REVISION RECORD D R CHK THREE PLACE DECIMAL t.030 to the interests of BioAir Solutions L.L.C. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 D.3. BLOWER SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO boo BioAir Solutions, LLC BioAir Project No. P2O118 April 2021 Equipment Service Details: Notes: Quantity: One (1) Airflow: 17,500 CFM Pressure: 14.8" W.C. 7.4" W.C. (Suction) 7.4" W.0 (Discharge) Humidity 90 % Elevation: 20ft above sea level Impeller Rotation: Counter -clockwise Outlet Orientation: Bottom Horizontal Arrangement: Arrangement 9 Motor Voltage: 480V/3phase/60Hz Motor Position: Max RPM: Max. blower RPM is 2264 RPM Max/Min HP: 52 B.H.P. ECP43114t-4 HP: 60, RPM: 1780, Volts: 460, Hertz: 60, Phase: 3, Enclosure: TEFC, Class I, Div. II, Group D, Inverter Duty Motor rating: Frame size: 364T, Single speed Vendor: Baldor Features: Class I, Div. II, Group D, TEFC enclosure with Thermistors for thermal overload protection. 1.15 Service Factor, Class F Insulation with Class B Temp. rise. Operating on VFD? Yes— Motor is Inverter Duty Sound Level Requirements 71 dBA is the estimated sound pressure at 3ft with ducted blower Inlet and outlet. Construction Details: Notes: Fan Housing Material: Premium V.E. Resin FRP with Antimony Flame Retardant Impeller Material Spec: Premium V.E. Resin FRP with Stainless Steel Shaft Heavy-duty, Self -Aligning Bearings (Rated L10 = 1000,000 Hrs.) Impeller Type: Backward Curved Centrifugal Impeller design 100%width Housing Material Spec: Isophthalic Std. Housing Color: Grey std. Other internal materials: 316SS or FRP for all components in contact with process air Interior Corrosion Layer: C-Veil with Gel Coat Exterior Corrosion Layer: UV -Protected Standard with C-Veil Inlet Flange Shape: Round Duct Inlet Flange Drilled: Yes P.S. 15-69 Outlet Flange Shape Rectangular Outlet Flange Drilled: Yes Access Door: Yes, bolted clean outdoor fabricated from FRP with neoprene gasketing 316SS hardware BioAir Solutions, LLC BioAir Project No. P20118 booair April 2021 `. Drain at Lowest Point: Yes 01" NPT Hardware Material: Notes Mounting Frame Material: Coated Carbon Steel Frame Corrosion Coat: Type B - Epoxy Bolting Hardware Material: 316SS Shaft Material: 316SS Shaft Hole Cover: Teflon Belt and Shaft Guards: OSHA Vibration Isolator: None Spare Details: Notes Fan Bearings: No Fan Belts Yes 8 7 b 5 4 3 2 1 REV. DATE DESCRIPTION DRWN CHK'D D B A 6 31 36" 30 2 " 1 O.S. I.S. 1 cc 1 ----- ----- -f------- FRP SHAFT & BELT GUARDS �588 ,1 J 36" 14" (6) 3/4" 0 ANCHOR BOLT HOLES 38" 40" 4� 13„ 63 16 601 ACCESS DOOR 6; (2) SPC 8 18-1 /2" 53' TITLE CLUB-3000 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED V E R A N T I S CORP. DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES CW BH ARR 9 TOLERANCES: 7251 ENGLE RD SUITE 300, PLAZA SOUTH ONE BLDG, FRACTIONAL ±lilt MIDDLEBURG HTS, OH 44130 CUSTOMER ANGLE fl 1 PL DECIMAL ±0.015 DWG. NO. BIOAIR 2 PL DECIMAL ±0010 REV 3 PL DECIMAL ±0.005 70519 001 DRAWN: BjB REF. JOB NO.: N/A 0 DATE: 02/24/2021 SIZE: B I TOTAL WEIGHT: LBS SCALE: 1:24 SHEET 1 OF 1 8 7 b 5 4 3 2 1 L-1 A FAN SIZE I.D. O.D. B.C. HOLES FLANGE QTY. DIA. 2 4 4 8 3/8 7 4 7/16 1/4 6 6 10 3/8 9 8 7/16 1/4 O.D. 8 8 12 3/8 11 8 11 B.C. 10 10 14 3/8 13 12 3/8 12 12 16 3/8 15 12 I.D. 14 14 18 3/8 17 12 16 16 20 3/8 19 16 1/2 18 18 22 3/8 21 16 \ 20 20 24 3/8 23 20 24 24 28 3/8 27 20 / 30 30 34 3/8 33 28 36 36 40 3/8 39 32 42 42 46 3/8 45 36 5/8 48 48 54 3/8 52 44 9/16 » 54 54 60 3/8 58 44 60 60 66 3/8 64 52 72 72 78 3/8 76 60 3/4 NOTES: \ 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES. / 2. FLANGE DIMENSIONS ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE-2 IN PRODUCT STANDARD PS 15-69. 3. FLANGES ARE FURNISHED DRILLED ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED ON THE FAN DRAWING. 4. BOLT HOLES STRADDLE NATURAL CENTERLINES. ITEM NOTICE: VERANTIS CORP. FAN INLET 8c TRANSITION THIS DRAWING IS THE PROPERTY OF VERANTIS 2 11/15/11 ADDED FAN SIZE #4 TO CHART MCS CORP. IT IS LOANED TO YOU SUBJECT TO 7251 Engle Rd. Suite 300/Plaza South One Middleburg Hts., OH 44130 RETURN ON DEMAND. THE CONTENTS ARE OUTLET FLANGES (PS 15 — 6 9) 1 10/29/99 RE —DRAWN KZ CONFIDENTIAL do MUST NOT BE COPIED OR GIVEN TO ANY THIRD PARTIES FOR USE OR EXAMINATION UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED DRAWN: KZ CHK°D.: FAN STD F - 1 REV. TO IN WRITING BY VERANTIS CORP. REV. DATE DESCRIPTION DFT CHK DATE: 10/29/99 DATE: 2 B F2 , J K K K K J , F2 U E TYP. SIZE A B C D E F1 F2 G H J K THK. HOLE DIA. QTY. 1225 18 14 3/4 12 1/2 9 1/4 3/4 2 5/8 2 5/8 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 5/16 7/16 14 1500 21 1/4 17 1/4 15 3/4 11 3/4 3/4 2 5/8 2 5/8 4 4 4 4 5/16 7/16 18 1825 24 1/8 19 3/8 18 5/8 13 7/8 3/4 2 11/16 2 9/16 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 9/16 3 9/16 5/16 7/16 22 2225 28 1/8 22 3/8 22 5/8 16 7/8 3/4 2 5/8 2 11/16 3 13/16 3 13/16 4 1/4 4 1/4 5/16 7/16 24 31 1 2 251 8 1958 4 258 2916 438 438 4 4 516 716 3000 36 28 1/4 30 1/2 22 3/4 3/4 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 7/8 3 7/8 3 7/8 3 7/8 5/16 7/16 32 3650 42 5/8 33 1/8 37 1/8 27 5/8 3/4 2 3/4 2 9/16 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 4 3/8 7/16 36 4450 50 3/4 39 1/4 45 1/4 33 3/4 3/4 2 7/8 2 7/8 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 3/16 4 3/16 3/8 7/16 40 4850 54 7/5 42 1/4 49 3/8 36 3/4 7/8 2 11/16 2 9/16 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 1/2 9/16 46 5425 60 3/4 46 5/8 55 1/4 41 1/8 7/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 4 4 4 3/16 4 3/16 5/8 9/16 52 6000 67 51 3/8 61 45 3/8 7/8 3 3 3 11/16 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 5/8 9/16 56 7300 81 62 74 1/4 55 1/4 1 1/4 3 3/8 3 3/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 15/16 4 1/8 5/8 9/16 66 L'iI� NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES. 2. FLANGES ARE FURNISHED DRILLED ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED ON THE FAN DRAWING. ITEM NOTICE: V E R A N TI S CORP. / / / / FAN OUTLET FLANGES TINS DRAWNIB TB THE PRORONY a YMA s 9 / 9 2 9 22 11 HOLE DIA WAS 7 16 4850 , 1 2 5425 MCS CORK. A IS LOANED TO YOU SUBJECT TO 7251 Engle Rd. Suite 300 Plaza South One Middleburg Hts., OH 44130 RETURN ON O. THE CONTENTS ARE FOR CLUB FANS DEWNCOW ENTUI t MUST NOT TIE COPIED OR VERAN IS SUCCESOR IN INTEREST TO CEILCOTE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL 1 11/4/99 RE —DRAWN KZ VWN ro> UNLESS R�RWISE AGREFOR ED REV. ro IN W n ND rr vaurtx CORP. DRAWN: KZ CHK�D.: FAN S T D F- 5 REV. DATE DESCRIPTION OFT CHK DATE: 11/4/99 DATE: 2 CAD File: STD_F-5.DWG QX CUST. X❑ SUB boo Blower Curve at 14.8" W.C. BioAir Solutions, LLC BioAir Project No. P20118 April 2021 Proposal No. 70519-4A 30 25 20 10 5 0 0 Reference Number: TBID Fan Curve for CLUB-3000 at 2243 RPM and 0.0736 Ib/ft3 o' 000 NII .000, I I 5000 10000 15000 20000 Flow Rate (CFM) 25000 30000 90 80 70 60 .2 50 .*21 M co 40 EL 30 0 IL ca U_ 20 10 0 35000 — Ps — —System Curve 0 Operating Point HP ......••• Static Efficiency Plaza South One 17251 Engle Road, Suite 300 1 Middleburg Heights, Ohio 44130 1 +1 (440) 243-0700 tel +1 (440) 234-3486 fax 1 +1 (800) 554-8673 1 info@verantis.com I www.verantis.com Verantis Corporation boo Blower Sound Pressure Details BioAir Solutions, LLC BioAir Project No. P20118 April 2021 Proposal No. 70519-4A Standard Conditions Volume Flow Rate (CFM) 17,500 Static Pressure, ("W.G.) 15.07 Density (lb/ft3) 0.075 Power (HP) 52.98 Static Efficiency (%) 78% Outlet Velocity (ft/min) 3,632 Tip Speed (m/min) 51437 Class 4 Max RPM 2,264 Octave Band OB Center Freq AMCA Lw LwA Octave Band Data For Model: CLUB-3000 Reference Number: TBD Operating Conditions Volume Flow Rate (CFM) 17,500 Static Pressure, ("W.G.) 14.80 Density (lb/ft3) 0.075 Power (HP) 52.01 RPM 2243 Static Efficiency (%) 78% Total Efficiency (%) 83% Design is based upon 7.4"W.G. suction and 7.4"W.G. discharge pressure. Sound Power Levels 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 92 92 90 91 88 88 84 78 66 76 81 88 88 89 85 77 Weighted LwA: 94 Estimated Sound Pressure at 3 ft Open Inlet and Open Outlet 91 dBA Open Inlet and Ducted Outlet 88 dBA Ducted Inlet and Outlet 71 dBA The table represents sound power levels of the selected Verantis fan. Sound power is neither environment dependent nor distance dependent. Sound power belongs strictly to the sound source. Sound pressure is the perceived sound level at a certain distance from the fan within a certain environment. The sound power levels shown in the table are estimates based on Verantis test data. Verantis sound tests are conducted in accordance with AMCA Standards 300 (Reverberant Room Method for Sound testing of Fans) and 301 (Generalized Sound Format). Verantis Corporation certifies that this fan is licensed to bear the AMCA Seal for Performance and Sound. The ratings shown are based on tests made in accordance with AMCA Publications 211 and 311 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA ratings program. Plaza South One 17251 Engle Road, Suite 300 1 Middleburg Heights, Ohio 44130 1 +1 (440) 243-0700 tel +1 (440) 234-3486 fax 1 +1 (800) 554-8673 1 info@verantis.com I www.verantis.com Verantis Corporation boo Blower motor Datasheets BioAir Solutions, LLC BioAir Project No. P20118 April 2021 BALDOlRo • F?ELIANCEPo Product Information Packet ECP4314T-4 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC Copyright © All product information within this document is subject to ABB Motors and Mechanical Inc. copyright © protection, unless otherwise noted. BALDOR • REL/ANCE/o Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC Part Detail Revision: - Status: PRD/A Change #: Proprietary: No Type: AC Elec. Spec: A36WG4085-DES CD Diagram: CD0006 Mfg Plant: Mech. Spec: Layout: A36C-0000000048 Poles: 04 Created Date: 08-11-2020 Base: Eff. Date: 08-11-2020 Leads: 3#4 Specs Catalog Number: ECP4314T-4 Feedback Device: NO FEEDBACK Enclosure: TEFC Heater Indicator: No Heater Frame: 364T Insulation Class: F Frame Material: Iron Inverter Code: Inverter Ready Output @ Frequency: 60.000 HP @ 60 HZ KVA Code: G Synchronous Speed @ Frequency: 1800 RPM @ 60 HZ Lifting Lugs: Standard Lifting Lugs Voltage @ Frequency: 460.0 V @ 60 HZ Motor Lead Quantity/Wire Size: 3 @ 4 AWG XP Class and Group: CLI GP A,B,C,D Motor Type: A3658M XP Division: Division II Mounting Arrangement: F1 Agency Approvals: UR Power Factor: 84 CSA EEV Pulley End Bearing Type: Ball CCSA US Pulley Face Code: Standard Auxiliary Box: No Auxiliary Box Shaft Ground Indicator: No Shaft Grounding Base Indicator: Rigid Shaft Rotation: Reversible Bearing Grease Type: Polyrex EM (-20F +300F) Shaft Slinger Indicator: Shaft Slinger Constant Torque Speed Range: 10-60 Speed Code: Single Speed Current @ Voltage: 68.000 A @ 460.0 V Motor Standards: NEMA Design Code: B Starting Method: Direct on line Page 2 of 13 Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC Drip Cover: No Drip Cover Thermal Device - Bearing: None Duty Rating: CONT Thermal Device - Winding: None XP Temp Code: T3 Page 3 of 13 BALDOR • REL/ANCEP_- Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC Nameplate NP4033LUA CAT # ECP4314T-4 SERI I CC 010A SPEC I A36C-0000000048 RATING 140C AMB-CONT HZ VOLTS AMPS RPM HP CODE SF DES PF NEMA NOM. EFF %PH 460 70 1780 60 1.15 B 84 % 95.0 % % CLIF1 MAX RPM 2700 1 MAX CORR WAR 113.80 USABLE AT 208V I A BRG DE 6313 ODE 6313 ENCL TEFL FR 364T IP IP55 GREASE POLYREX EM I MTR WT 867 LBS CL I DIV 2 GRPS A,B,C,D CL I ZONE 2 GRPS IIA,IIB,IIC TEMPT 200 C INV READY CT 15-60 HZ 4:1 VT 3-60 HZ 20:1 CHP 60-90 HZ 11.51 INV TEMP CL T3 C USABLE AT I 50HZ 50HP 380V 70A Page 4 of 13 BALDOR • REL/ANCE/o Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC Parts List Part Number Description Quantity A36WS4085F00 A36WG4085 WOUND STATOR CLASS F 1.000 EA 033050001 C IBOLT - 360 1.000 EA 085918051A FRME 360 085918020WCB KB 1.000 EA 403783000AE PIN 3/8"X2"L 1.000 EA 004824018L RTV 732 CLEAR 10.1 OZTUBE 0.002 LB MG1500N07 SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO-CRYL PRIMER 0.027 GA A36WG4075-ROTOR ROTOR CONFIG 1.000 EA 034180012DA KEY 1X4X1/4X1-1/2 L 1.000 EA 034180034HA KEY 5/8X5/8X4-1/4 L 1.000 EA A36SH1000A00 365T TEFC 6313-6313 CLI SHAFT 1.000 EA 603298012A CAP,LOCKING,313 BRG - 603298011 WCA 1.000 EA 603298012B CAP,NON-LOCKING,313 BRG 603298011WCA 1.000 EA 416821003FP 6313 C3 - - STL ABEC1 S SLUSH 1.000 EA 416821003FP 6313 C3 - - STL ABEC1 S SLUSH 1.000 EA MG1500N07 SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO-CRYL PRIMER 0.017 GA 085922073B BRKT 360 085922072WCC KB 1.000 EA 034530020AB P/NIP 1/8X2-1/2 PLTED 1.000 EA 034530020BB P/NIP 1/4X2-1/2 PLATED 1.000 EA 034631002AB BUSH 1/4 TO 1/8 PLTD. 1.000 EA 418150003A GREASE FITTING CAP 1.000 EA 035000001G GREASE RELIEF FITTING, ALEMITE 317400 1.000 EA 415096002A CPLG 1/8 HEX TYPE 1.000 EA 035000001A ALFTG 1/8" 1610-BL 1.000 EA 412118006A DRAIN 1.000 EA Page 5 of 13 BALDOR • REL/ANCE/o Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC Parts List (continued) Part Number Description Quantity 415045002E SLGR 1.000 EA 032018012DK HHCS 1/2-13X1-1/2 PLTD. 032018012DR 4.000 EA 032018024CK HHCS 3/8-16X3 PLTD. 3.000 EA 423709011C WASHER 3.000 EA 032018012DK HHCS 1/2-13X1-1/2 PLTD. 032018012DR 4.000 EA 034530032BB P/N IP 1/4X4" SCHED 40 1.000 EA 034631002AB BUSH 1/4 TO 1/8 PLTD. 1.000 EA 035000001G GREASE RELIEF FITTING, ALEMITE 317400 1.000 EA 085922073B BRKT 360 085922072WCC KB 1.000 EA 415045002E SLGR 1.000 EA 418150003A GREASE FITTING CAP 1.000 EA 034530052AB P/NIP 1/8X6-1/2 GALV. 1.000 EA 415096002A CPLG 1/8 HEX TYPE 1.000 EA 035000001A ALFTG 1/8" 1610-BL 1.000 EA 412118006A DRAIN 1.000 EA 032018024CK HHCS 3/8-16X3 PLTD. 3.000 EA 423709011C WASHER 3.000 EA 032018008AK HHCS 1/4-20X1 PLATED 4.000 EA 078559034A +F/C A 078559001 A - 360 1.000 EA 406099000A PLUG - FAN COVER 320-440 1.000 EA 415072001 B CLAMP 1.000 EA 702676001 C FAN 360 1.000 EA 032018005DL 1/2-13 X 5/8 SILICON BRONZE HHCS 1.000 EA 032018010CK HHCS 3/8-16X1-1/4 PLTD. 032018010CR 4.000 EA Page 6 of 13 Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC 033512008LB HHTTS 1/4-20X1 PLATED 4.000 EA 034000014AB WSH ID.406 OD.812 TH.065 4.000 EA 067053000B GASK 320-400 1.000 EA 076709000A C/B Cover - 360 1.000 EA 076708000BB CONDUIT BOX-360 1.000 EA 415000103H T/LUG #2AWG-4/OAWG 1.000 EA 065776000C GASKET,MAIN CBOX, 320-400 1.000 EA MG10251119 WILKOFAST, 778.50, RELIANCE BLUE-GREEN 0.250 GA 004824003CBY WILKO PAINT 060.02 - ACTIVATOR 0.063 GA 482403003BEF RUST VETO 342 0.002 GA 004824018L RTV 732 CLEAR 10.1 OZTUBE 0.340 LB LC0006 CONNECTION LABEL 1.000 EA LB1449 DIV-2/NEC WARNING LABEL 1.000 EA 000692000FP NP, WARNING LIFT INSTRUCTIONS 1.000 EA 033775004EA DRSCR #6-1/4 304 S.S. 4.000 EA 000692000VD LABEL WARNING 1.000 EA MN416 TAG-INSTAL-MAINT w/wire. (1200/bx) 3/19 1.000 EA 14PA1000 PACKAGING 314 GROUP COMBINED PRINT 1.000 EA 032509020C CARRIAGE BOLT - 360 3.000 EA HW1000A32 5/16 FL WASHER WIDE, ID=.344,OD=1.125 3.000 EA NP4033LUA SS SUPER-E SD XEX CLI DIV2 UR CSA-C US-E 1.000 EA 410700004F WSHR 1.000 EA 004824015A GREASE POLYREX EM 0.544 LB Page 7 of 13 BALDOR • REL/ANCEP_- Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC AC Induction Motor Performance Data Record # 72800 Typical performance - not guaranteed values Winding: A36WG4085-RO01 Type: A3658M Enclosure: TEFC Nameplate Data 460 V, 60 Hz: High Voltage Connection Rated Output (HP) 60 Full Load Torque 176.4 LB -FT Volts 460 Start Configuration direct on line Full Load Amps 70 Breakdown Torque 422 LB -FT R.P.M. 1780 Pull-up Torque 276 LB -FT Hz 60 Phase 3 Locked -rotor Torque 352 LB -FT NEMA Design Code B KVA Code G Starting Current 462 A Service Factor (S.F.) 1.15 No-load Current 24.8 A NEMA Nom. Eff. 95 Power Factor 84 Line -line Res. @ 252C 0.108160 Rating - Duty 40C AMB-CONT Temp. Rise @ Rated Load 56°C S.F. Amps Temp. Rise @ S.F. Load 70°C Locked -rotor Power Factor 32.1 Load Characteristics 460 V, 60 Hz, 60 HP of Rated Load 25 50 75 100 125 150 S.F. Power Factor 51 73 81 84 86 85 85 Efficiency 92.6 95.1 95.4 95.2 94.6 93.8 94.8 Speed 1796.4 1792.4 1788 1783.7 1778.3 1772.3 1780 Line amperes 29.7 40.7 54.4 69.7 86.6 105 79.8 Page 8 of 13 BALDOR • REL/ANCE/o Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC Performance Graph at 460V, 601-1z, 60.OHP Typical performance - Not guaranteed values ABB Motors and Mechanical Inc. Typical performance - not guaranteed values. %EFF TORQUE %PF (LB -FT) RPM KW 100 400 1,800 100 95 380 1,795 95 90 360 1,790 90 85 340 1,785 85 80 320 1,780 80 75 300 1,775 75 70 280 1,770 70 65 260 1,765 65 60 240 1,760 60 55 220 7 1,755 55 50 200 1,750 50 45 180 1,745 45 40 160 1,740 40 35 140 1,735 35 30 120 1,730 30 25 100 1,725 25 20 80 1,720 20 15 60 7,715 15 10 40 1,710 10 5 20 1,705 5 0 0 1,700 0 7/11/2021 ACPERF, record # 72800 AMPS 200 190 780 170 160 150 140 130 720 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 60 HP 3 PH 60 HZ 1780 RPM 460 V A3658M TORQUES(LB-FT):PO=422 PU=276 LR=352 LRA=462 TORQUE — RPM — — — — — — — — — — — — KW — — — — — 0 0 25 50 75 PERCENT OF RATED OUTPUT AMPS EFF PF WINDING #A36WG4085 100 125 150 Page 9 of 13 BALDOR • REL/ANCEP_- Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC L C B F Ball bearing on the drive end Slinger Each End NOTES: 1. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE RUNOUT AT THE END OF THE SHAFT = 0.003 2. SEE ADDITIONAL SHEETS FOR MORE DETAILED DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION 3. OBSTRUCTION MUST NOT ENCROACH ON AIR INLET. ALLOW 6' CLEARANCE BEYOND FAN COVER GRILL I OF 3 Sheet: MasterDrawing DUTY MASTER ALTERNATING CURRENT MOTORS SQUIRREL -CAGE INDUCTION CAST IRON CONSTRUCTION N-W, 8' CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMMMG THAT THE PRODUCT WILL PERFORM SUITABLY IN THE INTENDED APPLICATION D20-08-11 20:46,09 TDR: OCN000000048 BA L D O R - RELIANCE ° REF: - 60HP, I SOORPM,60HZ, 364T,TEPC 3 Page 10 of 13 BALDOR • REL/ANCEP_- Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC L C B F 8 7 b 5 4 3 2 GREASE FITTING (EACH END) RELIEF FITTING (EACH END) 0.& NOTE: TYP DIMENSIONS IN PARENTHESIS ARE REFERENCE FROM SHEET 1 ( 8.99±'05 ) 31 THRU 16 UNC THRU 1.85 GROUND (GROUND) LOCATION DRAIN LOCATION 5.88 "N-W" ) ___. _..._..._ ..3SPONSIBLE FOR DETERMMMG THAT THE PRODUCT WILL PERFORM SUITABLY IN THE INTENDED APPLICATION D20-08-11 20:46,09 TDR: OCN000000048 BA L D O R - RELIANCE ° REF:- 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ, 364T,TEPC 3 Page 11 of 13 BALDOR • REL/ANCEP_- Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC C C B F 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN PARENTHESIS ARE REFERENCE FROM SHEET 1 CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMMMG THAT THE PRODUCT WILL PERFORM SUITABLY IN THE INTENDED APPLICATION D20-08-11 20:46,09 TDR: OCN000000048 BA L D O R - RELIANCE ° REF:- 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ, 364T,TEPC 3 Page 12 of 13 BALDOR • REL/ANCE/o Product Information Packet: ECP4314T-4 - 60HP,1800RPM,60HZ,364T,TEFC 3-ORG TYPICAL WYE-CONNECTED MOTOR 1-BLU --- J-BRN OPTIONAL THERMOSTATS 2- WH T TYPICAL DELTA -CONNECTED MOTOR r--------------------------- J-BRN 1-BLU 3-ORG -WHT OPTIONAL THERMOSTATS J-BRN ------ J-BRN REV. DESC: ADD CLASS CONN00000007 REV. LTR: E VERSION:01 TDR: 000001099922 FILE: \AAA\00005\141 REVISED: 10: 24: 49 02/19/2019 BY: ENBRIRO MTL: — co CD0006 1 1 2 3 LINE NOTES: 1. THREE LEAD MOTOR MAY BE EITHER WYE CONNECTED OR DELTA CONNECTED. 2. INTERCHANGE ANY TWO LINE LEADS TO REVERSE ROTATION. 3. OPTIONAL THERMOSTATS ARE PROVIDED WHEN SPECIFIED. 4. ACTUAL NUMBER OF INTERNAL PARALLEL CIRCUITS MAY VARY. 5. LEAD COLORS ARE OPTIONAL. LEADS MUST BE NUMBERED AS SHOWN. BALDOR - RELIANCE' 3PH, SV, 3 LEADS, WYE OR DELTA CONNECTED SH 1 of 1 c� 0 0 0 0 rn Page 13 of 13 booair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 D.4. STARTUP SYSTEM + MAKEUP WATER ASSEMBLY SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO FOR SUBMITTAL ONLY ITEM PART QTY DESCRIPTION VENDOR NUMBER 1 161.546.343 1 03/4 SCH80, SOCKET, BALL VALVE UNION SOCKET E DS PVC U TRUE S O ER 2 192.306.350 1 03/4", SCH80, SPIGOT, LINE STRAINER, PVC-U GEORG FISCHER 3 F-4050OLN-8 1 ROTAMETER, EPDM SEALS, 0.5-5 GPM BLUE WHITE 4 161.514.613 1 Q�3/4", SCH80, SOCKET, DIAPHRAGM VALVE , GEORG PVC-U FISCHER Content of this drawing (including but not limited to all confidential & copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for the sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used in any way, directly or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. i MATERIAL SEE TABLE bloair FINISH Breathe Setter. DRAWN BY DATE ENG APPR. DATE QC APPR. DATE RK 09/26/12 PART NAME 03/4", SCH80, MAKE-UP WATER ASSEMBLY, PVC-U UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SIZE DWG. NO. REV DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCES ARE: B M W 0 7 515 0 C ANGULAR: ±1 ° FRACTIONS: ±1/4 TWO PLACE DECIMAL: ±.060 THREE PLACE DECIMAL: ±.030 SCALE: 1 : 6 SHEET 1 OF 1 boo �r Component Specification Manufacturer GEORG FISCHER Part Number 161.546.343 Description OW, SCH80, TYPE 546, BALL SOCKETS, PVC-U VALVE WITH SOLVENT CEMENT Manufacturer Part Number _ Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer _ Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description as DN10/15 - 50 rw GF Piping Systems Datasheet Ball valves Type 546 PVC Ball Valve With mounting inserts With solvent cement sockets inch ASTM Inclusive 2 threaded valve ends NPT Model: • Designed for easy installation and removal • Not dimensionally compatible with Type 346 and Type 370 • Ball seals PTFE • Integrated stainless steel mounting inserts • Threaded valve ends are only enclosed for 3/8" to 2" Option: • Contact customer service for customization • Multifunctional module with integrated limit switches • Pneumatic or electric actuators from GF Size DN PSI Cv-value EPDM FPM Ibs [mm] [gal (us) /min] Part No. Part No. % I 10 I 2401 18.761161546341 1 161 546 351 1 0.406 3/4 20 2401 92.47 161 546 343 1161 546 353 0.754 1 25 2401 184.94 161 546 344 1161 546 354 1.071 1 '/4 32 240 264.20 161 546 345 161 546 355 1.631 1 '/2 40 240 422.72 161 546 346 161 546 356 2.427 2 50 240 819.02 161 546 347 161 546 357 4.264 2'/2 65 240 1321.00 161 546 348 161 546 358 10.803 3 80 240 1849.40 161 546 349 161 546 359 16.314 4 100 240 2906.20 161 546 350 161 546 360 21.400 valid from 2/21/12 Size D [inch] H [inch] H1 [inch] H2 [inch] L [inch] L1 [inch] L2 [inch] L4 [inch] L5 [inch] L6 [inch] M z [inch] % 1.97 2.24 1.06 0.47 4.13 3.03 2.20 0.98 1.26 1.77 6 2.64 '/2 1.97 2.24 1.06 0.47 4.13 3.03 2.20 0.98 1.26 1.77 6 2.40 3/4 2.28 2.64 1.18 0.47 4.76 3.82 2.56 0.98 1.54 2.28 6 2.76 1 2.68 2.87 1.42 0.47 5.24 3.82 2.80 0.98 1.54 2.28 6 2.99 1 '/4 3.31 3.54 1.73 0.59 6.06 5.04 3.35 1.77 2.13 2.91 8 3.54 1 1/2 3.82 3.82 2.01 0.59 6.46 5.04 3.50 1.77 2.13 2.91 8 3.70 2 4.88 4.57 2.52 0.59 7.20 5.98 3.98 1.77 2.60 3.43 8 4.21 21/2 6.54 5.87 3.35 0.59 9.17 10.63 5.35 2.76 2.52 8.11 8 5.67 3 7.87 6.34 4.13 0.59 10.00 10.63 5.55 2.76 2.52 8.11 8 5.94 4 9.37 7.01 4.84 0.87 11.85 12.60 6.46 4.72 2.52 10.08 12 6.85 The technical data are not binding and not expressly warranted characteristics of the goods. They are subject to change. Our General Conditions of Sale apply. Georg Fischer Piping Systems Ltd, Postfach, CH-8201 Schaffhausen/Switzerland Phone +41-(0)52-631 1111 e- mail: info.ps@georgfischer.com Internet: http://www.piping.georgfischer.com +GF+ Page 1 of 1 011 boo �r Component Specification Manufacturer GEORG FISCHER Part Number 192.306.350 Description OW, SCH80, TYPE 306, LINE STRAINER WITH SOLVENT CEMENT SPIGOTS, PVC-U Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description GF Piping Systems Datasheet valid from 3/4/10 Line strainers Type 306 Translucent Line Strainer PVC Transparent body with solvent cement spigots ASTM/ ANSI Model: Ll • Protects valves, pumps, etc. from becoming damaged • Easy dismantling for cleaning the screens • With screen PVC, perforation o 0.8 mm, 20 mesh, 1/32 inch L2 Size DN PN EPDM FPM Ibs D L L1 L2 H [inch] Part No. Part No. [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] .Q '/2 0.59 150 192 306 300 192 306 349 0.243 1.69 5.63 5.87 1.46 2.56 3/4 0.79 150 192 306 350 192 306 399 0.375 1.85 6.30 6.54 1.77 2.99 1 '/4 1.26 150 192 306 450 192 306 499 0.902 2.52 7.40 7.64 2.09 4.09 1 1/2 1.57 150 192 306 500 192 306 549 1.400 3.23 8.07 8.31 2.13 4.88 2 1.97 150 192 306 550 192 306 599 2.205 3.74 8.86 9.09 2.48 5.83 3 3.15 150 192 306 650 192 306 699 6.173 4.72 12.24 12.64 3.54 8.07 The technical data are not binding and not expressly warranted characteristics of the goods. They are subject to change. Our General Conditions of Sale apply. Georg Fischer Piping Systems Ltd, Postfach, CH-8201 Schaffhausen/Switzerland Phone +41-(0)52-631 1111 e- mail: info.ps@georgfischer.com Internet: http://www.piping.georgfischer.com +GF+ Page 1 of 1 4 boo �r Component Specification Manufacturer BLUE -WHITE Part Number F-40500LN-8 Description .5-5 GPM, 01/2", FPT, ROTAMETER, POLYPROPYLENE Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Blue=Whit6 Variable Flow Meters Industries, Ltd-1 Engineering and Technical Data NEENEENEENEEN■ N■NEENNEENEEN NOON l MENNE■■■■■■■■ F=400NNOON N■■■■■■■■■■■■ NOON ,.■■■■■■■■■■■■■ .. ■■■NI HNNEENNEENNEEN ON ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■NONE■■■■■■■■■ N■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■OMEN■■■■■■■■■ N■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ; ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■� ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■ONEENNEENNEEN�� NOMENNEENEENE Features: • Tough machined acrylic meter body, highly polished to a clear finish. • Direct reading permanent scale. • White or yellow back reflector for easy reading." • F/NPT adapters with high grade Viton o-ring seals and aluminum "stress ring" thread supports. • 316 stainless steel or Hastelloy rod guided floats. • Acceptable in direct sunlight applications. "All models are white except F-40250 and F-40375 which are yellow. Specifications: Max. working pressure: ........ 150 PSI (10.3 bar) @ 70' F (21' C) Max. Fluid Temperature: Polypropylene adapters: .... 150' F (65° C) @ 0 PSI Full scale accuracy: .............. +/-5% Calibration fluid: ................... water, specific gravity 1.0 Scale length: ......................... 4" (100mm) Environment: ......................... Acceptable for direct sunlight exposure. Maximum pressure drop: ..... 2 PSI Approximate shipping wt:... 0.5 lb. (.23 kg) Maximum Temperature vs. Pressure w 150T (66°C) 134T (57°C) 118-F(48°C) wa 1027 (39T) w86T (30T) 70T (21T) 0 30(2) 60(4) 90(6) 120(8) 150(10) STATIC PRESSURE PSI (BAR) Materials of Construction: Meter Body: ........................... Cast Acrylic Rod Adapters: ............................... Polypropylene 0-ring seals: .......................... Viton' (optional EP) Float: Standard Series ...................316SS, PVDF or PTFE (varies per model) K- Series..............................Hastelloy, PVDF or PTFE (varies per model) Guide Rod: Standard Series ...................316SS K- Series..............................Hastelloy Dimensions: 8-3/16 1-1/4" r 32mm —_ 208mm Blue -White Variable Area Flow Meters Installation Requirements: 1. Misalignment will damage the meter! Flowmeter must be installed in an exact vertical plane to ensure accuracy. Be certain of proper plumbing alignments. Misalignment may cause the o-ring seals to leak. 2. Pipe dope and glue will damage the meter! Use only PTFE tape on the threaded adapters. The meter body and plastic fittings cannot tolerate PVC Glue and/or pipe dope. Even fumes can cause severe damage. If you are installing your flowmeter to a glued pipe configuration, install the flowmeter after all glued fittings are dried and lines are purged of all fumes. Never hold the meter body with pliers or like tools. DO NOT OVER -TIGHTEN! 3. Vibration and heavy loads will damage the meter! Wall, floor and ceiling mounts and supports must be carefully aligned with the meter body and sturdy enough to support the plumbing and prevent vibration. Never allow the flowmeter to support the weight of related piping. 4. Solenoid valves will damage the meter! Avoid a system that will impose a sudden burst of flow to the meter. Such a burst will cause the float to impact the float stop with destructive force. Solenoid valves, or other quick opening valves cannot be used unless meter is protected against sudden bursts of flow. 5. High pressures and temperatures will damage the meter! The maximum acceptable temperature and pressure is interdependent. The maximum acceptable working pressure is dependant on the actual fluid temperature. The maximum acceptable fluid temperature is dependant on the actual working pressure. (see Temperature Vs. Pressure chart). Floor Flow Range and Model Options: Standard Series K-Series - Equipped with 316 SS guide rod - Equipped with Hastelloy guide rod Models for Liquid K-Series models are specially equipped for highly corrosive applications. Models for Liquid MODEL Dual Scale Range Adapter Adapter Float NUMBER GPM LPM F/NPT Material Material MODEL Dual Scale Range Adapter Adapter Float F-4025OLN-4 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 1/4" Polypropylene PVDF NUMBER GPM LPM F/NPT Material Material F-4025OLN-6 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 3/8" Polypropylene PVDF F-40250LK-4 .. 0025 to 0250 01 to 10 .. 1/4" Polypropylene ypro py PVDF F-4005OLN-4 0.050 to 0.500 0.2 to 2.0 1/4" Polypropylene 316 SS F-4025OLK-6 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 3/8" Polypropylene PVDF F-4005OLN-6 0.050 to 0.500 0.2 to 2.0 3/8" Polypropylene 316 SS F-4005OLK-4 0.050 to 0.500 0.2 to 2.0 1/4" Polypropylene Hastelloy F-40375LN-6 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 3/8" Polypropylene PTFE F-4005OLK-6 0.050 to 0.500 0.2 to 2.0 3/8" Polypropylene Hastelloy F-40375LN-8 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 1/2" Polypropylene PTFE F-40375LK-6 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 3/8" Polypropylene PTFE F-40376LN-6 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 3/8" Polypropylene 316 SS F-40375LK-8 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 1/2" Polypropylene PTFE F-40376LN-8 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 1/2" Polypropylene 316 SS F-40376LK-6 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 3/8" Polypropylene Hastelloy F-40377LN-6 0.3 to 3.0 1.5 to 11 3/8" Polypropylene 316 SS F-40376LK-8 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 1/2" Polypropylene Hastelloy F-40377LN-8 0.3 to 3.0 1.5 to 11 1/2" Polypropylene 316 SS F-40377LK-6 0.3 to 3.0 1.5 to 11 3/8" Polypropylene Hastelloy F-40500LN-8 0.5 to 5.0 2.0 to 20 1/2" Pol ro lene 316 SS F-40377LK-8 0.3 to 3.0 1.5 to 11 1/2" Polypropylene Hastelloy F-4050OLK-6 0.5 to 5.0 2.0 to 20 3/8" Polypropylene Hastelloy Models for Air F-4050OLK-8 0.5 to 5.0 2.0 to 20 1/2" Polypropylene Hastelloy MODEL Dual Scale Range Adapter Adapter Float NUMBER SCFM M'HR F/NPT Material Material F-4025OGN-4 0.20 to 2.0 0.4 to 3.2 1/4" Polypropylene PVDF F-4025OGN-6 0.20 to 2.0 0.4 to 3.2 3/8" Polypropylene PVDF F-40376GN-6 0.75 to 7.5 1.0 to 10 3/8" Polypropylene 316 SS F-40376GN-8 0.75 to 7.5 1.0 to 10 1/2" Polypropylene 316 SS F-40377GN-6 1.0 to 12 2.0 to 20 3/8" Polypropylene 316 SS F-40377GN-8 1.0 to 12 2.0 to 20 1/2" Polypropylene 316 SS F-4050OGN-6 2.0 to 20 4.0 to 34 3/8" Polypropylene 316 SS F-4050OGN-8 2.0 to 20 4.0 to 34 1/2" Polypropylene 316 SS Correction factor formulas for AIR models PRESSURE CORRECTION TEMPERATURE CORRECTION 14.7 + Working PSIG 520 14.7 460 + Working Temp °F Notes: 1) Liquid models calibrated with water, Sp.Gr. 1.0. Custom Sp.Gr. calibrations available. Contact the factory. 2) Air models calibrated at standard Conditions (70'F @ 14.7 PSla). Temperature and pressure correction may be required. Contact the factory for custom calibrations. Blue -White 5300 Business Drive, Huntington Beach, CA 92649 Tel: 714-893-8529 Fax: 714-894-9492 All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. www.blue-white.com Email: sales@blue-white.com7 Technical data sheet #85000-032 rev.09/18/2012 boo �r Component Specification Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description GEORG FISCHER 161.514.613 03/", SCH80, TYPE 514, DIAPHRAGM VALVE WITH SOLVENT CEMENT SOCKETS, PVC-U GF Piping Systems Datasheet Diaphragm Valves New Generation Type 514 Diaphragm Valve PVC With solvent cement sockets ASTM Model: 4 • Double flow rate compared to predecessor 60• One housing nut replaces four screws • Handwheel with built-in locking mechanism D2 Designed for easy installation and removal • Short overall length ° Z M Option: = o0 • Contact customer service for customization = N Z Self adjusting multifunctional module with integrated limit switches • PN16 available as a configuration N J Size DN PSI Cv-value EPDM PTFE/EPDM lbs [mm] [gal (us) /min] Part No. Part No. L I % I 20 I 1501 71.60 161 514 613 1161 514 633 I 0.54011 1 '/4 32 150 200.53 161 514 615 161 514 635 I 1.447 1 '/2 40 150 333.68 161 514 616 161 514 636 2.572 2 50 150 456.54 161 514 617 161 514 637 3.445 Size D [inch] D2 [inch] D3 [inch] L [inch] L2 [inch] H [inch] H1 [inch] �H2 [inch] M z [inch] Lift = HX [inch] '/2 2.56 2.56 1.69 5.55 0.98 2.87 0.55 0.47 M6 3.78 0.28 3/4 3.15 2.56 2.01 6.50 0.98 3.19 0.71 0.47 M6 4.49 0.39 1 3.46 3.43 2.28 7.05 0.98 4.21 0.871 0.47 M6 4.80 0.51 1 '/4 3.98 3.43 2.83 8.03 1.77 4.53 1.02 0.59 M8 5.51 0.59 1 1/2 4.61 5.31 3.27 9.06 1.77 5.83 1.26 0.59 M8 6.30 0.75 2 5.671 5.31 3.94 10.55 1.77 6.54 1.541 0.591 M8 7.48 0.98 valid from 11/16/10 The technical data are not binding and not expressly warranted characteristics of the goods. They are subject to change. Our General Conditions of Sale apply. Georg Fischer Piping Systems Ltd, Postfach, CH-8201 Schaffhausen/Switzerland Phone +41-(0)52-631 1111 e- mail: info.ps@georgfischer.com Internet: http://www.piping.georgfischer.com +GF+ Page 1 of 1 9 ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY. VENDOR PART NO. 1 02", ANSI 300, CENTRIFUGAL PUMP, 316SS 1 WALRUS CDLF 16-3 2 021/2", SCH80, BALL VALVE, PVC-U 1 GEORG FISCHER 161.546.348 3 01", SCH80, SOC, TYPE 546 BALL VALVE, PVC-U 1 GEORG FISCHER 161.546.344 4 03", SCH80, SOC, 20 MESH STRAINER, PVC-U 1 SPEARS YS2AP20-030 5 021/2, SCH80, SOC, ANSI 150, VAN STONE FLANGE, PVCU 2 SPEARS 854-025 FOR SUBMITTAL ONLY REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOORHEES, NJ 08043 PI+i.8s6.z58.6969 F+1.856.258.6975 bRoair URL : www.bioairsolutions.com .; ;.,_.:_,., E-Mail: bioairinfo@bioairsolutions.com PROJECT No: P201 18 DRAWN BY: ix SIGN: A 12/17/2020 FIRST ISSUE ix CV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS W WTP DRAWN DATE: 10/20/2020 cHK. B 12/17/2020 UPDATED THE PIPE SIZE FROM 5712" TO O2Y�" ix Cv _ _ - DRAWING TITLE: 021/2", ANSI 150, STARTUP SYSTEM, PVC-U DWG SIZE: SHT No.: 1 NOTICE: Content of the drawingmcludIn but not limited to all confidential & ( g copyrighted material, patented or pafen} pending designs) is proprietary and remains of BioAir Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return the upon upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used In any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BloAir Solutions, L.L.C. UNLESS 0 HERw6E SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCE: ANGULAR: NU. zI Two PLACE oeaMnL'e oeo THREE PLACE DECIMAL! 030 - - --- -- -- DRAWING No.: RS000760 P201 18 SCALE: R �•" REV. No.: B _ _ --- -- -- _ _ ___ __ __ • Performance table Model Driving motor Q 10 (M) (hp) (m3/h) CDL16-2/1 2.2 3 19 CDL16-2 4 5.5 38 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 18.5 18 17 16 15 14 13 11 37 1 36 35 34 32 1 30 1 27 24 CDL16-3 5.5 7.5 57 56 55 54 51 48 45 40 36 CDL16-4 7.5 10 m (H) 76 75 73 72 68 64 60 54 49 CDL16-5 11 15 96 94 92 90 85 80 75 68 62 CDL16-6 11 15 115 113 111 108 102 96 91 82 75 CDL16-7 15 20 135 132 129 126 119 113 106 96 88 CDL16-8 15 20 155 152 148 144 137 130 122 ill 101 CDL16-10 18.5 25 197 192 187 181 174 165 153 139 127 • Installation sketch • Size and weight Gih -�- Cutting female joint v, 4X,1,14 O M' 130 215 1 247 260 Pipe thread ZG2 0 z6o 2'ANSI 300 Lb SxD, 3 „ Flange 16 i 5$ �,,, mh 8z 7g 94 11 8 Model Size (mm) Weight (kg) Bl B2 Bl+B2 Dl D2 CDL16-2/1 397 290 687 190 155 42 CDL16-2 407 355 762 230 188 56 CDL16-3 472 390 862 260 208 68 CDL16-4 517 390 907 260 208 75 CDL16-5 650 500 1150 330 255 148 CDL16-6 695 500 1195 330 255 150 CDL16-7 740 500 1240 330 255 161 CDL16-8 785 500 1285 330 255 163 CDL16-10 875 550 1425 330 255 186 The overall dimensions of the single-phase motor and explosion -proof motor are a little different. Pls contact us for details. 1 `o 0 www.walrusamerica.com • Performance curve 0 20 40 H 0 20 40 [m] 200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 60 60 80 IS09906 Annex A 3500rpm 8o 100 Q [ IM.GPM ] 100 120 140 Q [ US.GPM ] H [ft] - 600 - 500 - 400 - 300 - 200 - 100 0 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 Q [ m3/h ] P2 P2 Eta [hpl [kVq [%l 4 3.2 80 Eta 3 2.4 60 2 1.6 P2 40 1 0.8 20 0 0.0 0 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 Q [ m3/h ] H H NPSH NPSH [ft] [m 64 20 48 15 32 10 16 5 0 0 - to CDL20/CDLF20 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 m] [ft] 8 24 6 18 4 12 2 6 0 0 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 Q [ m3/h ] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IOQ m \�\ 0 www.walrusamerica.com i GF Piping Systems valid from: Datasheet 7/9/08 Ball valves Ball Valve Type 546 PVC With Mounting Inserts With solvent cement sockets inch ASTM Inclusive 2 threaded valve ends NPT Model: • Designed for easy installation and removal • z-dimension, valve end and valve nut are not compatible with Type 370 and Type 346 • Ball seals PTFE • Integrated stainless steel mounting inserts • Threaded valve ends are only enclosed for 3/8" to 2" Option: • Contact customer service for customization • Multifunctional module with integrated limit switches • Pneumatic or electric actuators from GF Size DN PN Cv-value EPDM FPM Ibs [inch] [gal (US) Part No. Part No. /min] % 0.39 240 5 161 546 341 1161 546 351 0.406 % 0.59 240 13 161 546 342 161 546 352 0.428 3 1 0 . 981 2401 49 1161 546 344 1161 546 354 1 0.946 1 % 1.57 240 112 161 546 346 161 546 356 2.205 4 2.561 240 350 161 546 348 161 546 358 10.803 3.94 240 770 161 546 350 161 546 360 25.353 4 Size D H H1 H2 L L1 L2 L4 L5 L6 M z [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] % 1.97 2.24 1.06 0.47 4.13 3.03 2.20 0.98 1.26 1.77 6 2.64 % 1.97 2.24 1.06 0.47 4.13 3.03 2.20 0.98 1.26 1.77 6 2.40 % 2.28 2.64 1.18 0.47 4.76 3.82 2.56 0.98 1.54 2.28 6 2.76 1 2.68 2.87 1.42 0.47 5.24 3.82 2.80 0.98 1.54 2.28 6 2.99 1 % 3.31 3.54 1.73 0.59 6.06 5.04 3.35 1.77 2.13 2.91 8 3.54 1 % 3.82 3.82 2.01 0.59 6.46 5.04 3.50 1.77 2.13 2.91 8 3.70 2 4.88 4.57 2.52 0.59 7.20 5.98 3.98 1.77 2.60 3.43 8 4.21 2 % 6.54 5.87 3.35 0.59 9.17 10.63 5.35 2.76 2.52 8.11 8 5.67 3 7.87 6.34 4.13 0.59 10.00 10.63 5.55 2.76 2.52 8.11 8 5.94 4 9.37 7.01 4.84 0.87 11.85 12.60 6.46 4.72 2.52 10.08 12 6.85 boo—'�r a FQM= Component Specification Manufacturer SPEARS Part Number YS22P-030 Description 03", SCH80, UNION SOC, MESH20, STRAINER, PVC Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description 25 Strainers & Filters Technical Information Industrial Strainers & Filters Sample Engineering Specification All sediment strainers shall be Y-type constructed from PVC Type I, ASTM D 1784 Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV, ASTM D 1784 Cell Classification 23447. All 0-rings shall be EPDM or FKM. All Y-strainers shall have replaceable PVC, CPVC or Type 316 stainless steel screens and 0-ring sealed drain plugs with magnetic drain plug option. All threaded Y-Strainers shall have Special Reinforced (SR) threads. All Y-Strainers, sizes 1/2"- 2" shall be pressure rated to 150 psi, sizes 3"- 4" to 90 psi for water at 73°F, as manufactured by Spears® Manufacturing Company. Quick -View Y-Strainer Selection Chart Features - PVC Gray, PVC Clear & CPVC Spears® Y-type sediment strainers are the perfect choice for in -line removal of suspended solids, sediment, dirt and debris. Convenient removable strainer basket allows quick cleaning with an assortment of screen mesh sizes to meet a variety of application needs. Spears® Y-Strainers are produced from PVC Gray, PVC Clear for fluid vis- ibility and CPVC Gray for higher temperatures. Available with socket, Special Reinforced (SR) threads, flanged, or True Union socket and SR threaded end connectors in IPS sizes 1/2" - 4". • Provides In -line Protection of Process Equipment • PVC, CPVC or PVC Clear Construction • EPDM or FKM O-ring Seals • Removable Strainer Basket with O-ring Sealed Drain Plug Allows Quick -Flushing or Bleed -Off Valve Connection • Multiple Strainer Screen Options in PVC, CPVC, and Type 316 Stainless Steel (see Mesh Code table) • Optional Magnetic Drain Plug for Ferrous Metal Pickup • Suitable for Horizontal or Vertical Installation • Sizes 1/2"- 2" Pressure Rated to 150 psi @ 73°F Sizes Y- 4" to 90 psi @ 73°F • Assembled with Silicone -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants Valve 0-ring PVC Materiah,zs Pressure Size Material Socket SR Threaded Flanged Socket Union Threaded Union SR Threaded Union Rating EPDM YS22P -005 YS21 P -005SR YS23P -005 YS2AP -005 YS213P -005 YS213P -005SR 1 /2 FKM YS32P -005 YS31 P -005SR YS33P -005 YS3AP -005 YS313P -005 YS3BP -005SR EPDM YS22P -007 YS21 P -007SR YS23P -007 YS2AP -007 YS26P -007 YS213P -007SR 3/4 FKM YS32P -007 YS31 P -007SR YS33P -007 YS3AP -007 YS36P -007 YS36P -007SR EPDM YS22P= 010 YS21 P= 010SR YS23P -010 YS2AP= 010 YS2BP= 010 YS2BP= 010SR 150 psi 1 FKM YS32P_-010 YS31 P_-010SR YS33P_-010 YS3AP_-010 YS3BP_-010 YS3BP_-010SR Non -Shock EPDM YS22P-012 — YS21 P — -012SR YS23P-012 — YS2AP-012 — YS2BP — -012 YS2BP — -012SR Water 1-1/4 FKM YS32P -012 YS31 P -012SR YS33P -012 YS3AP -012 YS3BP -012 YS3BP -012SR @73°F EPDM YS22P -015 YS21 P -015SR YS23P -015 YS2AP -015 YS2BP -015 YS213P -015SR 1-1/2 FKM YS32P--015 YS31 P -015SR YS33P -015 YS3AP -015 YS3BP -015 YS3BP -015SR EPDM YS22P--020 YS21 P -020SR YS23P -020 YS2AP -020 YS26P -020 YS213P -020SR 2 FKM YS32P -020 YS31 P -020SR YS33P -020 YS3AP -020 YS36P -020 YS36P -020SR EPDM YS22P= 030 YS21 P= 030SR YS23P -030 YS2AP= 030 YS2BP= 030 YS2BP= 030SR 90 psi 3 FKM YS32P= 030 YS31 P= 030SR YS33P= 030 YS3AP= 030 YS3BP= 030 YS3BP= 030SR Non -Shock EPDM YS22P-040 YS21 P-040SR YS23P_-040 YS2AP_-040 YS2BP-040 YS2BP_-040SR Water 4 FKM YS32P_ -040 YS31 P_ -040SR YS33P -040 YS3AP -040 YS3BP_ -040 YS3BP -040SR @73°F Enter Mesh Code in part number blank as speci ad in table. (Contact Spears® for additional strainer sizes). 1: For CPVC body & strainer screen unit, replace the letter "P" before the dash separator with the letter "C" and add the letter "C" to the part number (e.g., YS22C8-020C) 2: For stainless steel strainer screens, replace the letter "P" (or "C') before the dash separator with the letter'S" (e.g., YS22S8-020; YS22S8-020C) 3: For PVC Clear Y-Strainer, add the letters "CL" to the part number (e.g., YS22P8-005CL) Note: End connections for PVC Clear threaded and anged Y-strainers are PVC Gray components. Mesh Codes for PVC, CPVC & SS Sieve Mesh Opening Mesh Size (in.) Code 8 Mesh 0.094 8 12 Mesh 0.062 12 20 Mesh 0.033 20 30 Mesh 0.024 1 30 Quick -Change Strainer Screen Assembly Optional Mesh Screens Available Optional Magnetic l i Plug 2a Made in the U.S.A. Suitable for low pressure air handling 5 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas Page 940 Due to Material Cost Variations, Prices Subject to Change. Check On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com Fff Strainers & Filters Technical Information Industrial Strainers & Filters Socket Y-Strainer Dimensions & Weights Dimension Reference (inches, ± 1/16) Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Nominal Size Al A B C D E Socket PVC CPVC 1/2 5 3-1/16 1-9/16 3-3/8 2-9/16 1-5/8 .31 .33 3/4 5-3/4 3-11/16 2 4 3 2 .50 .53 1 6-7/8 4-7/16 2-1/2 4-3/4 3-5/8 2-1/4 .85 .90 1-1/4 8-5/32 5-5/16 3-1/16 5-9/16 4-1/4 2-13/16 1.21 1.28 1-1/2 9-1/8 6 3-9/16 6-5/16 4-7/8 3-3/16 1.66 1.76 2 11-3/4 7-5/8 4-1/2 7-1/2 6-3/16 3-1/2 2.96 3.10 3 15 9-11/16 6-9/16 10-5/16 7-5/8 5-1/8 5.34 5.64 4 19-11/16 1 12-1/2 8-5/8 13-1/8 9-7/8 6-9/16 9.97 1 10.45 SR Threaded Y-Strainer Dimensions & Weights Dimension Reference (inches, ± 1/16) Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Nominal Size Al A C D E SR Threaded PVC CPVC 1/2 6-1/2 4-11/165-1/16 J5-36 4 2-3/8 .31 .33 3/4 7-5/8 5-7/16 5-13/16 4-9/16 2-3/8 .50 .53 1 8-5/8 6-1/8 7 5-1/8 2-3/8 .85 .90 1-1/4 11-1/8 7-3/4 6 7-15/16 6-1/2 3-1/2 1.21 1.28 1-1/2 12-1/4 8-7/8 6-15/16 8-13/16 7-1/2 3-1/2 1.66 1.76 2 14-1/16 10-3/16 8-1/8 10-1/8 8-1/2 3-1/2 2.96 3.10 3 20 14-13/16 11 14-1/4 12-7/16 6-5/8 5.34 5.64 4 25-13/16 18-1/2 14 14-3/4 15-5/8 7-15/16 1 9.97 10.45 Flanged Y-Strainer Dimensions & Weights Dimension Reference (inches, ± 1/16) Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Nominal Size Al A B C D E ed Flanged PVC CPVC 1/2 5-13/16 4-3/16 5-11/16 3-1/2 2-1/2 1-5/8 .82 .85 3/4 7-1/8 5 6-7/16 3-7/8 3-1/8 2 1.23 1.28 1 8-3/16 5-3/4 7-1/4 4-1/4 3-5/8 2-1/4 1.70 1.81 1-1/4 9-7/16 6-9/16 8-1/8 4-5/8 4-9/32 2-13/16 2.40 2.52 1-1/2 10-7/16 7-3/8 9-3/16 5 4-7/8 3-3/16 3.07 3.25 2 13-1/4 9-1/8 10-3/8 6 6-3/16 3-1/2 5.20 5.42 3 16-21/32 11-3/8 12-1/32 7-1/2 7-5/8 5-1/8 9.44 10.07 4 21-19/32 14-5/16 14-9/16 9-1/16 9-7/8 6-9/16 14.87 16.15 Note: 4" flanged Y-strainer uses split flange ring True Union Y-Strainer Dimensions & Weights Dimension Reference (inches, ± 1/16) Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Nominal Size Al A B C D E Union Socket SR Thread Socket SR Thread PVC CPVC 1/2 5 3-7/16 5-1/8 5-1/2 6-7/8 7 2-1/2 1-5/8 .49 .53 3/4 6-3/16 4-1/8 5-7/8 6-7/16 7-7/8 7-7/8 3 2 .80 .85 1 7-5/16 4-7/8 6-1/2 7-3/8 8-3/4 9 3-5/8 2-1/4 1.13 1.20 1-1/4 8-5/8 5-13/16 7-7/16 6-3/16 9-15/16 10-1/8 4-1/4 2-13/16 1.84 1.90 1-1/2 9-3/4 6-5/8 8-3/16 9 10-15/16 10-15/16 4-7/8 3-3/16 2.44 2.52 2 12-7/16 8-15/16 9-7/16 10-13/16 12-7/16 12-13/16 6-3/16 3-1/2 4.33 4.45 3 16-1/6 10-3/4 12-3/16 13-15/16 16 16-3/4 7-5/8 5-1/8 10.35 10.55 4 20-15116 13-3/4 15-5/16 17-1/2 19-13/16 20-1/2 9-7/8 6-9/16 18.51 18.80 2/ Page 941 Suitable for low pressure air handling 5 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas Spears® Manufacturing Company Due to Material Cost Variations, Prices Subject to Change. Check On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com Strainers & Filters Technical Information Industrial Strainers & Filters Replacement Parts NO. COMPONENT OTY. MATERIAL 1 Body1 (SOC/SR/FLANGE/UNION) 1 PVC/PVC CLEAR/CPVC 2 Screen Support Ring 1 PVC/CPVC 3 Screen 1 PVC/CPVC/SS 316 4 Screen Support Housing 1 PVC/CPVC 5 Housing 0-ring 1 EPDM/FKM 6 Bonnet Nut 1 PVC/CPVC 7 Retaining Clip 1 PP 8 Plug 0-ring 1 EPDM/FKM 9 Plug 1 PVC/CPVC 10 Union 0-ring 2 EPDM/FKM 11 Union Socket End 2 PVC/CPVC 12 Union SR Threaded End 2 PVC/CPVC 1 - Body Includes: Body (1), Spigot Adapters (2), SS Collars (2) Flange Body Includes: Body (1), Spigot Hubs (2), Flange Rings (2) Union Body Includes: Body (1), Spigot Ends (2), Nuts (2) Temperature Pressure Rating System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature °F (°C) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99) PVC 150 (1.03) 135 (.93) 110 (.76) 75 (.52) 50 (.34) -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- Strainer 1/2" - 2" CPVC 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 0- Pressure 0.03) (.97) (.90) (.83) (.76) (.70) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) Rating psi (MPa) PVC 90 (.70) 85 (.62) 75 (.52) 60 (.41) 40 (.30) -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 4" CPVC 90 85 80 75 70 60 50 45 40 35 30 0- (.70) (.62) (.55) (.52) (.48) (.41) (.34) (.31) (.30) (.24) (.21) Drain Plug Tap Size Y-Strainer Cv Y-Strainer Size Tap Size (NPT) 1/2 1/4 - 18 3/4 1 /4 - 18 1 3/8 - 18 1-1/4 1/2 - 14 1-1/2 1 - 11 -1/2 2 1-11-1/2 3 1-11-1/2 4 1 - 11 - 112 Nominal Size Plastic Strainer Mesh 8 12 20 30 1/2 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.2 3/4 8.2 7.8 7.5 7.2 1 14.3 13.9 13.6 13.3 1-1/4 33.6 32.9 29.4 25.4 1-1/2 43.8 41.6 33.0 32.1 2 50.6 50.0 49.6 48.8 3 75.2 74.6 74.0 73.4 4 169.5 169.0 168.8 168.0 Gallons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop. Plastic Strainers are perforated PVC or CPVC screens. Standard is mesh. 28 Made in the U.S.A. Suitable for low pressure air handling 5 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas Page 942 Due to Material Cost Variations, Prices Subject to Change. Check On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 D.S. SITE DUCTWORK SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO NOTES: 1. CONSTRUCTED FRP AS PER ASTM 3982 2. FLANGE AND BOLT PATTERN ARE TO BE DRILLED AS SHOWN. HOLES STRADDLE RADIAL CENTERLINES 3. ALL EXTERIOR SURFACE (INCLUDING FLANGES) TO BE COATED WITH EXTERIOR TOP COAT 4. FRP SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: • CORROSION BARRIER RESIN = 100 MIL THICK, VINYL ESTER RESIN • STRUCTURAL RESIN = ISOPTHALIC RESIN • TOP COAT RESIN = ISOPTHALIC RESIN • GEL COAT COLOR = RAL 9003 - SIGNAL WHITE 5. ALL DRILLED, CUT OR OTHERWISE EXPOSED EDGES TO BE SEALED WITH RESIN 6. ANY NON-FRP MATERIALS ARE FULLY ENCAPSULATED WITHIN THE FRP LAMINATE 7. DESIGN CONDITIONS • CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT = MAX 5% H2SO4 (SULFURIC ACID) • TEMPERATURE = -130F TO +1220F • PRESSURE RATING = +16 " W.C. 168" 13. 916 (2X) 16 J06X) Q116' EQUALLY SPACED BLOWER SIDE FLANGE AND BOLT PATTERN FAN STD. F-5 BELOW REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. DRAWN BY: JX 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOORHEES, NJ 08043 rl+1.856.258.6969 PROJECT No: P201 18 SIGN: A 11/09/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX CMV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 11/09/2020 CHK. - - FI+1.856.258.6975 URL : www.bioairsolutions.com .; ;.,_.:_,., _ DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT No.: E-Mail:bioairinfo@bioairsolutions.com Q�42", PS15-69, BLOWER TRANSITION PIECE, FRP 1 NOTICE: Content of the drawing(including but not limited to all confidential & ( g the property material patented or pand S pending designs) is proprietary and remains of BioAir Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return upon upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used in any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BioAlr Solutions, L.L.C. UN E SInN ARE IOTHERWISSPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE CINCHES TOLERANCE: ANGULAR: zi' Two PLACE oea MAL'e oeo THREE PLACE DECIMAL - - --- -- -- DRAWING No.: BT364200 P201 18 SCALE: 2 ` REV. No.: A • ` _ _ --- -- -- __ 1030 NOTES: 1. CONSTRUCTED FRP AS PER ASTM 3982 2. FLANGE AND BOLT PATTERN ARE TO BE DRILLED AS SHOWN. HOLES STRADDLE RADIAL CENTERLINES 3. ALL EXTERIOR SURFACE (INCLUDING FLANGES) TO BE COATED WITH EXTERIOR TOP COAT 4. FRP SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: • CORROSION BARRIER RESIN = 100 MIL THICK, VINYL ESTER RESIN • STRUCTURAL RESIN = ISOPTHALIC RESIN • TOP COAT RESIN = ISOPTHALIC RESIN • GEL COAT COLOR = RAL 9003 - SIGNAL WHITE 5. ALL DRILLED, CUT OR OTHERWISE EXPOSED EDGES TO BE SEALED WITH RESIN 6. ANY NON-FRP MATERIALS ARE FULLY ENCAPSULATED WITHIN THE FRP LAMINATE 7. DESIGN CONDITIONS • CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT = MAX 5% H2SO4 (SULFURIC ACID) • TEMPERATURE = -130F TO +1220F • PRESSURE RATING = +16 " W.C. ----------------------------------, I 578" N \ 553r� — — $ G I I 54r I. ;I fill Xof I� 53 H / I a ., � y / I a 27" H L$ I aza � I (20X) 0' 17" ---- •---e-------- --I --------------' ' 3. 19 $31 1 11 1 r 21 3 „ 2 2 8 l pir 3. O 4 17 f (36X) 0 6'r EQUALLY SPACED 01", FPT, DRAIN HALF COUPLING, FRP SECTION A -A SCALE 1 : 30 REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. DRAWN BY: JX 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOORHEES, NJ 08043 rl+1.856.258.6969 bRoair PROJECT No: P201 18 SIGN: A 10/20/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX CV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 10/20/2020 CHK. - - FI+1.856.258.6975 URL : www.bioairsolutions.com .; ;.,_.:_,., _ DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT No.: E-Mail: bioairinfo@bioairsolutions.com 042", PSI 5-69, RECTANGULAR BLOWER INLET BOX, FRP 1 NOTICE: Content of the drawing(including but not limited to all confidential & ( g copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of nd f Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used in any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BioAlr Solutions, L.L.C. UN E SIONOTHEARE I SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE CINCHES TOLERANCE: ANGULAR: -I* Two PLACE oea MAL'e oeo THREE PLACE DECIMAL - - --- -- -- DRAWING No.: BT420000 P201 18 SCALE: 2 REV. No.: A • ` _ _ --- -- -- 1030 NOTES: 1. CONSTRUCTED FRP AS PER ASTM 3982 2. FLANGE AND BOLT PATTERN ARE TO BE DRILLED AS SHOWN. HOLES STRADDLE RADIAL CENTERLINES 3. ALL EXTERIOR SURFACE (INCLUDING FLANGES) TO BE COATED WITH EXTERIOR TOP COAT 4. FRP SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: • CORROSION BARRIER RESIN = 100 MIL THICK, VINYL ESTER RESIN • STRUCTURAL RESIN = ISOPTHALIC RESIN • TOP COAT RESIN = ISOPTHALIC RESIN • GEL COAT COLOR = RAL 9003 - SIGNAL WHITE 5. ALL DRILLED, CUT OR OTHERWISE EXPOSED EDGES TO BE SEALED WITH RESIN 6. ANY NON-FRP MATERIALS ARE FULLY ENCAPSULATED WITHIN THE FRP LAMINATE 7. DESIGN CONDITIONS • CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT = MAX 5% H2SO4 (SULFURIC ACID) • TEMPERATURE = -130F TO +1220F • PRESSURE RATING = ±16 " W.C. 0 42" I.D. BLOWER SIDE FLANGE AND BOLT PATTERN PER FAN STD. F-1 BELOW (36X) 0 16 " EQUALLY SPACED REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. DRAWN BY: JX 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOORHEES, NJ 08043 rl+1.856.258.6969 PROJECT No: P201 18 SIGN: A 11/09/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX CMV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 11/09/2020 CHK. - - FI+1.856.258.6975 URL : www.bioairsolutions.com .; ;.,_.:_,., _ DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT NO.: E-Mail:bioairinfo@bioairsolutions.com QS42", PS15-69, BLOWER INLET TRANSITION, FRP 1 NOTICE: Content of the drawing(including t t limittolfitial & (ncg but nolimited al confidential copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of BioAir Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used In any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BlOAlr$OUflOnS, L.L.C. UNLESS O ERw6E SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE ININCH ES roLERANCE: ANGULAR: NUM ER TWO PLACE oeaMn�'e oeo THREE PLACE DECIMAL:! 030:�0 - - --- -- -- DRAWING NO.: BT420001 P201 18 SCALE: REV. No.: A • ` _ _ --- -- -- NOTES: 1. CONSTRUCTED FRP AS PER ASTM 3982 2. FLANGE AND BOLT PATTERN ARE TO BE DRILLED AS SHOWN. HOLES STRADDLE RADIAL CENTERLINES 3. ALL EXTERIOR SURFACE (INCLUDING FLANGES) TO BE COATED WITH EXTERIOR TOP COAT 4. FRP SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: • CORROSION BARRIER RESIN = 100 MIL THICK, VINYL ESTER RESIN • STRUCTURAL RESIN = ISOPTHALIC RESIN • TOP COAT RESIN = ISOPTHALIC RESIN • GEL COAT COLOR = RAL 9003 - SIGNAL WHITE 5. ALL DRILLED, CUT OR OTHERWISE EXPOSED EDGES TO BE SEALED WITH RESIN 6. ANY NON-FRP MATERIALS ARE FULLY ENCAPSULATED WITHIN THE FRP LAMINATE 7. DESIGN CONDITIONS • CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT = MAX 5% H2SO4 (SULFURIC ACID) • TEMPERATURE = -130F TO +1220F • PRESSURE RATING = +16" W.C. (36X) 0 � 6 " EQUALLY SPACED ON 45'' B.C. 12.00 REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOORHEES, NJ 08043 PI+1.856.258.6969 bmiiir URL : 56.258. ioai r URL : www.bioairsolufions.com � ,��,v,�,��, PROJECT No: PROJECT NAME: P201 18 EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN BY: DRAWN DATE: JX 10/27/2020 SIGN: CHK. A 10/27/2020 == JX CV - - _ _ --- -- -- DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT No.: E-Mail: bioairinfo@bloairsoluflons.com QS42LE PS15-69, CONTROL - LEVER DAMPER VALVE, FRP p B NOTICE: Con}ent of }he drawin Includin but not limited to all confidential & gI g material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of BioAirSolution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to copied, reproduced or used in any way, direc} or indirec}ly, detrimental }o the Interests Of BIOAIr Solutions, L.L.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCE:DRAWING ANGULAR: !I*be FRACTION NUMBER: !1/4 TWO PLACE DECIMAL: l.O601:20 THREE PLACE DECIMAL: &3 - - --- --Ncopynghted NO.: DV421 100 SCALE: REV. No.: A --- --upon 1. NOTES: 1. EPDM FLANGED FLEX CONNECTOR 2. 042", PS 15-69 FLANGE BOLT PATTERN 3. ALL HOLE PATTERNS TO STRADDLE RADIAL CENTERLINES 4. INCLUDES TWO (2) 316SS BACKING RINGS DRILLED TO MATCHING PSI 5-69 BOLT PATTERN THICKNESS AS REQ. 9'' SEE NOTE 4 REV DATE ECN# A 11/09/2015 B 1 03/13/2019 REVISION RECORD DR JA UPDATE DRAWING JH (36X) 0 16 " EQUALLY SPACED ON 45" B.C. Content of this drawing (including but not limited to all confidential & copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for the sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used in any way, directly or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. MATERIAL SEE TABLE po.a� FINISH DRAWN BY DATE ENG APPR. DATE QC APPR. DATE JA 11/09/2015 PART NAME 042", PS15-69, FLEX CONNECTOR W/ 316SS BACKING RINGS, EPDM UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SIZE DWG. NO. REV DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCES ARE: B F C 420000 + ANGULAR: 1" FRACTIONS: ±1/4 TWO PLACE DECIMAL: ±.060 THREE PLACE DECIMAL: ±.030 SCALE: 1:14 SHEET 1 OF 1 NOTES: 1. CONSTRUCTED FRP AS PER ASTM 3982 2. FLANGE AND BOLT PATTERN ARE TO BE DRILLED AS SHOWN. HOLES STRADDLE RADIAL CENTERLINES 3. ALL EXTERIOR SURFACE (INCLUDING FLANGES) TO BE COATED WITH EXTERIOR TOP COAT 4. FRP SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: • CORROSION BARRIER RESIN = 100 MIL THICK, VINYL ESTER RESIN • STRUCTURAL RESIN = ISOPTHALIC RESIN • TOP COAT RESIN = ISOPTHALIC RESIN • GEL COAT COLOR = RAIL 9003 — SIGNAL WHITE 5. ALL DRILLED, CUT OR OTHERWISE EXPOSED EDGES TO BE SEALED WITH RESIN 6. ANY NON—FRP MATERIALS ARE FULLY ENCAPSULATED WITHIN THE FRP LAMINATE 7. DESIGN CONDITIONS • CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT = MAX 5% H2SO4 (SULFURIC ACID) • TEMPERATURE = —130F TO +1220F • PRESSURE RATING = +16" W.C. T 76 3. 8 72" 71 16II (36X) 0 16" EQUALLY SPACED (46x) 0116" M 100 _ 4x 4" CDM1� N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 II 3 II 416 216 17X) 4" e OMNI REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. DRAWN BY: JX 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOORHEES, NJ 08043 rl+1.856.258.6969 PROJECT No: P201 18 SIGN: A 10/20/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX CV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 10/20/2020 CHK. - - FI+1.856.258.6975 URL : www.bioairsolutions.com .; ;.,_.:_,., _ DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT NO.: E-Mail:bioairinfo@bioairsolutions.com Q�42", PS15-69, TRANSITION PIECE, FRP 1 NOTICE: Content of the drawing(including t t limittolfitial & (ncg but nolimited al confidential copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of BioAir Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used In any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BlOAlr$OUflOnS, L.L.C. UNLESS O ERwISE SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES ioLERANCE: ANGULAR: ER rwo PLAaCE oeaMn�'e oeo THREE PLACE DECIMAL:! 030 - - --- -- -- DRAWING No.: T P 721642 P 201 18 SCALE: :20 1 REV. No.: /21 /20 _ _ --- -- -- Edmonds WWTP booair Breathe Setter. D.6. SPARE PARTS LIST Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 Description I Manufacturer Part Number Quantity Water Panel Strainer — 03", 20 mesh Spears YS-36-03038- 008 One (1) Electrical Panel See Electrical Panel Layout, Section E.1 for Electrical Panel spare SD3114 VlO P20118 EPl0283 A-B RO Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 D.7. OTHERS SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO NOTES: 1. CONSTRUCTED OUT OF PVC-U 2. NOZZLE TO BE PTFE MATERIAL 3. PRESSURE TESTED TO 80 PSI 4. SPRAY PATTERN TESTED PRIOR TO SHIPPING 021/2", ANSI 150, PVC-U, FLANG KJ`t , P'\1VJI 1.)V, I V \.—V, I Lll1VVL FOR SUBMITTAL ONLY REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. DRAWN BY: JX 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOORHEES, NJ 08043 PI+i.856.z58.696969 bRoair PROJECT No: P201 18 SIGN: A /2/2020 --- JX CV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 10/26/2020 cHK. B 02/25/2021 REVISED NOZZLE MATERIAL TO PTFE ML RED F+1.856.258.6975 URL : www.bioairsolutions.com .; ;.,_.:_,., _ _ DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT No.: E-Mail:bioairinfo@bioairsolutions.com Q�2'/2", ANSI 150, SPRAY LANCE, PVC 1 NOTICE: Content of the drawing(including but not limited to all confidential & ( g copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property d nd f Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. ri is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used in any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. UNLESS oiNeR RE I SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES ro�IERANCe: ANGULAR: zI' rwo P AGE oeaMnL': oeo THREE PLACE DRamAL - - --- -- -- DRAWING No.: LA 102825 P 201 18 - SCALE: 1:24 REV. No.: p B _ _ --- -- -- _030 NOTES: 1. DEBURR ALL HOLES, BREAK ALL SHARP EDGES 2. ALL PARTS THAT APPEAR AT RIGHT ANGLES ARE 90 a + 1 a 3. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED AFTER WELDING TO ENSURE HOLE PATTERN LINES UP WITH PANEL 4. HOLE DIMENSIONS DESIGNED FOR: WP: SAGINAW SCE-60EL3612SS6LPPL E'_ L A A B ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY. 1 C4X5.4, UPRIGHT CHANNEL, 316SS 2 2 1 /4" THK PLATE, FOOTPLATE, 316SS 2 3 3/16" THK PLATE, FOOT GUSSET, 316SS 2 4 3/16" THK PLATE, WATER PANEL MOUNTING PLATE, 316SS 2 2" O 7" 2 4" �E 7" ') O SECTION A —A SCALE 1 : 6 2X 1/8 n II 2X SECTION B—B SCALE 1 : 8 REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. 10 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 vO1.8 6ES, .6969 3 P1+1.856.258.6969 F 1 +1.856.258.6975 biotor URL : www.bioairsolutions.com ,, PROJECT No: P201 18 DRAWN BY: JX SIGN: A FIRST ISSUE JX CMV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 10/27/2020 CHK. B 4/01/2020 04/Ol/2021 REMOVED ECP MOUNTING BRACKETS JX RED _ _ --- -- -- DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT No.: E-Mail:biooirinfo@bioairsolutions.com PANEL STAND, 316SS A3 1 /2 NOTICE: Content of the drawing (including but not limited to all Confidential & Copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of BioAir Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN MILIMETERS TOLERANCE: ANGULAR:!,. - - --- -- -- DRAWING No.: SCALE: REV. No.: - - sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used In any Way, direct or Indirectly, detrimental to the Interests of BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. FRACTION NUMBER: 22.5 TWO PLACE DECIMAL: !1.5 THREE PLACE DECIMAL: PS353500 P201 18 1 : 1 `"F A l0.75 9 ,r 1 16 13„ 8 3, 16 ITEM 1 3" ITEM 3 invt rh 7 „ fnvi rA 5 rr ��,�� x. 16 r, " ITEM 2 411 ITEM 4 REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. DRAWN BY: JX 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOO.856.2 .6969 3 P1+1.856.258.6969 FI+1.856.258.6975 booiiir URL : www.bioairsolutions.com �.,,vA,�.. PROJECT No: P201 18 SIGN: A 10/27/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX CMV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 10/27/2020 CHK. - -- _ --- DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT No.: E-Mail: bloairinf°@bioalrsoluHons.co"' PANEL STAND, 316SS A3 2/2 NOTICE: Content of the drawing (including but not limited to all confidential & copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of BioAir Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. It is Seri} to you subject to return upon demand and for UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN MILIMETERS TOLERANCE ANGULAR: !,. - - --- -- -- DRAWING NO.: SCALE: REV. No.: - - sole purpose as expressed in writing in this transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used In any way, direct or Indirectly, detrimental to the Interests of BloA r Solutions, L.L.C. FRACTION NUMBER:22.5 : !1. TWO PLACE DECIMAL: !1.5 THREE PLACE DECIMAL: !0.75 P S 3 5 3 500 P 201 18 1 4 1 A NOTES: 1. DESIGNED FOR VERANTIS CLUB-3000 BLOWER, COUNTERCLOCKWISE ROTATION, BOTTOM HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE 2. DOUBLE ACOUSTICAL WALL AS REQUIRED TO MEET NOISE LEVEL OF 50 DBA AT 5FT. SEE WALL DETAIL ON SHEET 2 3. ALL HARDWARE TO BE 316SS 4. ALL NUTS ARE TO BE LOCKING TYPE 5. MERICAN COOLAIR - CRDA06E11X151 - VENTILATION FAN (PROVIDED BY BIOAIR) FOR INSTALLATION ON THE ENCLOSURE 6. FRP FILLERS TO BE PROVIDED TO FILL GAPS IN ENCLOSURE WALL PENETRATIONS FOR DUCT INLET AND OUTLET AFTER INSTALLATION • INLET CUTOUT: 031 2" • OUTTLET CUTOUT: 23 16 " W x 31 1 1 " H ACCESS PORT WITH QUICK RELEASE FASTENERS FOR DRIVE SIDE OF BLOWER BLOWER OUTLET CUTOUT BLOWER INLET CUTOUT BLOWER DUCT OUTLET CUTOUT 8"X8", PLASTIC LOUVERS FOR VENTILATION McMASTER-CARR VENTILATION FAN BLOWER DUCT INLET CUTOUT I I II\LL I r, I DESIGN FOR EASY ACCESS TO BLOWER REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. DRAWN BY: JX 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOORHEES, NJ 08043 rl+i.8s6.zs8.6969 PROJECT No: P201 18 SIGN: A 11/09/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX CMV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 11/09/2020 CHK. - - FI+1.856.258.6975 URL : www.bioairsolutions.com .; ;.,_.:_,., _ DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT NO.: E-Mail: bioairinfo@bioairsolutions.com SOUND ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY, F R P B 1 /3 NOTICE: Content of the drawing(including but not limited to all confidential & ( g copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property d nd f Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. ri is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing n this yousubject It is not to be copied, reproduced or used In any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BloAir Solutions, L.L.C. UNLESS 0 HERw6E SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCE: ANGULAR: zI' Two P ACE oeaMA�'e 060 THREE PLACE DECIMAL 030 - - --- -- -- DRAWING No.: S E000100 P 201 18 SCALE: � 32 REV. No.: A • ` _ _ --- -- -- ___ __ __ 1 V ACOUSTIC MATERIAL_ McMASTERR-CARR #5692T49 0.5" THK. HONEYCOMB, PP PLASCORE, PART# PP 1-5.0-N 1 -8-01 -T-N-0.500-X-Y WHERE X,Y IS REQUIRED SHEET SIZE 0.375" THK. FRP OUTSIDE 8"X8", PLASTIC LOUVERS FOR VENTILATION MCMASTER-CARR PART# 2038K1 ACOUSTIC MATERIAL SEAMS TO BE TAPED WITH 2" WIDE McMASTER-CARR TAPE, PART#6307A22 INSIDE WALL (DETAIL A 32" I M 5 rI i - I 55 16 I I I 11 Ir 37 16 I I I I I I I I I L J 132" 46-" A 4 50" (TYP) 3 4 " 14" I 732" 66" 652" INTERNAL FRP I I 70 2 " INTERNAL FRP 71" 78 2 " 36" (TYP) 2" 14" 25" 15 r, 23 16 �rr 65" 64 3. 4 INTERNALI FRP 1 178" I I 50" 18"x8"x6" LOUVER r\rrl r/'`TIt"%Ix I MI A Tr SECTION B-B PIANO HINGE McMASTERR-CARR PART# 1605A150 11 rI 31 16 2" BLOWER OUTLET CUTOUT 51 5. 8 (TYP) 2 1 BLOWER INLET CUTOUT M � r- 1 I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I — I 25" SECTION A -A ENCLOSURE EXHAUSTFAN QUICK RELEASE LATCH McMASTERR-CARR PART# 1685A320 PROVIDE MOUNTING HOLES AND HARDWARE AS REQUIRED FOR SECTION FLANGES 1 ij REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. DRAWN BY: JX 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 VOORHEES, NJ 08043 ' PI+1.856.258.6969 bpo PROJECT No: P201 18 SIGN: A 10/28/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX CV PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 11/09/2020 cHK. - - FI+1.856.258.6975 URL:www.bioairsolutions.com �; n.-,.,,:_., _ _ --- -- -- DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT NO.: E-Mail: bioairinfo@bioairsolufions.com SOUND ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY, FRP B 2/3 NOTICE: Content of the drawing(including t t limedo al confidential (ncg but noitto & copyrighted material, patented or patent pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property d nd f Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. ri is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing n this yousubject It is not to be copied, reproduced or used In any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental to the interests of BlOAlr$OUflOnS, L.L.C. UNLESS 0 ERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCE: ANGULAR: iI TWO PLACE oEMMn�'e oeo THREE PLACE DECIMAL:! 030 - - --- -- -- DRAWING No.: S E000100 P 201 18 SCALE: 132 REV. NO.: A • ` _ _ --- -- -- 1 3 „ (4X) 17 1 4 J 4 16" 22" 22" (16X) 0 16" 16" 1 3. MOUNTING FLANGE DRILLING PATTERN PROJECT No: P20118 DRAWN BY: JX SIGN: PROJECT NAME: EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN DATE: 11/09/2020 "' DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT No.: SOUND ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY, FRP A3 3/3 DRAWING No.: SCALE: REV. No.: SE000100 P20118 1:20 A Type CRDA Direct Drive Centrifugal Power Roof Ventilators <R& INDUSTRIES AMERICAN COOLAIR CORPORATION P.O. Box 2300 Jacksonville, Florida 32203 Phone: (904)389-3646 Fax: (904)387-3449•(904)381-7560 E-mail: fans@coolair.com Internet: www.coolair.com Sheet of D SQ. H O.D. e J I.D. 1 /z" THICK 1 /e" INSULATION 8" STD. E SQ. HEIGHT G SQ. Standard Fan Features Optional Features • Non -overloading aluminum wheel UL Label for Standard 705. computer balanced. Backdraft damper. • Force ventilated motor compartment Roof curb (damper shelf optional). isolated from the airstream. Epoxy coating. • Vibration isolators on drive frame. • Weatherproof spun aluminum housing. • NEMA Standard frame size motors. • Overlapping wheel/inlet venturi. • AMCA label for air and sound. • Galvanized mesh birdscreen. • Factory mounted and wired disconnect device. 2" Ventilator Dimensions Roof Curb and Damper Dimensions Unit Size A B C D E G H J 06-10 18 23 1/8 12 24 1/2 12 3/4 11 1/4 16 112 13 1/4 12E70,12J1613F11 23 285/8 161/2 291/2 173/4 161/4 211/2 181/4 13.116,151410:151(15 12J17,13K'17,15L17 23 285/8 221/2 291/2 173/4 161/4 211/2 181/4 16-20 30 35 1/2 24 5/8 36 1/2 24 3/4 23 1/4 28 1/2 25 1/4 Specifications nnnrno Here ❑ Check here for UL 705. Dimensions In Inches FAN NO. QTY. MODEL NO. CFM SP RPM SONES HP RPM VOLTAGE PH HZ ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES AND REMARKS EF-1 1 CRDA06EIIX151 250 .25 1160 3.7 1110 1160 115 1 60 XP Class 1 Group D Class 2 Groups F&G Division 1 Explosion Proof PROJECT ENGINEER SUBMITTED BY LOCATION CONTRACTOR APPROVED BY DATE DATE Form No. 725-31-3 (10-09) Printed in U.S.A. © American Coolair Corporation 2009 NOTES: 1. DEBURR ALL HOLES 2. BREAK SHARP EDGES 3„ 16 (3X) 0 1 " (3X) 0 8 " C /'l I I A I I V (` I7 A /— C rl C /'l I I A I I V C' r] A t— C r-N REV. DATE REVISION RECORD DR CHK BioAir Solutions, L.L.C. 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO RD. SUITE 303 vOORHEES, NJ 08043 PI+1.856.258.6969 FI+1.856.258.6975 bmiiir URL : www.bioairsolutions.com a,va; �. PROJECT No: PROJECT NAME: P201 18 EDMONDS WWTP DRAWN BY: DRAWN DATE: JX 10/25/2020 SIGN: CHK. A 09/24/2020 FIRST ISSUE JX JA - - _ --- DRAWING TITLE: DWG SIZE: SHT No.: E-Mail: DUAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE MOUNTING BRACKET, 316SS B 1/1 fNons.com Content NOTICE: COn}ent of the drawin r cl ten buT not limited to all confidential & g1 g copyrighted material, patented or paten} pending designs) is proprietary and remains the property of BioAir Solution, L.L.C. and subsidiaries. I} is sent to you subject to return upon demand and for sole purpose as expressed in writing in this Transmittal. It is not to be copied, reproduced or used in any way, direct or indirectly, detrimental to the interests Of BIOAIr $OUtIOnS, L.L.C. uDIME TION AREI SPECKED DIMENSION ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCE: ANGULAR: ER: FRACTION NUMBER: i. TWO PLACE DECIMAL: l.060 THREE PLACE DECIMAL: - - --- -- -- DRAWING No.: S W 000100 P 201 18 SCALE: ) 1 .`J REV. No.: A _ _ --- -- -- !.030 Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Project No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 E. CONTROL PANEL E.1. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS & BILL OF MATERIAL E.2. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DATA SHEETS SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 E.1. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS & BILL OF MATERIAL SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS -LOCAL CONTROL PANEL ECOPURE EDMONDS WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT JOB# P20118 1 x EP10283 STATUS: IN DESIGN "Breath Better" REV. DESCRIPTIONS DATE BY \\ 111 KRESSIN-GIBBSBORO ROAD SUITE 3 THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 1 Released for A l Approval 11/12/2020 ST � - VORHEES,NJ 08043 bF liior WWW.BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. TITLE: ED M 0 N D S WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT — EC 0 P U R E EP 1 0283 PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC m q 1—COVER SHEET scaLE. N.T.s. owc x: C D201 1 8E 1 REv.: 2 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of an P fY� 9 9 Y dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. SIZE: B BY ST DATE 1 1 / 1 2/20 SHEET: OF 1 1 5 SCHEMATICS COVER SHEET 1 INDEX 2 480VAC POWER DISTRIBUTION 3 120VAC POWER WIRING 4 24VDC POWER WIRING 5 PLC INPUT WIRING 6 PLC OUTPUT WIRING 7 ANALOG INPUTS & OUTPUTS 8 UTILITIES AC WIRING 9 LOOP DIAGRAM 10 ENCLOSURELAYOUT 11 BILL OF MATERIAL 12 BILL OF MATERIAL 13 PANEL MARKINGS 14 SPARES 15 Panel Build Notes: MINIMUM WIRE SCHEDULE �A BLACK THWN 3/0 AWG �B BLACK THWN 3/0 AWG �C BLACK THWN 3/0 AWG 120VAC RED MTW 14AWG NEUTRAL WHITE MTW 14AWG GROUND GREEN/YELLOW THWN 12AWG +24VDC BLUE MTW 16AWG DC COM GRAY MTW 16AWG ANALOG SIGNALS RED & GRAY (PAIRED CABLES) 18AWG SEPARATELY DERIVED YELLOW MTW 14AWG -All wire labels shall be machine printed self -laminating style -All control panel wiring to be MTW -Enclosure material = SS316 -Enclosure nominal wall thickness = 0.075" -Enclosure NEMA Rating = 4X -All spare cables and wires to be terminated on terminal blocks -All panel operators spaced 2.75" horizontally center to center and 3.25" vertically center to center -All panel operator engravings to be white background with black letters, 2.25" x 0.5" spaced 0.25" vertically from center of engraving to top center of switch -All engravings mounted with adhesive backing -All wires to be routed in narrow finger plastic wire duct at 1.0 & 1.5" x 3.0" nominal size - duct mounted to back plate with stainless steel machine screws -All applicable devices to be mounted on 35mm DIN rail attached to backplate with stainless steel machine screws -Alarm Beacon mounted with gasket and its rated NEMA 4X -All cut/punched/drilled surfaces shall be deburred and all edges broken and free from any sharp or protruding material -All surfaces shall be free from manufacturer's defects and any damage -All hardware penetrations through enclosure exterior walls must be sealed with appropriately sized, stainless steel sealing washers -Entire assembled control panel will be UL listed and bear a label stating as such -Electrical Control Panel cable entry and exit shall be from bottom side STATUS: IN DESIGN "Breath Better" REV. DESCRIPTIONS DATE BY 110KRESSON-GIBBSBOROROAD b Foaik SUITE 303 THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, 1 Released for A royal 11/12/2020 ST 4 VORHEES, NJ 08043 p p W W W.BIOAI RSOLUTIONS.COM PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 00 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST — T,T,F WARRANTY NOTICE: De not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so EDMON DS WWTP CARBON RECOVERY may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. O PROJECT — ECOPU RE EP 1 0283 PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information � 2. INDEX contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, SCALE owv F .S. C D2 and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC N.T01 18 E 2 2 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of an p fY 9 9 Y co Ir rw ilr svAre erT or dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. = ST 1 1 / 12/20 2 15 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 BY OTHER 480V 3� 60HZ L1 L2 L3 DS0302 MO DISCONNECT SWITCH P20 KA M M G L1 L2 L3 PDBO304 POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK RATED 400A G r XF0319- 1 000VA 4 L1 FU0318 N N N 8 5n 5 tc v v IN 00I FU0320A L2 1 FU0320 2 7 120VAC 1 7 sn 1 tc HAMMOND �4 3 PH1000MQMJ rM'l M L — — 3 M 0430 OVAC 0430 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 G G L1 L2 L3 JVAC. 60HZ STATUS: IN DESIGN Breath Better if REV. DESCRIPTIONS DATE R � 110KRESSON-GIBBSBOROROAD b�oair. SUITE 303 VORHEES,NJOSO43 ` ereomeenre. WWW BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 1 Released for A royal pp 11/12/2020 ST 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. TITLE.' ED M O N D S WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT — EC O P U R E E P 1 0283 O PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC coSIZE: 3—AC POWER WIRING —A scaLE. owc n: aEv: T.S.N.C D201 1 8E 3 2 gf n y APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be i f ibl res onse or verifying acritical and conditions. or muse notified writing oa p fYigllitil dimensions d field ditiBioAir t btifid iiti dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. B eY ST DATE SHEET: OF 1 1 / 1 2/20 3 15 2 2 2 2 G E L1 E L2 E L3 E Y GI L STARTUP PUMP MOTOR STARTER FU0403 M0448 OL0403 1 04030 04031 04031 1 � i L2 04040 I 04041 04041 0A ------------i L3 I 04050 ' 04051 04051 ; 20A0 -----------' 448 0348 G G L2 L3 M OT0404 M STARTUP PUMP 1.3 DEVICE #RP-01 `.7.5HP, FLA 11 A i i i 1 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 120VAC +24VDC —OV from 429 to 500,900 N G STATUS: IN DESIGN Breath Better rr R E\✓ DESCRIPTIONS DATE E ` 00 \ 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO ROAD SUITE NJ 303 VOOAIRS LUTIO Spp ereomeenre�. WWW.BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM bppair THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 1 Released for A royal 11/12/2020 ST 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. TITLE.' ED M O N D S WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT — EC 0 P U R E E P 1 0283 0 PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC m 4—AC POWER & DISTRIBUTION WIRING scaLE. N.T.s. owc n: C D201 1 8E 4 aEv: 2 gf y APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be i f ibl res onse or verifying acritical and conditions. or muse notified writing oan p fYigllitil dimensions d field ditiBioAir t btifid iiti dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. SIZE: BBY ST DATE 1 1 / 1 2/20 SHEET: OF 4 1 5 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 +24\ 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 +24VDC from 459 to 530 G +24VDC 30 1from 529 31 U M 32 > 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 T to 600 +24VDC —0V from 529 0 G from 529 0 .o DO Ito 500 _,0 , G STATUS: IN DESIGN Breath Better if R Ev✓ DESCRIPTIONS DATE E` \ 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO ROAD SUITE 303 THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 1 Released for A royal pp 11/12/2020 ST � VORHEES,NJOSO43 biooair ereomeenre. WWW BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. TITLE.' ED M O N D S WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT — EC 0 P U R E E P 1 0283 PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC coSIZE: 5—DC WIRING DISTRIBUTION SCALE. N.T.s. wc n: oC D201 1 8E 5 aEv: 2 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be i f ibl res onse or verifying acritical anfieconditions. or muse notified writing oan p �igllitil dimensions d field ditiBioAir t btifid iiti gf y dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. B BY ST DATE SHEET: OF 1 1 / 1 2/20 5 15 +24VDC +24VDC 00 from 559 from 659 01 +24VDC 02 +2, 03 +2 04 +24VDC 05 --- 06 +24VDC 07 08 IRRI 09 11 10 11 12 13 2 14 NU 1 t24VDC 11 16 17 21 18 ST 19 11 20 21 22 23 21 24 C R0350 25 1 1 1-4 350 VFD RUNNING RELAY 26 +24VDC 27 28 29 4.7K OHMS PADDLEWHEEL FLOW SENSOR FT_01 ---- ------ CBL0603 ----------4------- RED SHLD FS_01 1 -----CB-----/------DI:O B RN�o-WHT SS0607 BLOWER �OX 1 713 14 GATION VALVE SS0609 75c14 —rLp- TRIENT PUMP SS0615 7 9c14 X 24 ARTUP PUMP SS0619 i 7 7 14 C R0348 11 14 348 VFD FAULT RELAY M0448 13 14 448 STARTUP PUMP MOTOR STARTER Allen Bradley 1766-132BWA RAC K 1 SLOT 0 —OV G +24VDC EMBEDDED PLC INPUTS from 559 from 559 30 PLC 0434 COM 0 31 0 32 DI:O/O IN 0 FT-01 +24VDC +2' IRRIGATION WATER 33 DI:O/O FLOW METER 34 DI:O/1 IN 1 FS_01 NUTRIENT PUMP FLOW SWITCH 35 DI:O/1 36 DI:O/2 N 2 B L_01 BLOWER MANUAL RUN 37 DI:O/2 SELECTOR SWITCH 38 DI:0/3 IN 3 ABV_01 IRRIGATION VALVE MANUAL OPEN 39 DI:0/3 SELECTOR SWITCH 40 COM 1 41 42 DI:O/4 N 4 V_01 IRRIGATION IRRIGATION VALVE AUTO 43 DI:O/4 SELECTOR SWITCH 44 DI:0/5 N 5 NP_01 OV NUTRIENT PUMP MANUAL RUN G 45 DI:O/5 SELECTOR SWITCH 46 DI:O/6 IN 6 NP_01 NUTRIENT PUMP AUTO 47 DI:O/6 SELECTOR SWITCH 48 DI:0/7 IN 7 RP-01 STARTUP PUMP MANUAL RUN 49 DI:O/7 SELECTOR SWITCH 50 COM 2 51 52 DI:O/8 IN 8 RP-01 STARTUP PUMP AUTO 53 DI:O/8 SELECTOR SWITCH 54 DI:O/9 N 9 B L_01 BLOWER 55 DI:O/9 RUNNING FEEDBACK 56 DI:O/10 IN 10 BL_01 BLOWER 57 DI:O/10 FAULT FEEDBACK 58 DI:O/11 N 11 RP-01 STARTUP PUMP 59 DI:O/11 RUNNING FEEDBACK to 630 to 63C o 500,600,700 —OV +24VDC Allen Bradley 1766—L32BWA RAC K 1 SLOT 0 —OV EMBEDDED PLC INPUTS PLC 0434 COM 3 —OV 0 OL0403 DI:O/12 IN 12 DI:O/1 2 RP-01 FAULTUP PUMP FEE BACK 98 403 0348 DI:O 13 DI:0/13 IN13 DI_SPR_07 SPARE DI:O/13 DIGITAL INPUT 07 DI: O 14 DI:O/14 IN 14 DI_SPR_06 SPARE DI:0/14 DIGITAL INPUT 06 DI:O 15 DI:0/15 IN 15 DI_SPR_05 SPARE DI:O/15 DIGITAL INPUT 05 DI:O 16 DI:O/16 IN 16 DI_SPR_04 SPARE DI:O/16 DIGITAL INPUT 04 DI:O 17 DI:O/17 IN 17 DI_SPR_03 SPARE DI:O/17 DIGITAL INPUT 03 DI:O 18 DI:0/18 IN 18 DI_SPR_02 SPARE DI:O/18 DIGITAL INPUT 02 DI:O 19 DI:0/19 IN 19 DI_SPR_01 SPARE DI:O/19 DIGITAL INPUT 01 COM OV-M V-M —OV G 2 to 720 to 700 —OV G STATUS: IN DESIGN BreathBetterrr REV. DESCRIPTIONS DATE RY 00 - 110KRESSON-GIBBSBOROROAD irSUITE 303 VOOAIRS,NJ LUTION3 bppa' ereomeenre�. WWW BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 1 Released for A royal pp 11/12/2020 ST 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. TITLE' E D M O N D S WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT — EC 0 P U R E E P 1 0283 6 —PLC INPUTS — 0 m PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC scaLE owG. n Rev N . T. S. C D 2 0 g E 6 2 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of an P f� 9 9 Y dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. slzE 8 ev ST oarE 1 1 1 2�20 SHEET of 6 15 Allen Bradley 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 +24VD 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 +24VDC om 659 RRIGATION VALVE IPEN RELAY 10 438 d C 440 JUTRIENT PUMP RUN RELAY J 0 443 JC SLOWER RUN RELAY J 0 344 STARTUP PUMP G RUN RELAY 10 448 AMBER ALARM BEACON DCS SYSTEM FAIL ALARM RELAY 101045 1C 730 —0V 'from 659 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 +24\ 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 +to 730 59 G +24VDC Allen Bradley from 729 —OVI G 'from 729 + to 800 + to 800 —OV G STATUS: IN DESIGN "Breath Better If REV. DESCRIPTIONS DATE BY 110KRESSON-GIBBSBOROROAD SUITE 303 THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 1 Released for Approval pp 11/12/2020 ST � VORHEES,NJ08043 bFoa'ir e.�neeem�. WWW.BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. TITLE: ED M O N D S WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT — EC 0 P U R E EP 1 0283 PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC 0— m 7-PLC OUTPUTS scA E. owc. n: aEv.: 2 N.T.S. C D201 1 8E 7 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of an P fY 9 9 Y dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. S2E B eY ST DATE: SHEET: OF 11 / 1 2/20 7 15 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 'from 759 +24VDC am 759 7from 759 —0V AH /Il` from AH /Il\ from +24VDC Al: —OV Al: Allen Bradley 'IOUTO 3 'COM 2 d STATUS: IN DESIGN "Breath Betterrr REV. DESCRIPTIONS DATE BY 110KRESSON-GIBBSBOROROAD SUITE 303 THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 1 Released for A royal pp 11/12/2020 ST � VORHEES,NJ08043 bFoa'ir e.�neeem�. WWW.BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. TITLE: ED M O N D S WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT — EC O P U R E EP 1 0283 O PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC m 8. ANALOG INPUTS & OUTPUTS scA E. owe. n: REv: N.T.S. C D201 1 8E 8 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of an P fY� 9 9 Y dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. S2E 8 eY ST DATE: SHEET: OF 11 / 1 2/20 8 1 5 120VAC 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 "Breath Better" THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of any dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. N G from 759 to 930 120VAC 30 from 929 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 0 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 REV.II DESCRIPTIONS II DATE II BY 1 Released for Approval 11/12/2020 ST 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST N V from 929 N G G Vfrom 929 STATUS: IN DESIGN 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO ROAD SUITE 303 •^�^-•--^^^^ VORHEES, NJ 08043 W W W.BIOAI RSOLUTIONS.COM 00 TITLE: EDMONDS WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT — ECOPURE EP10283 N 9. UTILITIES AC WIRING SCALE N.T.S. DWG# CD20118E 9 CQ SIZE: BY: DATE: SHEET: OFF/J ° B ST 11/12/20 9 15 BY OTHER MAIN CONTROL PANEL 480V 3� 60HZ WATER PANEL "Breath Better" THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of any dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. MAIN CONTROL PANEL WATER PANEL CONTINUED FROM CONTINUED FROM na9a n000 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 REV.II DESCRIPTIONS II DATE II BY 1 Released for Approval 11/12/2020 ST 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST STATUS: IN DESIGN 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO ROAD SUITE 303 VORHEES, NJ 08043 W W W.BIOAI RSOLUTIONS.COM W• TITLE: EDMONDS WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT — ECOPURE EP10283 N 10—LOOP DIAGRAM F�ALEN.T.S. DWG# CD20118E 10 ftEV 0] SIZE: BY: DATE: SHEET' OFF/J ° B ST 11/12/20 10 15 INLET HOOD INLET HOOD ICI FRONT VIEW BOTTOM VIEW 1111/ 1' DANGER EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN O Oo 2.0" Black Duct (480VAC) O 2.0" Black 0 U O EXHAL p' c� I FAN tax 1.5" Black Duct (480VAC) �( o 4 "0 1.5" Gray Duct (120VAC) f f ❑ YYYYY E 2.0" Shielded Duct (24VDC & 120VAC) ® Oo O xu 2.0" Shielded Duct (24VDC & 120VAC) ❑ E N � > i o N V V 0 N c7 U m m 1.5" White Dud INLET O O HOOD O O 2.0" Shielded Dud (24VDC & 120VAC) o m o O O O O 111 EXTERNAL REAR VIEW NOTE: GENERIC GENERAL ARRANGEMENT ACTUAL LAYOUT TO BE DETERMINED DURING PRODUCTION PHASE. LEFT SIDE VIEW I-� 12.0000 1 RIGHT SIDE VIEW STATUS: IN DESIGN Breath Better" REV. DESCRIPTIONS DATE RY 00 \\ 110KRESSON-GIBBSBOROROAD ��Oalir SUITE 303 VORHEES, NJOSO43 erearneee7 WWW.BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 1 Released for A royal pp 11/12/2020 ST 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. T,TLE, ED M O N D S WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT — EC 0 P U R E E P 1 0283 — O PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC In 1 1 . ENCLOSURE LAYOUT SCALE Dwc u: REv.: 2 N.T.S. C D201 1 8E 1 1 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of an P fY� 9 g y dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. SIZE: B BY ST DATE SHEET: OF 1 1 / 1 2/20 1 1 15 TAGS QTY CATALOG MFG DESCRIPTION E-PANEL 1 SCE-60EL3612SS6LPPL Saginaw Main Enclosure NEMA 4X 316SS, 60 x 36 x 12 ", 3pt latch, lockable 1 SCE-60P36 Saginaw Main Enclosure inner panel 57 x 33 ", Powder Coated White DS0302 1 R91_3200FJ Eaton 200A Rated Main Disconnect Switches 1 SF40OPHl OX10 Eaton Shaft Extension for Selector Handle 1 PHB2N4XF Eaton External Front Pistol Handle, NEMA 4X 3 LPJ-150SP Bussmann Low-PeakTm LPJ Class J 60OVac/30OVdc, 150A, dual element, time -delay fuses PDB0304 1 569050 Erico 400A Rated Unipolar Power Distribution Block FU0403 1 JM60030-3CR Bussmann IP20 finger safe DIN -Rail holders for Class-J fuses 3 LPJ-20SP Bussmann Low-PeakTm LPJ Class J 60OVac/30OVdc, 20A, dual element, time -delay fuses M0448 1 LC1 D25G7 Square D TeSys D contactor - 3P(3 NO) - AC-3 - — 440 V 25 A - 120 V AC coil OL0403 1 LRD16 Square D TeSys LRD thermal overload relays - 9...13 A -class 1 OA FU0318 FU0320 2 LP-CC-5 Bussmann Low-PeakTm LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 5 A time -delay fuses FU0320A 1 LP-CC-12 Bussmann Low-PeakTm LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 12 A time -delay fuses XF0319 1 PH1000MQMJ Hammond HPS Imperator 480x240 / 240x120 Control Transformer Specifications, 1000VA 2 FG5 Hammond Finger -safe cover for control transformers, Cover fits primary or secondary side 1 PFK3 Hammond Primary side fuse kit, 4 fuse clips, 4 mounting screws FU0353 1 JM60200-3CR Bussmann Modular IP20 finger safe DIN -Rail holders for Class-J fuses 3 LPJ-100SP Bussmann Low-PeakTm LPJ Class J 60OVac/30OVdc, 100A, dual element, time -delay fuses VFD0353 1 20G11 ND077JAONNNNN Allen Bradley Powerflex 755 ac drive, with embedded ethernethp, air cooled,3 pole 480vac open type, 77 amps, 60hp ND 1 20-COMM-H Allen Bradley HVAC communication adapter comm 24vdc 1 20-750-2262C-2R Allen Bradley 24v do 22-series i/o module vfd 2 analog in, 2 analog out, 6 digital in and 2 relay outputs 1 20-HIM-C6S Allen Bradley Enhanced, Icd, full numeric keypad vfd 24vdc SU0431 1 D120V1P ASCO Surge Protective Devices, Single phase 120VAC FU0434 3 CHM1 DIU Bussmann 10 x 38 Fuse Holder 30 Amp 600AC, 1 P FU0446 FU0453 3 LP-CC-2 Bussmann Low-PeakTm LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 2 A time -delay fuses FU0438 FU0443 FU0457 3 CHM1 DIU Bussmann 10 x 38 Fuse Holder 30 Amp 600AC, 1 P 3 LP-CC-6 Bussmann Low-PeakTm LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 6 A time -delay fuses PLC0434 1 1766-L32BWA Allen Bradley MicroLogix 1400 PLC 1 1762-IF2OF2 Allen Bradley Expansion 10 Module, 2CH Al / 2CH AO PSO454 1 DRL-24V120W1AA Delta 24VDC Power Supply Unit, 120W, Input 120VAC, 60Hz FU0501 2 CF4U Altech Fused terminal block, 5x20mm FU0507 2 GMA-2-R Bussmann Control Power fuse, 2A HM10501 1 Compact Series D Square D In Touch Panel PC, 7 " Color Touchscreen HMI 1 AMHM1120L Allied Moulded Hinged Window for HMI, Opaque, NEMA 4X STATUS: IN DESIGN Breath Better rr REV. DESCRIPTIONS DATE BY tb 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO ROAD �F� Nir SUITE 3 W W W. BIOAI RSOLUTIONS.COM VORHEES, NJ 08043 `" THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 1 Released for Approval 11/12/2020 ST 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. TITLE: ED MO N D S WWTP C AR B 0 N RECOVERY PROJECT — EC 0 P U R E E P 1 02 8 3 PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC N m 12. BILL OF MATERIAL-1 SCALE' DWG. #: REV' N.T.S. C D201 1 8E 1 2 2 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of an P Y 9 9 Y dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. s¢E: B ev: ST Dare 1 2�20 SHEET of 2 5 TAGS QTY CATALOG MFG DESCRIPTION NWS0507 1 106FX-ST N-Tron Ethernet Switch, 4 Ports, Unmanaged Din Rail Mount With 2 FO Port SS0607 1 9001 SK1 1J35LRFR Square D 2 Position Selector Switch; Maintained, Knob Actuator, Red SS0609 SS0615 SS0619 3 9001 SK43J35LRFR Square D 3 Position Selector Switch; Maintained, Knob Actuator, Red CR0348 C R0350 C R0703 CR0707 CR0711 CR0715 CR0721 7 KPR-SCE-24VACDC-1 Klemsan Interface relay, 35mm DIN rail mount, 24 VAC/VDC coil voltage, SPDT, (1) N.O., 6A contact rating, LED indicator(s). AB0719 1 RSL-BW-BK Federal Signal Wall base alarm beacon 24vdc alarm 1 RSL-WMHM-120-240BK Federal Signal Wiring module for alarm beacon 24vdc wiring module 1 RSL-LMS-F-A Federal Signal Steady light module, amber 24vdc light 1 RSL-SMM-BK Federal Signal Sound module for alarm beacon 24vdc FU0902 3 CHM3DIU Bussmann CH Modular IP20 finger safe DIN -Rail holders for Class -CC fuses FU0906 FU0910 3 LP-CC-4 Bussmann Low-PeakTm LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 4 A time -delay fuses LT0902 1 SCE-SLOF Saginaw LED Strip Light with On/Off Switch TAS0906 1 SCE-TEMNO Saginaw Thermostat EF0906 1 KNP60RFLV Kooltronic NEMA 4X Exhaust Fan, 120VAC 1 KNPA60FL Kooltronic NEMA 4X Inlet Hood HTR0810 1 DAH2O01A Hoffman 200 Watts Heater with Embedded Thermostat, 120VAC GB0301 1 GBK10CS Eaton 10 terminal ground bar kit Terminals 3 CTS50/70N Altech 20.5mm feed through screw terminal block, 8-2/0 AWG, Grey Terminals 1 GCT35U Altech 16mm ground screw terminal block, 8-2 AWG, Yellow/Green Terminals 3 CTS35UN Altech 16mm feed through screw terminal block, 8-1/0 AWG, Grey Terminals 1 GCT35U Altech 16mm ground screw terminal block, 8-2 AWG, Yellow/Green Terminals 3 CTS6U Altech 8mm feed through screw terminal block, 22-8 AWG, Grey Terminals 1 EP6/10U Altech End Plate, Grey Terminals 1 CGT6N Altech 8mm ground screw terminal block, 22-8 AWG, Yellow/Green Terminals 10 CTS4U-N Altech 6mm feed through screw terminal block, 22-10 AWG, Grey Terminals 57 CTS2.5U-N Altech 5mm feed through screw terminal block, 22-12 AWG, Grey Terminals 15 EP2.5/4UN Altech End Plate, Grey Terminals 5 CGT4N Altech 6mm ground screw terminal block, 22-10 AWG, Yellow/Green Terminals 4 CTS2.5U-N/G Altech 5mm ground screw terminal block, 22-12 AWG, Green Terminals 55 CA802 Altech End Stop, Grey STATUS: IN DESIGN Breath Better rr R EV. D E SC R I PTA 0 N S DATE BY 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO ROAD A SUITE 303 THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 1 Released for Approval pP 11/12/2020 ST tb J VORHEES, NJ08043 WWW.BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. TITLE E D M O N D S WWTP C AR B 0 N RECOVERY PROJECT — EC 0 P U R E E P 1 02 8 3 0 PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC Co 3. BILL OF MATE R IAL— 2 scale. owc. n: Rev: 2 N.T.S. C D201 1 8E 1 3 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of an P Y 9 9 Y dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. size B er ST DATE: 1 2/20 sr+eer of 3 1 5 Laminated plastic nameplates (melamine plastic) Thickness 0.125" White background with Black lettering Surface shall be matte finish & Corners shall be square Engraving Size 0.5 x 1.75" & 0.5 X 2.25" Text Height 0.125" SS0619 SS0609 STARTUP PUMP IRRIGATION VALVE ON OFF AUTO OPEN CLOSE AUTO 0.50 " f� 2.25 " � 2.25 " I�I Laminated plastic nameplates (melamine plastic) Thickness 0.125" White background with Black lettering Surface shall be matte finish & Corners shall be square Engraving Size 3.5 x 3" Text Height 0.125" 3.5" Control Panel UL Namplate NAME: OCU SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL DRAWING: CD20118 CUSTOMER: EDMONDS WWTP CARBON RECOVERY PROJECT DATE: 12/21 /2020 VOLTAGE / Hz: 480VAC 60Hz LARGEST SINGLE FLA: 77 A SCCR RATING: 200kA ENCLOSURE TYPE: NEMA 4X PANEL FLA: 150A PANEL SHOP: UL FILE: SS0615 NUTRIENT PUMP ON OFF AUTO i� 2.25 " As per Label SS0607 BLOWER ON OFF f� 2.25 " Entire assembled control panel will be UL listed and bear a label stating as such 5.511 3.00 EcoPure EP1 0283 ='p Odor Control System Control Panel 2.75 M11 4.50 3.00 OWARNING % AW..e Electrical Shock Hazard! • Disconnect power and lock out unit prior to servicing. • Replace and secure access panel before operating. • Failure to follow proper safety procedures could result in death or serious injury. STATUS: IN DESIGN Breath Better = E ,% DESCRIPTIONS DATE B Y \ 110 KRESSON-GIBBSBORO ROAD b ear SUITE 3J VORHEES, NJ08043 THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, 1 Released for Approval pp 11/12/2020 ST PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 00 emorneee"c. WWW BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST TITLE: WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so E D M O N D S WWTP CARBON RECOVERY may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. PROJECT — EC 0 P U R E E P 1 0283 PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information 14. PANEL MARKINGS contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC rp SCALE: DWG. #: N.T.s. C D201 1 8E 14 2 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of an P fY 9 g Y SIZE: BY DATE SHEET: OF dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of production. B ST 1 1 / 1 2/20 14 15 TAGS QTY CATALOG MFG DESCRIPTION SPARE 3 LPJ-20SP BUSSMAN 20 A FUSE SPARE 3 LPJ-150SP BUSSMAN 150 A FUSE SPARE 2 LP-CC-5 BUSSMAN 5 A FUSE SPARE 1 LP-CC-12 BUSSMAN 12 A FUSE SPARE 3 LPJ-100SP BUSSMAN 100 A FUSE SPARE 3 LP-CC-2 BUSSMAN 2 A FUSE SPARE 10 LP-CC-6 BUSSMAN 6 A FUSE SPARE 1 TERMINALS BUSSMAN SPARE TERMINALS SPARE 1 DLIBEG SQUARE D ALARM BEACON LAMP, 120VAC SPARE 15 M22-LED230-W EATON End Plate, Grey SPARE 15 CA802 Altech End Stop, Grey STATUS: IN DESIGN "Breath Better" REV. DESCRIPTIONS DATE BY 110KRESSON-GIBBSBOROROAD bwair SUITE 303 THIS PRINTED COPY MAY NOT BE THE LATEST REVISION, 8043 1 Released for A roval 11/12/2020 ST VOOAIR S, LU IONSpp WWW.BIOAIRSOLUTIONS.COM PLEASE REFER TO BIOAIR ENGINEERING FOR THE MOST CURRENT REVISION. 00 2 Revised as per comments 12/21/2020 ST r TITLE: WARRANTY NOTICE: Do not make any modifications to a BioAir product without first contacting BioAir's engineering department. Doing so — EDMONDS WWTP CARBON RECOVERY may affect product warranty; BioAir shall not be held accountable for any unauthorized rework. 0 PROJECT — ECOPURE EP 10283 PROPRIETARY NOTICE: This drawing contains proprietary and confidential information to BioAir. This drawing and the whole entire information 15. SPARES contained herein, and any other tangible representation thereof, is not to be copied, reproduced, duplicated, distributed or modified in whole or in part, and/or used without the expressed written consent of BioAir Solutions, LLC SCALE. DWG.11 ftEV N.T.s. CD20118E 15 2 APPROVAL NOTICE: The client shall be responsible for verifying all critical dimensions and field conditions. BioAir must be notified in writing of an p y 9 9 y DATE: m BY: SHEET' OF dimensions found to be inconsistent indicated by these approval drawings.The client must submit signed (approved) drawings prior to start of produSIZE: Bction. $T 1 1 / 12/20 15 15 P20118 - Edmonds WWTP OCU-ECP N L.L 0 N ,l LL N N lD � 17Ff-I'')RWA MicroLogix PLC with Extended 10 Modbus TCP/IP Communication . ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ............................ . Aveva In Touch HMI ..............: FHarmWonySTU- I -AA, 7" HMI Project Number: P20118 Prepared: ST Reviewed : MT bpma _ � Approved: RD Ref: lOL20116 Rt Project Name: Edmonds W WTP Carbon Recovery Project Revison: Rev_t Date: 77-Nov-20 No. From To TAG Description Hardwired/Soft Signal (HW/SS) Protocol 1 OCS ECP Plant SCADA FT 01 Irrigation Water Flow Senaor SS 2 OCS ECP PISM SCADA FS_01 Nutrient Pump Flow Switch SS 3 OCS ECP Plant SCADA BL 01 Blower Manual Run Selector Switch SS 4 OCS ECP Plant SCADA ABV 01 Irrigation Valve Manual Open Selector Switch SS 5 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA ABV 01 Irrigation Valve Auto Selector Switch SS 6 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA NP 01 Nutrient Pump Manual Run Selector Switch SS 7 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA NP 01 Nutrient Pump Auto Selector Switch SS 8 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA RP 01 Startup Pump Manual Run Selector Switch SS 9 OCS ECP Plant SCADA RP 01 Startup Pump Auto Selector Switch SS 10 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA BL 01 BImvar Running Feedback SS 11 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA BL 01 Blomr Overload Fault Feedback SS 12 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA RP 01 Startup Pump Running Feedback SS 13 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA RP 01 Startup Pump Fault Feedback SS 14 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA DI SPR_07 Spare Digital Input 07 15 OCS ECP Plant SCADA DI SPR_06 Spare Digital Input 06 16 OCS ECP Plant SCADA DI SPR_05 Spare Digital Input 05 17 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA DI SPR_04 Spare Digital Input 04 18 OCS ECP Plant SCADA DI SPR_03 Spare Digital Input 03 19 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA DI SPR_02 Spare Digital Input 02 20 OCS ECP Plant SCADA DI SPR 01 Spare Digital Input 01 St. No. From To TAG NAME TAG Description Protocol 21 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA ABV 01 Irrigation Valve Open Command SS 22 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA NP 01 Nutrient Pump Run Command SS 23 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA BL 01 Blower Run Command SS 24 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA RP 01 Startup Pump Run Command SS 25 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA OCS ECP ECP Alarm Beacon SS 26 OCS ECP Plant SCADA OCS ECP OCU System Fail Common Alarm HW / SS 27 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA DO_SPR_06 Spare Digital Output 06 28 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA DO_SPR_05 Spare Digital Output 05 29 OCS ECP Plant SCADA DO_SPR_04 Spare Digital Output 04 30 OCS ECP Plant SCADA DO_SPR_03 Spare Digital Output 03 31 OCS ECP Plant SCADA DO_SPR_02 Spare Digital Output 02 32 OCS ECP Plant SCADA DO SPR 01 Spare Digital Output 01 St. No. From To TAG Description Protocol 33 OCS ECP Plant SCADA BL 01 Blower Speed Feedback SS 34 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA At SPR_01 Spare Analog Input 35 OCS ECP PIeM SCADA BL 01 I Blower Speed Reference SS 36 1 OCSECP PIaMSCADA AO_SPR_01 Spare Analog Output lceQube Sizing Calculator Filtered Fan Calculator se Units— Location of Enclosure Standard Outdoors v r Physical outside dimensions of the enclosure Height (inch) Width (inch) Depth (inch) Area (Sq. Ft.) 60 36 12 46.00 Is the enclosure in direct sun? Yes - Light Color Enclosure (Stainless) v Various Desired internal enclosure temperature 96.3 °F Maximum ambient temperature 76 °F The outdoor temperature should be at least 5°F (3°C) cooler than the enclosure, or a fan will not perform correctly. Please select an air conditioner. Heat dissipated by electronic equipment (watts) F 1 003.660� Hz Operation Push -Pull * 60Hz O 50Hz ❑ OR BTU Per Hour Recommended Cooling CFM 288.7 FREE AIR CFM 3422.5 Suggested Products IQ300FPW Please verify with performance curves that the suggested units work with your parameters, or reach out to your Product Sales Specialist at Ice Qube for verification. Calculate Reset Visit IceQube.com Submit by Email Print https://www. iceqube.com?icq=W DM6NjA6MzY6MT16OTYuMzo3NjoxMDAzLjY2 lceQube Sizing Calculator Heat Calculator Units Standard Height (inch) E— 60 v Location of Enclosure v Outdoors v Physical outside dimensions of the enclosure Width (inch) Depth (inch) Area (Sq. Ft.) 36 12 46.00 Insulation R-Value None v Various Desired internal enclosure temperature 77 °F Minimum ambient temperature 39 °F Heat dissipated by electronic equipment (watts) 1003.660 Hz Operation — 60Hz O 50Hz OR BTU Per Hour 3422.5 Recommended Heating Capacity in Watts 164.7 W Calculate Reset Visit IceQube.com Submit by Email Print https://www. iceqube.com?icq=eDM6NjA6MzY6MT16Nzc6Mzk6MTAwMy42Ng== Project Number: P20118 bpoidr .-. Prepared: ST Project Name: Edmonds W WTP Carbon Recovery Project Reviewed: MT Revisor: Rev_7 Approved: RD Data: 11-Nov-20 Ref:EP10283-PID P20118 REVA 17661 TAG NAME TAG Description TYPE OF INSTRUMENT REV SIGNAL LOCATION ALARMS Si. No. SLOT CHANNEL Healthy 1 0 0 FT 01 Irrigation Water Flow Sensor Floc Sensor 0 HSC W P_01 2 0 1 FS_01 Nutrient Pump Flaw Switch Flow Switch 0 DI W P_01 xx 3 0 2 BL 01 Blower Manual Run Selector Switch Selector Switch DI ECP 4 0 3 ABV_01 Irrigation Valve Manual Open Selector Switch Selector Switch 0 DI ECP 5 0 4 ABV_01 Irrigation Valve Auto Selector Switch Selector Switch 0 DI ECP 6 0 5 NP_01 Nutrient Pump Manual Run Selector Switch Selector Switch 0 DI ECP 7 0 6 NP_01 Nutrient Pump Auto Selector Switch Selector Switch 0 DI ECP 8 0 7 RP 01 Startup Pump Manual Run Selector Switch Selector Switch 0 DI ECP 9 0 8 RP 01 Startup Pump Auto Selector Switch Selector Switch 0 DI ECP 10 0 9 BL_01 Blower Running Feedback VFD Starter 0 DI ECP 11 0 10 BL_01 Blower Overload Fault Feedback VFD Starter 0 DI ECP 12 0 11 RP 01 Startup Pump Running Feedback DOL Starter 0 DI ECP 13 0 12 RP 01 Startup Pump Fault Feedback DOL Starter 0 DI ECP 14 0 13 DI_SPR_07 Spare Digital Input 07 --- 15 0 14 DI_SPR_06 Spare Digital Input 06 --- 16 0 15 DI_SPR_05 Spare Digital Input 05 --- 17 0 16 DI_SPR_04 Spare Digital Input 04 --- 18 0 17 DI_SPR_03 Spare Digital Input 03 --- 19 0 18 DI_SPR_02 Spare Digital Input 02 --- 20 0 19 DI_SPR_01 Spare Digital Input 01 --- 1766-L32BWA TAG NAME TAG Description TYPE OF INSTRUMENT REV SIGNAL LOCATION ALARMS SI. No. SLOT CHANNEL 21 0 0 ABV 01 Irrigation Valve Open Command Raley 0 DO ECP z 22 0 1 NP_01 Nutrient Pump Run Command Relay 0 DO ECP z 23 0 2 BL_01 Blower Run Command Relay 0 DO ECP z 24 0 3 RP 01 Startup Pump Run Command Relay 0 DO ECP z 25 0 4 OCS_ECP ECP Alarm Beacon Alarm Beacon 0 DO ECP z 26 0 5 OCS ECP OCU System Fail Gammon Alarm Relay 0 DO ECP z 27 0 6 DO_SPR_06 Spare Digital Output 06 --- 0 DO ECP 28 0 7 DO_SPR_05 Spare Digital Output 05 --- 0 DO ECP 29 0 8 DO_SPR_04 Spare Digital Output 04 --- 0 DO ECP 0 9 DO_SPR_03 Spare Digital Output 03 --- 0 DO ECP i32 0 10 DO_SPR_02 Spare Digital Output 02 --- 0 DO ECP 0 11 DO SPR 01 Spare Digital Output 01 --- 0 DO ECP 1762-IF2OF2 TAG NAME TAG Description TYPE OF INSTRUMENT REV SIGNAL LOCATION ALARMS SI. No. SLOT CHANNELir 33 1 0 BL_01 Blower Speed Feedback VFD 0 Al ECP 34 1 1 AI_SPR_01 Spare Analog Input --- 0 Al ECP 35 1 2 BL_01 Blower Speed Reference VFD 0 AO ECP 36 1 3 AO_SPR_01 Spare Analog Output --- 0 1 AO I ECP P20118 - Edmonds WWTP Carbon Recovery Project PLC System Architecture - R2 OCU-ECP Microl-ogix 1400 PLC with Extension Module S!F 6 . Modbus TCP/IP Communication ........................................... : FO Cables By Others o r-, 4j • � o • o E � 4 RJ45 + 2 FO Port ' o N u O1 ■ InTouch Panel PC Compact Series D a ■ 4j v c L ■ ■ ■ LU 192.168.000.118 Ethernet IP Communication Unmanaged Ethernet Switch 7" HMI Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 E.2. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DATA SHEETS SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO Project Name: Edmonds WWTP Carbon Recovery Project Fo i "i r BioAir Project No: P20118 Brearhe8etter. December 215' ,2020 Document Number: DS20118- R2 Number of System : 01 DS - Data Sheet Index • Data Sheet Index Page 01 • Main Electrical Enclosure Page 02 • Disconnect Switch Page 05 • Type J Fuse and Fuse Holder Page 09 • Power Distribution Block Page 14 • VFD and accessories Page 16 • Type CC Fuse and Fuse Holder Page 25 • DOL Motor Starter Page 30 • Control Transformer Page 38 1 Phase Surge Suppressor Page 40 • 5x20mm Fused Terminal Block Page 42 • 5x20mm Control Fuse Page 44 • Thermostat Page 47 • NEMA 4X Exhaust Fan Page 49 • Enclosure Heater Page 52 • Enclosure Light Page 55 • MicroLogix 1400 PLC & Expansion 1O's Page 57 24VDC Power Supply Unit Page 88 7" HMI Page 93 Hinged Inspection Window Page 98 • Ethernet Switch Page 100 • Panel Operators Page 104 • Control Relays Page 109 • Alarm Beacon Page 113 • Terminal Block System Page 126 • Ground Bar Page 132 bppiiir&Wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Saginaw Part Number SCE-60L3612SS6LPPL Description Main Enclosure NEMA 4X 316SS, 60 X36 X12 ", 3 t latch, lockable Manufacturer Saginaw Part Number SCE-60P36 Description Main Enclosure inner panel, Powder Coated White Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description and Enineerin r ?w � SAGINAW 95 Midland Road Sag nraw, MI 48638-5770 CM CONTROL & (800) 234-6871 - Fax: (989) 799-4524 �V ENGINEERING SCE@SaginawControl.com Your Enclosure Source FsCE-60EL3612SS6LPPL, Construction • 0.075 In. stainless steel Type 316/316L. • Seams continuously welded and ground smooth. • Flange trough collar around all sides of door opening • Collar studs 3/8-16 provided for mounting optional panels. # Mounting holes in back of enclosure for wall mounting. cr Mounting hardware, sealing washer and hole plug included. # Stainless steel concealed hinges. • Removable and inchangeable doors. • Black zinc die cast keylocking/padlocking handle. • 3-point latching mechanism. • Removable print pocket. • Pour in place oil & water resistant gasket • Ground stud on door and body. Application Designed to house electrical and electronic controls, instrumentation and components in indoor or outdoor locations. For outdoor applications a drip shield is recommended. Finish #4 Brushed finish on all exterior surfaces. Optional sub -panels are powder coated white. Industry Standards - (IS6) • NEMA7ype 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and Type 13 • UL Listed Type 3R, 4, 4X and 12 • CSA Type 4, 4X and 12 IEC 60529 IP 66 Notes Special Instructions apply for IS3, IS4 and IS6 to maintain the environmental rating of Type 3R for these parts. Instructions are located on the enclosure door. Dri shield is required on IS3, drip shield is recommended on IS4 andplS6. Drain holes are required on all. Provision for Lifting Lugs on enclosures when Height >48" and Depth >16". The Lifting Lug assembly will be included wifh the enclosure bolt pack. Product Specifications: Part Number: SCE-60EL3612SS6LPPL Description: S.S. LPPL Enclosure Height: 60.00" Width: 36.00" Depth: 12.00" Price Code: S9 List Price: $3,457.58 Catalog Page: 272 Est. Ship Weight: 172.50 Ibs Optional Accessories SCE-601336 Subpanel, Bent SCE-60P36GALV Subpanel, Bent Galvanized SCE-BVK Breather Vent SCE-DF60EL36LP Panel, Dead Front (Wall Mount) SCE-DS36SS Shield, S.S. Drip SCE-ELMFK4SS6-OS Foot Kit, S.S. EL Mounting (4pc.) SCE-ELSP3 KIT, Swing -Out Panel (20 High & Up) SCE-RD60EL36SS6LPPL Door, Replacement Similar Part Numbers SCE-48EL3612SS6LPPLS.S. LPPL Enclosure Installation Information • Dead Front Wall Mount With 3 Point Latching Hardware cr Sealing Washer Specifications t EL Flush Mount Frame tt Dead Front Wall Mount Installation Instructions Swing Panel ELSP3 for Encl. Height> 16 Drip Shield Kit Assembly Service Parts Wall Mount Enclosures t Service Parts Wall Mount Disconnect Enclosures ?� SAGINAW s llll� CONTROL & ENGINEERING Your Enclosure Source Construction o Subpanel, Bent - 0.125 In. Carbon Steel. • Subpanel, Flat - 0.075 In. Carbon Steel. Finish Powder Coated White. Industry Standards - (IS17) • NEMANotApplicable • ULNotApplicable * CSA N/A Saginaw Control and Engineering 95 Midland Road Saginaw, MI 48638-5770 (800) 234-6871 - Fax: (989) 799-4524 SCE@SaginawControl.com SCE-60P36 Product Specifications: Part Number: SCE-601336 Description: Subpanel, Bent Height: 57.00" Width: 33.00" Depth: 0.88" Price Code: P3 List Price: $189.89 Catalog Page: 418 Est. Ship Weight: 58.00 Ibs Similar Part Numbers SCE-48P24Subpanel, Bent SCE-48P30Subpanel, Bent SCE-48P36Subpanel, Bent SCE-48P42Subpanel, Bent SCE-60BFP42Subpanel, Bent SCE-60P24Subpanel, Bent SCE-60P30Subpanel, Bent SCE-601342Subpanel, Bent SCE-60P48Subpanel, Bent SCE-60PC36Subpanel, Bent Installation Information * Sub -Plate Layout & Grounding for 3/8-16 bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Eaton Part Number R9L3200FJ Description 200A Rated Main Disconnect Switches Manufacturer Eaton Part Number SF40OPH10X10 Description Shaft Extension for Selector Handle Manufacturer Eaton Part Number PHB2N4XF Description External Front Pistol Handle, NEMA 4X Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description 1.3 Circuit Protection Rotary Disconnect Switches Fusible 30400A R9 Series Fusible 30-800A R9 Fusible 30A/CC and 30A/J (H Frame) — Direct and External Operation Product Identification v External front handles O Direct handle O Shaft extensions for external handles ® Configurable U Type ACs, for pre -break and signaling or TEST Features • Load break functionality • Double break contacts • Up to 200 kA short-circuit rating with Class CC, J or L fuses • Compact footprints • Defeatable pistol handles automatically re -latch when the panel door is closed • Front or right side operation • NFPA79 compliant kits • Two-, three- and four -pole devices R9 Fusible 30A/J-80OA/L (1—N Frames) — Direct and External Operation 0 # - I L ' y 0 Product Identification O External front handles O External right side handle (not applicable for N Frame 600/800A) Direct handle © Shaft extensions for external handles © Configurable U Type ACs, for pre -break and signaling or TEST Side auxiliary contacts Terminal shrouds V9-T1-54 Volume 9—OEM—Original Equipment Manufacturer CA08100011E—February 2014 www.eaton.com 34.3 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Front and Right Side Operation, continued Ampere Rating External Front (Frame) Number Switch Direct Handle Pistol Handle External Right Side (Fuse Class) of Poles Body Only (Black) (Choose one) Pistol Handle (Choose one) 60(D 2 (K-Frame)(J) 3 � 100 2 2 IILFr�mcl 1 I I R9K2060FJ DHR9J2M R9K3060FJ R9K4060FJ R9K2100FJ R9K3100FJ R9K4100FJ 200 2 R9L2200FJ (L-Frame) (J) 3 R9L3200FJ 4 R9L4200FJ 400 3 (M-Frame)(J) 4 600 2 (N-Frame)(J) 3 4 800 2 (N-Frame) (L) 3 4 Note O 200 kA short-circuit rating. R9M3400FJ R9M4400FJ R9N2600FJ DHR9N R9N3600FJ R9N4600FJ R9N2800FL R9N3800FL R9N4800FL Black 1,3R,12 PHB2N12F Red 1,3R,12 PHR2N12F Black PHB2N4XF Red 4,4X PHR2N4XF Black 4,4X (w/ TEST Position) PHB2N4XFT Red 4,4X (w/ TEST Position) PHR2N4XFr Black 4, 4X PHB3N4XF Red 4,4X PHR3N4XF Black 4, 4X PHB2N4XS Red 4,4X PHR2N4XS V5-T34-32 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2011 www.eaton.com Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 34.3 Front and Right Side Operation, continued F -!`X" lo, Ampere Rating (Frame) Number Switch (Fuse Class) of Poles Body Only %Q�14 Shaft Extensions for External Handle NFPA In (mm) (Choose one) 79 Kit 60(D 2 R9K2060FJ 7.90(200.0) NFPA79JKL (K-Frame)(J) Pistol 3 R9K3060FJ SF200PH10X10 4 R9K4060FJ 100 2 R9K2100FJ i VVtol " V, Pis (K-Frame) (J) 3 R9K3100FJ SF320PH10X10 4 R9K4100FJ 15.70(400.0) 200 2 R9L2200FJ (L-Frame)(J) SF400PH10X10 3 R9L3200FJ 19.70(500.0) 4 R9L4200FJ Pistol 400 3 R9M3400FJ SF50OPH10X10 (M-Frame)(J) 4 R9M4400FJ 600 2 R9N2600FJ 7.90(200.0) NFPA79N (N-Frame) (J) Pistol 3 R9N3600FJ SF200PH12X12 4 R9N4600FJ 800 2 R9N2800FL V Vl "" , Pisto (N-Frame)(L) 3 R9N3800FL SF320PH12X12 4 R9N4800FL 15.70 (400.0) Pistol SF400PH12X12 19.70 (500.0) Pistol SF500PH12X12 Note O 200 kA short-circuit rating. Auxiliary Auxiliary Contacts Contacts Terminal (Choose one) (Choose one) Shrouds 1 AC 1 AC Integral to switch NO NO+NC ACINOR9 AC1N01NCJ2N 1 AC 2 AC NC NO+NC ACINCR9 AC2NO2NCJ2N 1 AC NO+NC TSR9L2 w/ TEST AC1N01NCJ2NT TSR9L3 2 AC TSR9L4 NO+NC TSR9M3 w/TEST AC2NO2NCJ2NT TSR9M4 1 AC TSR9N2 NO+NC TSR9N3 AC1N01NCJ2N TSR9N4 2 AC NO+NC TSR9N2 AC2NO2NCJ2N TSR9N3 TSR9N4 M Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2011 www.eaton.com V5-T34-33 bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number LPJ-150SP Description Class J 600Vac/300Vdc, 150A, dual element, time -delay fuses Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number LPJ-100SP Description Class J 600Vac/300Vdc, 100A, dual element, time -delay fuses Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number LPJ-20SP Description Class J 600Vac/300Vdc, 20A, dual element, time -delay fuses Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number JM60200-3CR Description Modular IP20 finger safe DIN -Rail holders for Class-J fuses, Rated 200A Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number JM60030-3CR Description Modular IP20 finger safe DIN -Rail holders for Class-J fuses, Rated 60A Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Low -Peak" LPJ Class J 600Vac/300Vdc, 70-600A, dual element, time -delay fuses Catalog numbers (amps) - non -indicating fuses* RoHS LPJ-70SP LPJ-125SP LPJ-250SP LPJ-500SP LPJ-80SP I LPJ-150SP LPJ-300SP LPJ-600SP LPJ-90SP LPJ-175SP LPJ-350SP 0 LPJ-100SP LPJ-200SP LPJ-400SP Low -Pm 'ROMATOR LPJ-110SP LPJ-225SP LPJ-450SP *Open fuse indication available on all part numbers by "J ° inserting the suffix "I;' e.g., LPJ-90SPI. Requires 75Vac Available with easylDTM minimum voltage. Indicating fuses are not Vdc rated. open use indication Carton Quantity: Amp rating Carton qty. 70-200 5 Catalog symbols: 225-600 1 • LPJ-(amp)SP (non -indicating) Dimensions - in: • LPJ-(amp)SPI (indicating) 4.63" 3" 3.63" 5.25' 2.83"� 0.75" 1.13" �3.38' �� 0.4' Description: 0.38"I, 0.28'� 1.1, " 2" 0.53"---"�1.68' 0.25" Bussmann® series Ultimate protection LPJ Class 651. 100A 225 W 400A J dual element, current -limiting, time -delay fuses 5.75" 6.0" available with optional open fuse indication. Time- k4.36 113" t~3.75 :�-2.13� 0.53° �3.0 28' delay — 10 seconds (minimum) at 500 /o of rated 5. 2° current. U.36" I--4,.36" �lU�)0.,e" 0.6e" \TUi/0.36" 11010 200A 45010 600A Specifications: Features: Ratings • Industry's only UL Listed and CSA Certified fuse with a 300kA interrupting rating that allows for • Volts simple, worry -free installation in virtually any • 600Vac application. • 300Vdc* • Fast short-circuit protection and dual -element, time -delay performance provide ultimate • Amps 70-600A protection. • IR • Reduces existing fuse inventory by up to 33% • 300kA Vac RMS Sym. when upgrading to Low -Peak fuses. • 100kA Vdc • Consistent 2:1 ampacity ratios for all Low -Peak fuses make selective coordination easy. * Indicating versions not Vdc rated. • Long time -delay minimizes needless fuse openings Agency information due to temporary overloads and transient surges. • Current -limitation protects downstream • UL® Listed, Guide JDDZ, File E4273 components against damaging thermal and • CSA® Certified, Class 1422-02, File 53787, magnetic effects of short-circuit currents. Class J per CSA C22.2 No. 248.8 • Dual -element fuses have lower resistance than • CIE ordinary fuses so they run cooler. RoHS compliant • Can often be sized for back-up protection against F -�• N • motor burnout from overload or single -phasing if other overload protective devices fail. Powering Business Worldwide • Proper sizing can provide "no damage" Type 2 coordinated protection for NEMAO and IEC® motor controllers. • Space -saving package for equipment downsizing. Technical Data 1007 Low-PeakT' LPJ Class J 600Vac/300Vdc, 70-600A, Effective August 2018 dual element, time -delay fuses Recommended fuse blocks: Time -current curves - average melt: Fuse amps 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole ' 70-100 JM60100-1 CR JM60100-2CR JM60100-3CR Q o 0 0 0 0 0 110 200 JM60200 1 CR JM60200-2CR I JM60200 3CR 00 o — o N (0 AMP RATING 225-400 JM60400-1CR JM60400-2CR JM60400-3CR 300 450-600 JM60600-1 CR JM60600-2CR JM60600-3CR 200 For additional information on the JM fuse blocks, see product brochure no. 3192. 100 Fuse reducers for Class J fuses: Desired fuse Catalog numbers Equipment fuse clips (case) size (pairs) 100A 30A J-13 60A J-16 200A 60A 100A 400A 100A 200A 600A 200A 400A t Not for bolt -in applications J-26t J-21 t J-41 t J-42t 10 J-62 t J-64t U) 0 Z O U w U) Z_ LU 1 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 CURRENT IN AMPS 2 Eaton.com/bussmannseries Low -Peak" LPJ Class J 600Vac/300Vdc, 1-60A, dual element, time -delay fuses - Catalog numbers (amps) — non -indicating fuses RoHS LPJ-1SP LPJ-3SP LPJ-7SP* LPJ-25SP* LPJ-1-1/4SP LPJ-3-2/10SP LPJ-8SP* LPJ-30SP* LPJ-1-6/10SP LPJ-3-1/2SP LPJ-9SP* LPJ-35SP* LOW-PF.au 01 unru�vno�cnax LPJ-1-8/10SP LPJ-4SP LPJ-10SP* LPJ-40SP* +koicnroO LPJ-2SP LPJ-4-1/2SP LPJ-12SP* LPJ-45SP* LP, LPJ-2-1/4SP LPJ-5SP LPJ-15SP* LPJ-50SP* LPJ-2-1/2SP LPJ-5-6/10SP LPJ-17-1/2SP* LPJ-60SP* Available with easyDTM LPJ-2-8/10SP LPJ-6SP* LPJ-20SP* open fuse indication * Open fuse indication available by inserting the suffix "I;" e.g., LPJ-15SPI. Requires 75Vac minimum voltage. Indicating fuses are not Vdc rated. Carton quantity: Catalog symbol: • LPJ-(amp)SP (non -indicating) ' _ Amp rating Carton qty. 10 • LPJ-(amp)SPI (indicating) Dimensions - in Description: 2.25" 2.38" Bussmann® series Ultimate protection LPJ Class (±0.03) (±0.03) J dual element, current -limiting, time -delay fuses fuse indication. Time- 0 81" �� 0.63"(±0.00.03) 0•5" available with optional open (±0.03) delay — 10 seconds (minimum) at 500% of rated 0� o current. 1 to 30A 35 to 60A Specifications: Features: Ratings • Industry's only UL Listed and CSA Certified fuse • Volts with a 300kA interrupting rating that allows for • 600Vac simple, worry -free installation in virtually any application. • 300Vdc* • Fast short-circuit protection and dual -element, • Amps 1-60A time -delay performance provide ultimate • IR protection. • 300kA Vac RMS Sym. • Reduces existing fuse inventory by up to 33% when upgrading to Low -Peak fuses. • 100kA Vdc • Consistent 2:1 ampacity ratios for all Low -Peak * Indicating versions not Vdc rated. fuses make selective coordination easy. Agency information • Long time -delay minimizes needless fuse • UL® Listed, Guide JDDZ, File E4273 openings due to temporary overloads and transient surges. • CSA® Certified, Class 1422-02, File 53787, . Current -limitation protects downstream Class J per CSA 22.2 No. 248. components against damaging thermal and • CE magnetic effects of short-circuit currents. • RoHS compliant • Dual -element fuses have lower resistance than ordinary fuses so they run cooler. They can often be sized for back-up protection against • FM,TNmotor burnout from overload or single -phasing if other overload protective devices fail. Powering Business Worldwide • Proper sizing can provide "no damage" Type 2 coordinated protection for NEMA® and IEC® motor controllers. • Space -saving package for equipment downsizing. Technical Data 1006 Effective August 2018 Low -Peak" LPJ Class J 600Vac/300Vdc, 1-60A, dual element, time -delay fuses Recommended fuse blocks and holders: Fuse amps 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Modular open blocks with optional covers 0-30 JM60030-1 JM60030-2 JM60030-3 35-60 JM60060-1 JM60060-2 JM60060-3 "Pyramid" blocks 0-30 — — JP60030-3 CH holders 0-30 CH30J1 CH30J2 CH30J3 35-60 CH60J1 CH60J2 CH60J3 Safety JTM holders 0-30 JT60030 — — 35-60 JT60060 — For additional information on the Class J fuse blocks and holders, see data sheets no. 10289 (modular open blocks), no.1108 (pyramid blocks), no. 2144 (CH) and no. 1152 (Safety J). Fuse reducers for Class J fuses: Desired fuse Catalog numbers Equipment fuse clips (case) size (pairs) 60A 30A J-63 30A J-13 100A 60A J-16 200A 60A J-26t t Not for bolt -in applications 2 Eaton.com/bussmannseries bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Erico Part Number 569050 Description 400A Rated Uni olar Power Distribution Block Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Single Pole Distribution Blocks MUD 250 A 250 A - IEC 255 Amp - cos ■ Modular: allows versatile building of power blocks single pole, two pole, three pole or four pole. 96 mm (3.79") 50 mm 49 mm (1.93") A DIRECT FLG 250: WITH ERIFLEX FLEXIBAR 25 mm \ 0"a //**, 351.3 7T p 0.8 mm OA3" Direct link between the block and a switch 1=250AIE 1=255AUUCSA • Icw KA rms Is : 24,5 CENTER TO CENTER DRILLING: • IPk KA : 51 85 X 29 mm (3.35" x 1.14") • Ui : 1000 V AC/DC IEC • Vin : 600 V UL METRIC �mm 0 li(N.m) 35...120 x1 15 n 19 D> 735120 6...25 x2 9 n 4 4 2 5...16 x5 6.8 2 7ED 25...10 x4 6.1 n 27 AwG 0j Torque inch4bs. .250 Kcmil x1 0.59 168 4ED 8...1 x2 0.354 39 8...4 x5 0.27 24 8...6 x4 0.24 fl 24 Part No. Description 1!!W 4% kg/Ibs 569040 LID 250 A 1 0,42/0.89 569160 FLG 250* 10 0,05/0.12 • ERIFLEX FLEXIBAR connection at input, using flag terminals (FLG 250 A & FLG 400 A) UL-1059 CE-C60-947-7-1 UD 400 A 400 A - IEC 335 Amp - cos ■ Modular: allows versatile building of power blocks single pole, two pole, three pole or four pole. 96 mm (3.79") ®p 50 mm (1.99") 49 mm (1.93") DIRECT FLG 400: WITH ERIFLEX FLEXIBAR 30 mm \ 7a5-T g 70.8 mm 0.^ Direct link between the block and a switch I = 400 A IEC I = 335 A UUCSA • IcwKArms Is:24,5 CENTER TO CENTER DRILLING: • IPk KA : 51 85 X 29 mm (3.35" x 1.14") • Ui : 1000 V AC/DC IEC • Vin : 600 V UL METRIC �mm= Wmm' 0 C(N.m) 95...185 95...185 x1 19 25 ID 6...35 6...25 x2 9 4 4 2,5 ...16 2,5 ...16 x5 6•8 23 25...10 25...10 x4 6.1 27 IMPERIAL Aw6 0 torque inchllbs. 3/0...400 Kcmil xl 0.748 221 8...1 x2 0.354 39 8...4 x5 0.27 24 8...6 x4 0.24 24 Part No. Description k /Ibs 569050 LID 400 A 1 0,4/0.89 569170 FLG 400* 10 0,1/0.21 * Not UP Recognized Not IP 20 www.erico.pentair.com 5 ►� PENTAIR bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Allen Bradley Part Number 20G11 ND077JAONNNNN Description Powerflex 755 ac drive,3 pole 480vac open type, 77 amps, 60hp ND Manufacturer Allen Bradley Part Number 20-COMM-H Description HVAC communication adapter comm 24vdc Manufacturer Allen Bradley Part Number 20-750-2262C-2R Description 24v do 22-series i/o module VFD 2 Al, 2 analog out, 6 DI and 2 DO Manufacturer Allen Bradley Part Number 20-HIM-C6S Description Enhanced, LCD, full numeric keypad vfd 24vdc Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description PowerFlex 755 AC Drive 480V AC, Three-phase Drives I1300/IP20, NEMA/ULType Open"" Light Duty12j Normal Duty Heavy Duty Cat. No."'t" Frame Size Output Amps Hp Output Amps Hp Output Amps Hp Cont. 1 min Cont. 1 min 3 s Cont. 1 min 3 s - - - 2.1 2.3 3.2 1 1.1 2.3 3.2 0.5 20G11RD2P1JAONNNNN 1 3.4 3.7 5.1 2 2.8 4.2 5.1 1 20G11RD3P4JAONNNNN 5 5.5 7.5 3 3.4 5.5 7.5 2 20G11RD5POJAONNNNN 8 8.8 12 5 5 8.8 12 3 20G11RD8POJAONNNNN 11 1 12.1 16.5 7.5 8 1 12.1 16.5 5 20G11RD0111AONNNNN 14 15.4 21 10 11 16.5 21 7.5 20G11RD014JAONNNNN 2.1 3.1 3.7 1 2.1 3.1 1 3.7 1 1 20G11ND2P1JAONNNNN 2 3.4 5.1 6.1 2 3.4 5.1 6.1 2 20G11ND3P4JAONNNNN 5 7.5 9.0 3 5 7.5 9 3 20G11ND5POJAONNNNN 8 12 14.4 5 8 12 14.4 5 20G1 1 ND8POJAONNNNN 11 16.5 19.8 7.5 11 16.5 19.8 7.5 20G11ND011JAONNNNN 14 1 15.4 21 1 10 11 16.5 21 7.5 20G11ND014JADNNNNN 22 24.2 33 15 14 1 24.2 33 1 10 20G11ND022JADNNNNN 27 29.7 40.5 20 22 33 40.5 15 20G11ND027JAONNNNN 3 34 37.4 51 25 27 40.5 51 20 20G11ND034JAONNNNN 40 44 60 30 34 51 61.2 25 20G11ND040JAONNNNN 52 57.2 78.0 40 40 60 78 30 20G1 1 ND052JAONNNNN 4 65 71.5 97.5 50 52 78 97.5 40 20G1 I ND065JAONNNNN 84.7 116 1 @ 65 97.5 116 50 96 106 144 75 77 1 116 144 1 60 20G11ND096JADNNNNN 125 138 188 100 96 144 188 75 20GIAND125MONNNNN"5' 6 156 172 234 125 125 188 234 100 20G1AND] 56MONNNNN"5' 186 205 279 150 156 234 281 125 20G1AND1861NONNNNN"5) 248 1 273 372 1 200 186 279 1 372 150 1 20G1AND2481NONNNNN"5) 302 332 453 250 248 372 453 200 20G1AND3021NONNNNN"5) 7 361 397 542 300 302 453 535 250 20G1AND361JNONNNNN(s) 415 457 623 350 361 542 650 300 20G1AND415JNONNNNN(5) 477 525 1 716 400 1 361 542 650 300 20G1AND477JNONNNNN(s) (1) Frames 1...5 are IP20, NEMA/ULType Open. Frames 6...7 are I1`00, NEMA/ULType Open. Frames 8...10 are IP20, NEMA/ULType 1. Frames 1...7 can be converted to I1`20, NEMA/ULType 1 with optional kit (20-750-NEMA1-Fx), where x is the frame size of the drive. (2) Light Duty rating only available on Frame 8...10 drives. Light Duty allows 110%overload for 1 minute, and does not have a 3 second overload rating. (3) The 5th character determines InputType;"1'= AC input with precharge and DC terminals, and W= AC inputwith precharge and no DC terminals. For DC input drives, see DRIVES-SGO01, the PoweTFlex Common Bus Configuration Selection Guide. (4) The I Ith character determines default Filtering and Common Mode Capjumper configuration; "Y = Installed, andW= Removed. (5) The 12th character determines whetheran internal dynamic braking IGBT is included; "N'= Internal dynamic braking transistor installed, and"N"= No internal dynamic braking transistor. (6) The 6th character (designated by an * in this table) determines Enclosure Type and Depth."B"= IP20, NEMA/ULType 1, MCC style 600 mm (23.6 in.) deep, and" r= I1`20, NEMA/ULType 1, MCC style 800 mm (31.5 in.). (7) A roll -out cart is required with Frame 8...10 drives to assist with power wiring and cabinet mounting. Refer to page 131. (table continues on next page) Rockwell Automation Publication PFLEX-SGO02M-EN-P -July 2019 91 PowerFlex 755 AC Drive 480V AC, Three-phase Drives (continued) I1300/I1320, NEMA/UL Type Open (continued)") Light Dutyr') Normal Duty Heavy Duty Cat. No.r'r(") Frame Size Output Amps Hp Output Amps Hp Output Amps Hp Cont. 1 min Cont. 1 min 3 s Cont. 1 min 3 s 485 534 400 430 473 645 350 370 555 666 300 20G1A*D430JN0NNNNNr61 8°7 545 600 450 485 534 728 400 414 621 745 350 20G1A*D485JNONNNNN(6) 590 649 500 545 600 818 450 454 681 817 350 20GlA*D545JNONNNNN(6) 710 781 600 617 679 1926 500 485 728 1873 400 20GlA*D617JNONNNNN(6) 765 842 650 710 781 1065 600 545 818 981 450 20GlA*D710JNONNNNN(6) 800 880 700 740 814 1110 650 617 926 1111 500 20GlA*D740JNONNNNN(6) 960 1056 800 800 880 1200 700 710 1065 1278 600 20G11*D800JNONNNNN(6) 9() 1045 1150 900 960 1056 1440 800 795 1193 1431 700 20G11*D960JNONNNNN(6) 1135 1249 1000 1045 1150 1568 900 800 1200 1440 750 20G11*D1KOJNONNNNN(6) 1365 1502 1100 1135 1249 1703 1000 960 1440 1728 800 20G11*D1K2JN0NNNNN(6) 1420 1562 1250 1365 1502 2048 1100 1045 1568 1881 900 20G11*D1K3JNONNNNN(6) 1540 1694 1350 1420 1562 2130 1250 1135 1703 2043 1000 20G11*D1K4JNONNNNN(6) 1655 1821 1500 1525 1678 2288 1350 1270 1905 2286 1100 20G11*D1K5JN0NNNNN(6) 10°1 2240 2464 2000 2070 2277 1 3105 1750 1730 2595 1 3114 1650 1 20G11*D2KOJNONNNNN(6) (1) Frames 1...5 are IP20, NEMA/ULType Open. Frames 6...7 are IP00, NEMA/ULType Open. Frames 8...10 are IP20, NEMA/ULType 1. Frames 1...7 can be converted to I1`20, NEMA/ULType 1 with optional kit (20-750-NEMA1-Fx), where x is the frame size of the drive. (2) Light Duty rating only available on Frame 8...10 drives. Light Duty allows 110%overload for 1 minute, and does not have a 3 second overload rating. (3) The 5th character determines InputType;"1'= AC input with precharge and DC terminals, and W= AC inputwith precharge and no DC terminals. For DC input drives, see DRIVES-SGO01, the PowerFlex Common Bus Configuration Selection Guide. (4) The I Ith character determines default Filtering and Common Mode Capjumper configuration; "Y = Installed, andW= Removed. (5) The 12th character determines whetheran internal dynamic braking IGBT is included; W= Internal dynamic braking transistor installed, and"N"= No internal dynamic braking transistor. (6) The 6th character (designated by an * in this table) determines Enclosure Type and Depth."B"= IP20, NEMA/ULType 1, MCC style 600 mm (23.6 in.) deep, and" r= IP20, NEMA/ULType 1, MCC style 800 mm (31.5 in.). (7) A roll -out cart is required with Frame 8...10 drives to assist with power wiring and cabinet mounting. Refer to page 131. 92 Rockwell Automation Publication PFLEX-SGO02M-EN-P -July 2019 PowerFlex 7-Class Options ModulesHuman Interface ,.s OBO s... On 1 1 1 Description Cat. No. Used with PowerFlex Drive 70 700 700H 700S 700L 753/755 No HIM (Blank Plate), Handheld/Local (Drive Mount) 20-HIM-AO ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ LCD Display, Full Numeric Keypad, Handheld/Local (Drive Mount) 20-HIM-A3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ LCD Display, Programmer Only, Handheld/Local (Drive Mount) 20-HIM-A5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Enhanced, LCD, Full Numeric Keypad, Handheld/Local (Drive Mount) 20-HIM-A6 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Remote (Panel Mount) LCD Display, Full Numeric Keypad*# 20-HIM-C3S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Remote (Panel Mount) LCD Display, Programmer Onl*# 20-HIM-05S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Enhanced, LCD, Full Numeric Keypad*# 20-HIM-C6S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ * IP66, NEMA Type 4X/12—for indoor use only. # Includes a 1202-00 interface cable (3 m/9.8 ft) for connection to drive. Human Interface Module (HIM) Accessories Description Cat. No. Used with PowerFlex Drive 70 700 700H 700S 700L 753/755 Bezel Kit for LCD HIMs, NEMA Type 1# 20-HIM-B1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ PowerFlex HIM Interface Cable,1 m (3.3 ft) 4 20-HIM-H10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Comm Option Cable Kit (Male -Male) 0.33 m 0.1 ft) 1202-CO3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1 m (3.3 ft) 1202-C10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 3 m (9.8 ft) 1202-C30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 9 m (29.5 ft) 1202-C90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Cable Kit (Male -Female) A 0.33 m (1.1 ft) 1202-HO3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1 m (3.3 ft) 1202-H10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 3 m (9.8 ft) 1202-H30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 9 m (29.5 ft) 1202-H90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DPI' Cable Kit with Connectors, Tools and 100 m (328 ft) Cable 1202-CBL-KIT-100M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DPI Cable Connector Kit 1202-TB-KIT-SET ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DPI/SCANport'One to Two Port Splitter Cable 1203-SO3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ # Includes a 1202-00 interface cable (3 m/9.8 ft) for connection to drive. d. Required only when HIM is used as handheld or remote. A Required in addition to 20-HIM-H10 fordistances up to a total maximum of 10 m (32.8 ft). 116 Rockwell Automation Publication PFLEX-S0002H-EN-P - February 2014 PowerFlex 4-Class Options Communication Option Kits Description Cat. No. Used with PowerFlex Drive 4M 4 40 40P 400 BACnet® MS/TP RS485 Communication Adapter 22-COMM-B ✓ § ✓ A ✓ ControlNet' Communication Adapter 22-COMM-C ✓ § ✓ § ✓ A ✓ A ✓ DeviceNet'' Communication Adapter 22-COMM-D ✓ § ✓ § ✓ A ✓ A ✓ EtherNet/IP'' Communication Adapter 22-COMM-E ✓ § ✓ § ✓ A ✓ A ✓ LonWorks® Communication Adapter 22-COMM-L ✓§ ✓A ✓A ✓ PROFIBUS' DP Communication Adapter 22-COMM-P ✓§# ✓§# ✓ A ✓ A ✓ Serial Converter Module (RS485 to RS232). Provides serial communication via DF1 protocol for use with DriveExplorer and DriveExecutive'software. Includes DSI to RS232 serial converter,1203-SFC serial cable, 22-RJ45CBL-C20 cable, and DriveExplorer Lite CD. 22-SCM-232 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Serial Cable. 2.0 meter with a lacking low profile connector. Connects the serial converter to a 9-pin sub -miniature D female computer connector. 1203-SFC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Serial Null Modem Adapter. Use when connecting the serial converter to DriveExplorer on a handheld PC. 1203-SNM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Universal Serial Busy" (USB) Converter includes 2m USB, 20-HIM-H10 and 22-HIM-HlO Cables. 1203-USB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DSI Cable. 2.0 meter RJ45 to RJ45 cable, male to male connectors. 22-RJ45CBL-C20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Splitter Cable. RJ45 one to two port splitter cable. AK-UO-RJ45-SC1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Terminal Block. RJ45 two position terminal block (6 pieces) with two 120 Ohm terminating resistors (loose). AK-U0-RJ45-TB2P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Terminating Resistors. 120 Ohm resistor embedded in an RJ45 connector (2 pieces). AK-UO-RJ45-TR1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DSI External Communications Kit. External mounting kit for 22-COMM Communication Adapters. 22-XCOMM-DC-BASE ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ External Communications Kit Power Supply Optional 100...240V AC Power Supply for External DSI Communications Kit. 20-XCOMM-AC-PS1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Compact 1/0 Module (3 Channel) 1769-SM2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Serial Flash Firmware Kit Updates drive firmware via computer. AK-U9-FLSH1 ✓ Communication Adapter Cover Houses the Communication Adapter for B and C Frame drives. Note: Cover adds 25 mm (0.98 in.) to the overall depth of the drive. Frame B Drive (PowerFlex 40) 22B-CCB ✓ Frame C Drive (PowerFlex 40) 22B-CCC ✓ Frame C Drive (PowerFlex 400) 22C-CCC ✓ Frame B Drive (PowerFlex 40P) 22D-CCB ✓ Frame C Drive (PowerFlex 40P) 22D-CCC ✓ t When a 22-COMM-P adapter is configured for multi -drive mode, a PowerFlex 40, 40P or 400 drive must be used as a master drive on the network. § PowerFlex4 and PowerFlex 4M drives require External DSI Communication Kits. Communication Adapters cannot be drive mounted. A Requires a Communication Adapter Cover when used with Frame B and C PowerFlex 40/40P drives or Frame C PowerFlex 400 drives. ♦ If IP30, NEMA/ULType 1 is required, a 22-JBCB (Frame B drives) or 22-JBCC (Frame C drives) must also be ordered. IP30, NEMA/ULType 1 Conversion Kit Description Frame Cat. No. Used with PowerFlex Drive 4M 4 40 40P 400 Converts IP20 drive to IP30, NEMA/ULType 1 enclosure. Includes conduit box, mounting screws and plastic top panel. A 22-JBAA ✓ B 22-JBAB ✓ ✓ ✓ C 22-JBAC ✓ ✓ ✓ Converts IP20 drive to IP30, NEMA/ULType 1 enclosure. Includes communication option conduit box, mounting screws and plastic top panel. B 22-JBCB ✓ ✓ C 22-JBCC ✓ ✓ ✓ 40 Rockwell Automation Publication PFLEX-S0002H-EN-P - February 2014 PowerFlex 520-Series Options Human Interface Modules and Accessories Description Cat. No. Remote (Panel Mount) LCD Display, Digital Speed Control, CopyCat Capable. Includes 2.0 meter cable. IP66, NEMA Type 4X/12 -Indoor Use Only. 22-HIM-C2S �• Remote Handheld, LCD Display, Full Numeric Keypad, Digital Speed Control, CopyCat Capable. Includes 1.0 meter cable. IP30, NEMA Type 1. Panel mount with optional Bezel Kit. 22-HIM-A3 Bezel Kit. Panel Mount for LCD Display, Remote Handheld Unit. IP30, NEMA Type 1. Includes a 22-RJ45CBL-C20 cable. 22-HIM-Bl DSI HIM Cable (DSI HIM to RJ45 cable) 1.0 Meter (3.3 Feet) 22-HIM-HlO 2.9 Meter (9.5 Feet) 22-HIM-H30 4. The 22-HIM-C2S is smallerthan the 22-HIM-C2 and cannot be used as a direct replacement. Communication Option Kits Description Cat. No. DeviceNet' Communication Adapter 25-COMM-D EtherNet/IP'' Communication Adapter- Dual Port 25-COMM-E2P PROFIBUS' DP Communication Adapter 25-COMM-P Serial Converter Module (RS485 to RS232). Provides serial communication via DF1 protocol for use with DriveExplorer and DriveExecutive'software. Includes DSI to RS232 serial converter,1203-SFC serial cable, 22-RJ45CBL-C20 cable, and DriveExplorer Lite CD. 22-SCM-232 Serial Cable. 2.0 meter with a locking low profile connector. Connects the serial converter to a 9-pin sub -miniature D female computer connector. 1203-SFC Serial Null Modem Adapter. Use when connecting the serial converter to DriveExplorer on a handheld PC. 1203-SNM Universal Serial Busy" (USB) Converter includes 2m USB, 20-HIM-HI0 and 22-HIM-HlO Cables. 1203-USB DSI Cable. 2.0 meter RJ45 to RJ45 cable, male to male connectors. 22-RJ45CBL-C20 Splitter Cable. RJ45 one to two port splitter cable. AK-UO-RJ45-SC1 Terminal Block. RJ45 two position terminal block (6 pieces) with two 120 Ohm terminating resistors (loose). AK-UO-RJ45-TB2P Terminating Resistors. 120Ohm resistor embedded in an RJ45 connector (2 pieces). AK-UO-RJ45-TR1 DSI External Communications Kit. External mounting kit for 22-COMM Communication Adapters. 22-XCOMM-DC-BASE External Communications Kit Power Supply Optional 100...240V AC Power Supply for External DSI Communications Kit. 20-XCOMM-AC-PSI Compact 1/0 Module (3 Channel) 1769-SM2 IP30, NEMA/ULType 1 Conversion Kit Description Frame Cat. No. Converts IP20 drive to IP30, NEMA/ULType 1 enclosure A 25-JBAA B 25-JBAB C 25-JBAC D 25-JBAD E 25-JBAE Other Options Description Frame Cat. No. EMC Grounding Plate A 25-EMCl-FA B 25-EMCl-FB C 25-EMCI-FC D 25-EMCI-FD E 25-EMC1-FE Mounting Adapter Plate, Bulletin 160 AC Drive to PowerFlex525 A 25-MAP-FA B 25-MAP-FB Incremental Encoder for PowerFlex 525 All 25-ENC-1 Control Module Fan Kit for 70 °C operation and/or horizontal drive mounting. A... D 25-FAN1-70C E 25-FAN2-70C 52 Rockwell Automation Publication PFLEX-S0002H-EN-P - February 2014 PowerFlex 7-Class Options PowerFlex 750-Series Legacy Communication Compatibility (continued) Adapter Accesses Ports 0...6 for 1/0 Connections (Implicit and Explicit Messaging) Accesses Ports 7 and Higher Supports Drive Add -on (1/0, Explicit Messaging) I Profiles Supports Asian - Languages* Cat. No. Type 20-COMM-B BACnetMS/TP Not Compatible 20-COMM-C Control Net (Coax) ✓ v3.001 ♦, ✓ v3.0014 v3.0014 20-COMM-D DeviceNet ✓ f Not Compatible 20-COMM-E EtherNet/IP ✓ v4.0014 ✓ v4.001 4 ✓ v4.0014 20-COMM-H RS-485HVAC ✓v2.009§4 Not Compatible 20-COMM-K CANopen ✓v1.0014 20-COMM-L LonWorks ✓vl.0074 20-COMM-M Modbus/TCP ✓ v2.0014 ✓ v2.001 4 Not Compatible ✓ v2.001 4 20-COMM-P ControlNet(Fiber) ✓v1.0064. ✓v1.0064. Not Compatible 20-COMM-Q PROFIBUS DP ✓ v3.001 4. ✓ v3.001 ♦, ✓ ✓ v3.001 4. 20-COMM-RA Remote 1/0 ✓f Not Compatible 20-COMM-S RS-485 DFl ✓ f A This item has Silver Series status. t Controller must be capable of reading/writing 32-bit floating point (REAL) values. § Supports all three modes of operation (RTU, P1, 1\12). 4. Requires this adapter firmware version or higher. Requires firmware version v1.05 or higher of the drove Add -on Profiles for Studio 5000 Logix Designer software. ♦ Chinese,Japanese, and Korean languages are supported at the time of publication. Communication Accessories Description Cat. No. Used with PowerFlex Drive 70 700 700H 700S 700L 753/755 Serial Null Modem Adapter 1203-SNM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Smart Self -powered Serial Converter (RS232) includes 1203-SFC and 1202-ClO Cables 1203-SSS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Universal Serial Bus'' (USB) Converter includes 2m USB, 20-HIM-HlO and 22-HIM-HlO Cables 1203-USB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ControlNetT-tap straight 1786-TPS ✓ ControlNetT-tap right angle 1786-TPR ✓ ✓ Communication Carrier Card for PowerFlex 750-Series Frame 1 drives 20-750-2000MM-Fl ✓ Communication Carrier Card for PowerFlex 750-Series Frame 2 or higher drives 20-750-2000MM ✓ 1/0 Option Kits Description Cat. No. Used with PowerFlex Drive 70 700 700H 700S 700L 753/755 24V DC Digital Inputs (6) with Analog 1/0 (4), Slot A 20C-DA1-A ✓ 115V AC Digital Inputs (6) with Analog 1/0 (4), Slot A 20C-DA1-B ✓ 115V AC Digital Outputs (3), Slot B * 20C-DO1 ✓ ATEX Option Module with 1 Thermosensor Input Connection (requires 11-Series 1/0 Module below) 20-750-ATEX ✓ § 24V DC I I -Series 1/0 Module with 1 Analog In,1 Analog Out, 3 Digital In and 2 Relay Outputs 20-750-1132C-2R ✓ § 24V DC 11-Series 1/0 Module with 1 Analog In,1 Analog Out, 3 Digital In,1 Relay and 2Transistor Outputs 20-750-1133C-1 R2T ✓ § 115V AC 11-Series 1/0 Module with 1 Analog In,1 Analog Out, 3 Digital In and 2 Relay Outputs 20-750-1132D-2R ✓ § 24V DC 22-Series 1/0 Module with 2 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 6 Digital In and 2 Relay Outputs 20-750-2262C-2R ✓ § 115V AC 22-Series 1/0 Module with 2 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 6 Digital In and 2 Relay Outputs 20-750-2262D-2R ✓ § 24V DC 22-Series 1/0 Module with 2 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 6 Digital In, 3 Digital Out,1 Relay and 2 Transistor Outputs 20-750-2263C-1 R2T ✓ § ♦, Only one card allowed per slot. § 1/0 option kits are not allowed in CIP motion mode. 118 Rockwell Automation Publication PFLEX-S0002H-EN-P - February 2014 PowerFlex 7-Class Options Communication Option Kits Description Cat. No. Used with PowerFlex Drive 70 700 700H 700S 700L 753/755 BACnet/IP Option Module 20-750-BNETIP ✓ BACnet® MS/TP RS485 Communication Adapter 20-COMM-B ✓ ✓ ✓ Coaxial ControlNet' Option Module 20-750-CNETC ./ ControlNet'' Communication Adapter (Coax) 20-COMM-C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ § DeviceNet' Option Module 20-750-DNET ✓ DeviceNet"Communication Adapter 20-COMM-D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ § Dual -port EtherNet/IP Option Module 20-750-ENETR ✓ EtherNet/IP''Communication Adapter 20-COMM-E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ § Dual -port EtherNet/IP'' Communication Adapter 20-COMM-FR ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ HVAC Communication Adapter 120-COMM-H ✓ ✓ ✓ § CANopen® Communication Adapter 20-COMM-K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ § LonWorks® Communication Adapter 20-COMM-L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ § Modbus/TCPCommunication Adapter 20-COMM-M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ § Profibus DPV1 Option Module 20-750-PBUS ✓ Single -port Profinet 1/0 Option Module 20-750-PNET ✓ Dual -port Profinet 1/0 Option Module 20-750-PNET2P ✓ PROFIBUS'' DP Communication Adapter 20-COMM-P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ § ControlNet' Communication Adapter (Fiber) 20-COMM-Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ § Remote 1/0 Communication AdapterA 20-COMM-R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ § RS485 DFl Communication Adapter 20-COMM-S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ § External Communications Kit Power Supply 20-XCOMM-AC-PS1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DPI External Communications Kit 20-XCOMM-DC-BASE ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ External DPI 1/0 Option Board* 20-XCOMM-I0-OPT1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Compact 1/0 Module (3 Channel) 1769-SMI ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DriveLogix ControlNet Communication Adapter (Coax) f 1788-CNC ✓ ✓0 DriveLogix Comm Option, ControlNet Redundant (Coax) f 1788-CNCR ✓ ✓V DriveLogix Comm Option, ControlNet (Fiber) # 1788-CNF ✓ ✓V DriveLogix Comm Option, ControlNet Redundant (Fiber) t 1788-CNFR ✓ ✓0 DriveLogix Comm Option, DeviceNet (Open Conn.) t 1788-DNBO ✓ ✓0 DriveLogix Comm Option, EtherNet/IP (Twisted Pair) f 1788-ENBT ✓ ✓V DriveLogix5730 Comm Option, Embedded EtherNet/IP 20D-DL2-ENETO ✓ ✓V ♦ For use only with DPI External Communications Kits 20-XCOMM-DC-BASE. 4 Only Modbus RTU can be used. t For use with DriveLogix option only. Requires Logix Expansion Board (20D-DI2-LEBO). § Requires a Communication Carrier Card (20-750-2000MMor20-750-2000MM-F1).Refer toPowerFlex 750-Series Legacy Communication Compatibility for details. 0 When using a PowerFlex 700S control. A This item has Silver Series status. PowerFlex 750-Series Legacy Communication Compatibility Most legacy communication adapters (20-COMM) can be used with the PowerFlex 753/755. However, the restrictions stated below do apply. Frame 1 - It is recommended that the 20-750-2000MM-F1 Communication Carrier Card only be installed in Port 4. Port 5 will not be accessible when this module is installed. Frames 2 and larger - It is recommended that the 20-750-2000MM Communication Carrier Card be installed in Port 6. Using Port 4 or 5 will make the adjacent left port inaccessible to other option modules and may interfere with network cable connections. Rockwell Automation Publication PFLEX-S0002H-EN-P - February 2014 117 PowerFlex 7-Class Options PowerFlex 750-Series Legacy Communication Compatibility (continued) Adapter Accesses Ports 0...6 for 1/0 Connections (Implicit and Explicit Messaging) Accesses Ports 7 and Higher Supports Drive Add -on (1/0, Explicit Messaging) I Profiles Supports Asian - Languages* Cat. No. Type 20-COMM-B BACnetMS/TP Not Compatible 20-COMM-C Control Net (Coax) ✓ v3.001 ♦, ✓ v3.0014 v3.0014 20-COMM-D DeviceNet ✓ f Not Compatible 20-COMM-E EtherNet/IP ✓ v4.0014 ✓ v4.001 4 ✓ v4.0014 20-COMM-H RS-485HVAC ✓v2.009§4 Not Compatible 20-COMM-K CANopen ✓v1.0014 20-COMM-L LonWorks ✓vl.0074 20-COMM-M Modbus/TCP ✓ v2.0014 ✓ v2.001 4 Not Compatible ✓ v2.001 4 20-COMM-P ControlNet(Fiber) ✓v1.0064. ✓v1.0064. Not Compatible 20-COMM-Q PROFIBUS DP ✓ v3.001 4. ✓ v3.001 ♦, ✓ ✓ v3.001 4. 20-COMM-RA Remote 1/0 ✓f Not Compatible 20-COMM-S RS-485 DFl ✓ f A This item has Silver Series status. t Controller must be capable of reading/writing 32-bit floating point (REAL) values. § Supports all three modes of operation (RTU, P1, 1\12). 4. Requires this adapter firmware version or higher. Requires firmware version v1.05 or higher of the drove Add -on Profiles for Studio 5000 Logix Designer software. ♦ Chinese,Japanese, and Korean languages are supported at the time of publication. Communication Accessories Description Cat. No. Used with PowerFlex Drive 70 700 700H 700S 700L 753/755 Serial Null Modem Adapter 1203-SNM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Smart Self -powered Serial Converter (RS232) includes 1203-SFC and 1202-ClO Cables 1203-SSS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Universal Serial Bus'' (USB) Converter includes 2m USB, 20-HIM-HlO and 22-HIM-HlO Cables 1203-USB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ControlNetT-tap straight 1786-TPS ✓ ControlNetT-tap right angle 1786-TPR ✓ ✓ Communication Carrier Card for PowerFlex 750-Series Frame 1 drives 20-750-2000MM-Fl ✓ Communication Carrier Card for PowerFlex 750-Series Frame 2 or higher drives 20-750-2000MM ✓ 1/0 Option Kits Description Cat. No. Used with PowerFlex Drive 70 700 700H 700S 700L 753/755 24V DC Digital Inputs (6) with Analog 1/0 (4), Slot A 20C-DA1-A ✓ 115V AC Digital Inputs (6) with Analog 1/0 (4), Slot A 20C-DA1-B ✓ 115V AC Digital Outputs (3), Slot B * 20C-DO1 ✓ ATEX Option Module with 1 Thermosensor Input Connection (requires 11-Series 1/0 Module below) 20-750-ATEX ✓ § 24V DC I I -Series 1/0 Module with 1 Analog In,1 Analog Out, 3 Digital In and 2 Relay Outputs 20-750-1132C-2R ✓ § 24V DC 11-Series 1/0 Module with 1 Analog In,1 Analog Out, 3 Digital In,1 Relay and 2Transistor Outputs 20-750-1133C-1 R2T ✓ § 115V AC 11-Series 1/0 Module with 1 Analog In,1 Analog Out, 3 Digital In and 2 Relay Outputs 20-750-1132D-2R ✓ § 24V DC 22-Series 1/0 Module with 2 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 6 Digital In and 2 Relay Outputs § 115V AC 22-Series 1/0 Module with 2 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 6 Digital In and 2 Relay Outputs 20-750-2262D-2R ✓ § 24V DC 22-Series 1/0 Module with 2 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 6 Digital In, 3 Digital Out,1 Relay and 2 Transistor Outputs 20-750-2263C-1 R2T ✓ § ♦, Only one card allowed per slot. § 1/0 option kits are not allowed in CIP motion mode. 118 Rockwell Automation Publication PFLEX-S0002H-EN-P - February 2014 bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number CHM3DIU Description 3P CH Modular IP20 finger safe DIN -Rail holders for Class -CC fuses Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number CHM1 DIU Description 1 P CH Modular IP20 finger safe DIN -Rail holders for Class -CC fuses Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number LP-CC-5 Description Low-PeakTm LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 5 A time -delay fuses Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number LP-CC-12 Description Low-PeakTm LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 12 A time -delay fuses Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number LP-CC-2 Description Low-PeakTm LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 2 A time -delay fuses Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number LP-CC-4 Description Low-PeakTm LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 4 A time -delay fuses Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number LP-CC-6 Description Low-PeakTm LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 6 A time -delay fuses Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description CH Modular, I P20 finger -safe DIN -Rail holders for Class CC, supplemental and PV fuses RoHS 2011/65/EU • •, � t Nam" I � N �O Catalog symbol: • CHCC_ (Class CC) • CHM_ (UL® supplemental/IEC 10x38) • CHPV_ (13/32 x 1-1/2 and 10x38 photovoltaic) Description: Eaton's BussmannTM series CH DIN -Rail fuse holders are for UL Class CC and supplemental fuses, and IEC 10x38 fuses. They are available with and without indication in 1-, 2- and 3-pole IP20 finger -safe versions. A variety of accessories extends their application flexibility and they may be ganged together to meet specific application requirements. For other Bussmann series CH fuse holders, please see the following data sheets. Fuse class Fuse size Data sheet No. Class J 30 and 60 A 2144 8 x 32 mm 720147 IEC 14 x 51 mm 10080 22 x 58 mm 10015 E_T•N Powering Business Worldwide Specifications: Ratings • Volts • 600 V (or less) UL • 690 V (or less) IEC • 1000 Vdc (or less) photovoltaic (PV) • Amps • 30AUL • 32 A IEC • Short -Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) • 33 kA photovoltaic • 200 kA RMS Sym. (CHCC, CHM*) * CHM SCCR is fuse interrupting rating dependent. Agency information • Class CC version: UL Listed File E14853, Guide IZLT, Recognized IZLT2 • PV version: UL Listed to E348242 and Guide IZMR (CHPV) • CSA® File 47235, CHPV and CHM - Class 6225-30, CHCC - Class 6225-01 • IEC 60269-2 (CHM, CHPV) • CCC • RoHS compliant Mounting • 35 mm DIN -Rail Wire range (see conductor table on page 3 for details) • 75°C and 90°C Cu • #18 to #4 (0.8 mm2 to 21.1 mm2) • Solid • Stranded • Fine stranded Terminals • Single or dual conductors • Comb busbar • Terminal screws • Standard phil-slot • Optional hex head (order by adding "-H" suffix to the catalog number, e.g., CHM1 DU-H) Flammability • UL 94V0, self -extinguishing Technical Data 10430 Effective September 2018 CH modular, IP20 finger -safe DIN -Rail holders for Class CC, supplemental and PV fuses Storage and operating temperature • -4°F (-20°C) to 1940F (90°C) indicating • -4°F (-20°C) to 248T (120°C) non -indicating Features and benefits: • High SCCR rated, UL Listed Class CC holder with optional open fuse indication for 600 Vac/dc and 48 V do (see catalog number table for details) • Enhanced safety with IP20 finger -safe construction • UL Recognized midget and IEC 1008 holders with factory assembled neutral pole option • Agency ratings up to 1000 Vdc for use with PV fuses • Available remote PLC fuse indication module • Wiring flexibility with terminals rated for use with 75°C or 90°C solid, stranded and fine stranded wire, and spade terminals and comb busbars. (Use any higher temperature insulations at the 90°C ampacity.) • Complete range of UL Listed and high SCCR rated one- and three- phase finger -safe comb busbars and power feed lugs • Optional hex head terminal screw makes it easier to achieve nec- essary torque values Features: IP20 finger -safe Fuse access door Optional open construction accommodates 4 mm fuse indicator lockout/tagout device Captive phil-slot or optional hex \ head terminal • - screw - - O Fork lug terminal Toolless ganging for multiple poles ---- I % Dual conductor Toolless 35 mm / — rated box lug DIN -Rail mounting wire strip clamp gauge Gang multiple poles to meet application requirements using kit catalog number JV-L (gangs up to four poles). Dimensions - mm (in): 73.88 [ 2.909 ] 61.83 [ 2.434 ] - 18.59 [ 0.732 ] j 52.83 [ 2.080 ] 83.19 [ 3.2751 70 2 Eaton.com/bussmannseries CH modular, IP20 finger -safe DIN -Rail holders for Class CC, supplemental and PV fuses Technical Data 10430 Effective September 2018 UL midget and IEC 10x38 CHM holder catalog numbers Catalog numbert Volts and amps Recommended With Without Agency Bussmann indication* indication UL IEC marks Pol'st SCCR series fuses CHM1DIU CHM1DU CHM2DIU CHM2DU CHMMU I CHM3DU CHM4DIU CHM41DU 600 V/30 A 690 V/32 A CHM1 DNIU CHM1 DNU CHM3DNIU CHM3DNU 1 UR, CSA, 2 IEC 60269-2, CCC 3 BAF, BAN, 4 200 kA** FNM, FNQ, 1 + neutral RMS FWA, FWC, IEC 60269-2 Sym.tt KLM, KTK, AGU, 3 + neutral C10G_, C10M_ CHM1 DI-48U — — CHM1 DNXU 48 Vdc/30 A 48 Vdc/32 A — 690V/32 A UR, CSA, IEC 60269-2, CCC IEC 60269-2 1 N/A N/A CHM1 DCIU CHM1 DCU 1 600/690V CHM2DCIU CHM2DCU 2 BAF, BAN, FNM, FNQ, CHM3DCIU CHM3DCU 3 FWA, FWC, 600 Vac, UR CSA, 200 kA** KLM, KTK, 1000 Vdc, 690 V, 32 A IEC 60269-2 RMS Sym., AGU, C10G_, 30 A 33 kA DCtt C10M_, CHM4DCIU CHM41DCU 4 1000Vdc PV-(amp)A10F, PV10M-(amp) t Available with optional hex head terminal screws. To order, add "-H" suffix to the desired catalog number. tt SCCR is limited to the interrupting rating of the installed fuse or 200 kA, which ever is less. * All models require 90 V minimum for illumination, except CHM1 DI-48U that requires 15 V minimum. ** SCCR is limited to the interrupting rating of the installed fuse or 200 kA, which ever is less. UL Class CC CHCC holder catalog numbers Catalog numbert In Recommended With Without Agency Bussmann series indication* indication Volts / amps marks Poles SCCR des CHCC1 DIU CHCC1 DU 1 CHCC2DIU CHCC2DU 600 V/30 A 2 200 kA RMS Sym. LP -CC, CHCC3DIU CHCC3DU UL, CSA, CCC FNQ R, 3 KTK-R CHCC1 DI-48U — 48 Vdc/30 A 1 33 kA DC t Available with optional hex head terminal screws. To order, add "-H" suffix to the desired catalog number. * All models require 90 V minimum for illumination, except CHCC1 DI-48U that requires 15 V minimum. UL and IEC photovoltaic CHPV holder catalog numbers Catalog numbert lllllll� With Without Agency Recommended indication indication Volts / amps marks Poles SCCR Bussmann series fuses CHPV1IU CHPV1U UL, CSA, , UL 1 PV-(amp)A10F, CHPV2IU CHPV2U 1000 Vdc/30 A 4248-18, IEC 2 - 33 kA DC PV10M-(amp) 60269-1. CCC t Available with optional hex head terminal screws. To order, add "-H" suffix to the desired catalog number * All models require 90 V minimum for illumination. Conductor information AWG wire range Wire type Wire rating Terminal torque N•m (lb -in)* 4-12 Solid/Stranded/compact/Class K 3.4(30) 14-18 Solid/Stranded/Class K 2.3(20) (2) 10-12 Stranded (2) 14 (2) 16-18 Solid/Stranded Fork terminals Comb busbar N/A * Use a phil-slot bit designed for high torque, or specify hex head terminal screw option. 75°C or 90°C Cu 3.4(30) 2.8(25) 3.4(30) Eaton.com/bussmannseries 3 Low -Peak" LP -CC Class CC 600 Vac/300 Vdc, 1/2-30 A time -delay fuses RoHS J LAW -PEAK inure wmeem LPCC ww.• wora i S Catalog symbol: • LP -CC -(amp) Description: BussmannTM series Ultimate protection Low -Peak Class CC current -limiting, time -delay fuses. Time - delay — 12 seconds (minimum) at 200% of rated current. Specifications: Ratings • Volts • 600 Vac • 300 Vdc (1/2 to 2-8/10 A, 20-30 A) • 150 Vdc (3-15 A) Amps 1/2-30 A I • 200 kAVac RIMS Sym. • 20 kA Vdc Agency information • UL® Listed Class CC, Std. 248-4, Guide JDDZ, File E4273 • CSA® Certified; Class 1422-02, File 53787 • CE • RoHS compliant (20-30A) FM,T*N Powering Business Worldwide Catalog numbers (amps) LP-CC-1/2 LP-CC-1-1/2 LP-CC-3 1 LP-CC-6 LP-CC-12 LP-CC-6/10 LP-CC-1-6/10 LP-CC-3-2/10 LP-CC-6-1/4 LP-CC-15 LP-CC-8/10 LP-CC-1-8/10 LP-CC-3-1/2 LP-CC-7 LP-CC-20 LP-CC-1 I LP-CC-2 I r LP-CC-4 LP-CC-7-1/2 LP-CC-25 LP-CC-1-1/8 LP-CC-2-1/4 LP-CC-4-1/2 LP-CC-8 LP-CC30 LP-CC-1-1/4 LP-CC-2-1/2 r LP-CC-5 I LP-CC-9 LP-CC-14/10 LP-CC-2-8/10 LP-CC-5-6/10 LP-CC-10 Carton quantity: Amp rating 1 /2-30 10 Dimensions - in (mm) 1.5(38) 0.41 (10) =10 Features: • 200kA interrupting rating complies with NEC° Section 110.9 for today's large capacity systems. • Fast short-circuit protection and dual -element, time -delay performance provide ultimate protection. • Reduces existing fuse inventory by up to 33% when upgrading to Low -Peak fuses. • Consistent 2:1 amp rating ratios for all Low - Peak fuses make selective coordination easy. • Time -delay characteristic avoids unwanted fuse openings from surge currents while fast response speed under fault conditions provides a high degree of current limitation. • Current -limitation protects downstream components against damaging thermal and magnetic effects of fault currents. • A superior, all-purpose, space -saving branch circuit fuse that meets most protection requirements up to 30 A. • Very compact physical size that's only 13/32" x 1-1/2" (10 x 38mm) with reiction tip. • Proper sizing can provide "No Damage" Type 2 coordinated protection for NEMA and IEC motor controllers. • Can be used where either a time -delay or a fast -acting fuse is needed, making selection easier and reducing spare fuse inventories for substantial cost reduction. • Superior protection for small horsepower motor circuits. bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Square D Part Number LC1 D25G7 Description TeS s D contactor - 3P 3 NO - AC-3 - <= 440 V 25 A - 120 V AC coil Manufacturer Square D Part Number LRD16 Description TeS s LRD thermal overload relays - 9...13 A - class 10A Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Product data sheet F—LC1 D25G7 Characteristics TeSys D contactor - 3P(3 NO) - AC-3 - <= 440 V 25 A - 120 V AC coil Main �� Green � Premium" Range TeSys Product name TeSys D Product or component type Contactor Device short name LC1 D Contactor application Motor control Resistive load Utilisation category AC-3 AC-4 AC-1 Poles description 3P Power pole contact composition 3 NO [Ue] rated operational voltage Power circuit: — 690 V AC 25...400 Hz Power circuit: — 300 V DC [le] rated operational current 25 A (at <60 °C) at — 440 V AC AC-3 for power circuit 40 A (at <60 °C) at — 440 V AC AC-1 for power circuit Motor power kW 5.5 kW at 220...230 V AC 50/60 Hz (AC-3) 11 kW at 380...400 V AC 50/60 Hz (AC-3) 11 kW at 415...440 V AC 50/60 Hz (AC-3) 15 kW at 500 V AC 50/60 Hz (AC-3) 15 kW at 660...690 V AC 50160 Hz (AC-3) 5.5 kW at 400 V AC 50/60 Hz (AC-4) Motor power HP (UL / CSA) 3 hp at 230/240 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 phase motors 2 hp at 115 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 phase motors 7.5 hp at 230/240 V AC 50/60 Hz for 3 phases motors 15 hp at 460/480 V AC 50/60 Hz for 3 phases motors 20 hp at 575/600 V AC 50/60 Hz for 3 phases motors 7.5 hp at 200/208 V AC 50/60 Hz for 3 phases motors Control circuit type AC at 50/60 Hz [Uc] control circuit voltage 120 V AC 50/60 Hz Auxiliary contact composition 1 NO + 1 NC [Uimp] rated impulse withstand voltage 6 kV conforming to IEC 60947 0 t Life is On I sv-.ider Overvoltage category III [Ith] conventional free air thermal 10 A (at 60 °C) for signalling circuit current 40 A (at 60 °C) for power circuit Irms rated making capacity 140 A AC for signalling circuit conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 250 A DC for signalling circuit conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 450 A at 440 V for power circuit conforming to IEC 60947 Rated breaking capacity 450 A at 440 V for power circuit conforming to IEC 60947 [Icw] rated short -time withstand current 240 A 40 °C - 10 s for power circuit 380 A 40 °C - 1 s for power circuit 50 A 40 °C - 10 min for power circuit 120 A 40 °C - 1 min for power circuit 100 A - 1 s for signalling circuit 120 A - 500 ms for signalling circuit 140 A - 100 ms for signalling circuit Associated fuse rating 10 A gG for signalling circuit conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 63 A gG at — 690 V coordination type 1 for power circuit 40 A gG at — 690 V coordination type 2 for power circuit Average impedance 2 mOhm - Ith 40 A 50 Hz for power circuit [Ui] rated insulation voltage Power circuit: 690 V conforming to IEC 60947-4-1 Power circuit: 600 V CSA certified Power circuit: 600 V UL certified Signalling circuit: 690 V conforming to IEC 60947-1 Signalling circuit: 600 V CSA certified Signalling circuit: 600 V UL certified Electrical durability 1.65 Mcycles 25 A AC-3 at Ue — 440 V 1.4 Mcycles 40 A AC-1 at Ue <= 440 V Power dissipation per pole 3.2 W AC-1 1.25 W AC-3 Front cover With Mounting support Rail Plate Standards CSA C22.2 No 14 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-5-1 IEC 60947-4-1 IEC 60947-5-1 UL 508 Product certifications UL BV RINA GOST DNV LROS (Lloyds register of shipping) CCC GL CSA Connections - terminals Control circuit: screw clamp terminals 1 cable(s) 1...4 mmzflexible without cable end Control circuit: screw clamp terminals 2 cable(s) 1...4 mmzflexible without cable end Control circuit: screw clamp terminals 1 cable(s) 1...4 mmzflexible with cable end Control circuit: screw clamp terminals 2 cable(s) 1...2.5 mmzflexible with cable end Control circuit: screw clamp terminals 1 cable(s) 1...4 mmzsolid without cable end Control circuit: screw clamp terminals 2 cable(s) 1...4 mmzsolid without cable end Power circuit: screw clamp terminals 1 cable(s) 2.5...10 mmzflexible without cable end Power circuit: screw clamp terminals 2 cable(s) 2.5...10 mmzflexible without cable end Power circuit: screw clamp terminals 1 cable(s) 1...10 mmzflexible with cable end Power circuit: screw clamp terminals 2 cable(s) 1.5...6 mmzflexible with cable end Power circuit: screw clamp terminals 1 cable(s) 1.5...10 mmzsolid without cable end Power circuit: screw clamp terminals 2 cable(s) 2.5...10 mmzsolid without cable end Tightening torque Control circuit: 1.7 N.m - on screw clamp terminals - with screwdriver flat O 6 mm Control circuit: 1.7 N.m - on screw clamp terminals - with screwdriver Philips No 2 Power circuit: 2.5 N.m - on screw clamp terminals - with screwdriver flat O 6 mm Power circuit: 2.5 N.m - on screw clamp terminals - with screwdriver Philips No 2 Operating time 12...22 ms closing 4...19 ms opening Safety reliability level 1310d = 1369863 cycles contactor with nominal load conforming to EN/ISO 13849-1 1310d = 20000000 cycles contactor with mechanical load conforming to EN/ISO 13849-1 Mechanical durability 15 Mcycles 0 El.Life Is On I Schneider Maximum operating rate 3600 cyc/h 60 °C Complementary Coil technology Without built-in suppressor module Control circuit voltage limits 0.3...0.6 Uc (-40... 70 °C):drop-out AC 50/60 Hz 0.8...1.1 Uc (-40... 60 °C):operational AC 50 Hz 0.85...1.1 Uc (-40... 60 °C):operational AC 60 Hz 1...1.1 Uc (60...70 °C):operational AC 50/60 Hz Inrush power in VA 70 VA 60 Hz cos phi 0.75 (at 20 °C) 70 VA 50 Hz cos phi 0.75 (at 20 °C) Hold -in power consumption in VA 7.5 VA 60 Hz cos phi 0.3 (at 20 °C) 7 VA 50 Hz cos phi 0.3 (at 20 °C) Heat dissipation 2...3 W at 50/60 Hz Auxiliary contacts type type mechanically linked 1 NO + 1 NC conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 type mirror contact 1 NC conforming to IEC 60947-4-1 Signalling circuit frequency 25...400 Hz Minimum switching current 5 mA for signalling circuit Minimum switching voltage 17 V for signalling circuit Non -overlap time 1.5 ms on de-energisation between NC and NO contact 1.5 ms on energisation between NC and NO contact Insulation resistance > 10 MOhm for signalling circuit Contact compatibility M2 Compatibility code LC1 D Motor power range 4...6 kW at 200...240 V 3 phases 7...11 kW at 380...440 V 3 phases 7...11 kW at 480...500 V 3 phases 2.2...3 kW at 100...120 V 3 phases 15...25 kW at 525...690 V 3 phases Motor starter type Direct on-line contactor Environment IP degree of protection IP20 front face conforming to IEC 60529 Protective treatment TH conforming to IEC 60068-2-30 Pollution degree 3 Ambient air temperature for operation -40... 60 °C 60...70 °C with derating Ambient air temperature for storage -60... 80 °C Operating altitude 0...3000 m Fire resistance 850 °C conforming to IEC 60695-2-1 Flame retardance V1 conforming to UL 94 Mechanical robustness Vibrations contactor open: 2 Gn, 5...300 Hz Vibrations contactor closed: 4 Gn, 5...300 Hz Shocks contactor closed: 15 Gn for 11 ms Shocks contactor open: 8 Gn for 11 ms Height 85 mm Width 45 mm Depth 92 mm Net weight 0.37 kg Packing Units Package 1 Weight 410 g Package 2 Weight 8.526 kg Package 3 Weight 147.94 kg Offer Sustainability Sustainable offer status Green Premium product Life Is On I Schneider REACh Regulation REACh Declaration REACh free of SVHC Yes EU RoHS Directive Compliant EU RoHS Declaration Toxic heavy metal free Yes Mercury free Yes RoHS exemption information China RoHS Regulation Yes China RoHS declaratic, Pro -active China RoHS declaration (out of China RoHS legal scope) Environmental Disclosure Product Environmental Profile Circularity Profile End of Life Information WEEE The product must be disposed on European Union markets following specific waste collection and never end up in rubbish bins PVC free Yes Contractual warranty Warranty 18 months Life Is 'On Schneider Product datasheet LRD 16 Characteristics Thermal overload relay, TeSys LRD, 9...13 A, class 1 DA �� Green � Premium" �eider�- 40 LFC 0 _¢ 1 I U w Main a N Range TeSys N Product name TeSys LRD 0 Product or component type Differential thermal overload relay N Device short name LRD 0 Relay application Motor protection w Product compatibility ED LC1 D18 LC1 D38 0 LC1D32 LC1D12 LC1 D25 N m Network type DC AC d Thermal overload class a Class 10A o Thermal protection adjustment range 9...13 A [Ui] rated insulation voltage Power circuit: 600 V conforming to CSA o Power circuit: 600 V conforming to UL a Power circuit: 690 V conforming to IEC 60947-4-1 y Complementary a c m O Network frequency i 0...400 Hz Mounting support Plate, with specific accessories Rail, with specific accessories Under contactor Tripping threshold 1.14 +/ 0.06 Ir conforming to IEC 60947-4 1 0 [Ith] conventional free air thermal 5 A for signalling circuit current Permissible current 1.5 A at 240 V AC-15 for signalling circuit E 0.1 A at 250 V DC-13 for signalling circuit a [Ue] rated operational voltage 690 V AC 0...400 Hz [Uimp] rated impulse withstand voltage 6 kV E U N Nov 12, 2020 Life is On Schneider Phase failure sensitivity Tripping current 130 % of Ir on two phase, the last one at 0 Control type Red push-button: stop Blue push-button: reset Temperature compensation -20... 60 °C Connections - terminals Control circuit: screw clamp terminals 2 cable(s) 1...2.5 mm2 flexible without cable end Control circuit: screw clamp terminals 2 cable(s) 1...2.5 mm2 flexible with cable end Control circuit: screw clamp terminals 2 cable(s) 1...2.5 mm2 solid Power circuit: screw clamp terminals 1 cable(s) 1.5...10 mm2 flexible without cable end Power circuit: screw clamp terminals 1 cable(s) 1...4 mm2 flexible with cable end Power circuit: screw clamp terminals 1 cable(s) 1...6 mm2 solid Tightening torque Control circuit: 1.7 N.m - on screw clamp terminals Power circuit: 1.7 N.m - on screw clamp terminals Width 45 mm Depth 70 mm Net weight 0.124 kg Environment Protective treatment TH conforming to IEC 60068 IP degree of protection IP20 conforming to IEC 60529 Ambient air temperature for operation -20... 60 °C without derating conforming to IEC 60947-4-1 Ambient air temperature for storage -60... 70 °C Flame retardance V1 conforming to UL 94 Mechanical robustness Vibrations: 6 Gn conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shocks: 15 Gn for 11 ms conforming to IEC 60068-2-7 Dielectric strength 6 kV at 50 Hz conforming to IEC 60255-5 Standards IEC 60947-4-1 UL 508 EN 60947-5-1 ATEX D 94/9/CE EN 60947-4-1 IEC 60947-5-1 CSA C22.2 No 14 Product certifications LROS (Lloyds register of shipping) GL DNV CCC UL ATEX INERIS RINA BV GOST CSA Packing Units Package 1 Weight 144 g Package 2 Weight 3.715 kg Package 3 Weight 68.772 kg Offer Sustainability Sustainable offer status Green Premium product REACh Regulation REACh Declaration REACh free of SVHC Yes EU RoHS Directive Compliant EU RoHS Declaration Mercury free Yes RoHS exemption information Yes China RoHS Regulation China RoHS declaration Product out of China RoHS scope. Substance declaration for your information Environmental Disclosure Product Environmental Profile 0 El.Life Is On I Schneider Circularity Profile End of Life Information WEEE The product must be disposed on European Union markets following specific waste collection and never end up in rubbish bins Contractual warranty Warranty 18 months Lifeis On ScVelft bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Hammond Part Number FG5 Description Finger -safe cover for control transformers, Cover fits primary or secondary side Manufacturer Hammond Part Number PH1000MQMJ Description HPS Im erator 480x240 / 240x120 Control Transformer Manufacturer Hammond Part Number PFK3 Description Primary side fuse kit, 4 fuse clips, 4 mounting screws Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description 4�' 1� Group C Primary Voltage: Secondary Voltage: 240 x 480 II 230 x 460 II 220 x 440 120 x 240 115 x 230 110 x 220 c@°S C E 50/60 Hertz 50 t�;Wjh Number PH50MQMJ Fig. A tei 0.42/0.21 3.00 Overall 4.38 3.19 Mounting ' 2.50 2.25 MountinglrHeight 0.22 x 0.44 t 4.00 Depth t 5.82 tt t: tPrimary i 3.50 Option PFKI 75 PH75MQMJ A 0.63/0.31 3.25 3.88 3.56 2.63 2.50 0.22 x 0.44 4.37 5.32 3.54 PFKI 100 PH100MQMJ A 0.83/0.42 3.25 4.19 3.63 2.63 2.63 0.22 x 0.44 4.44 5.63 4.50 PFKI 150 PH150MQMJ B 1.25/0.63 4.00 4.94 3.81 3.38 2.75 0.22 x 0.75 4.50 6.44 5.70 PFK2 250 PH250MQMJ B 2.08/1.04 4.50 5.44 3.81 3.75 3.13 0.22 x 0.75 4.50 6.94 7.50 PFK2 350 PH350MQMJ B 2.92/1.46 4.50 5.19 4.44 3.75 3.75 0.22 x 0.75 4.94 6.69 10.1 PFK3 500 PH50OMQMJ B 4.17/2.08 4.75 5.94 4.31 4.06 3.81 0.31 x 0.94 4.81 7.44 14.2 PFK3 750 PH750MQMJ B 6.25/3.13 5.13 6.69 4.31 4.38 4.31 0.31 x 0.81 4.81 8.19 16.6 PFK3 1000 PH1000MQMJ B 8.33/4.17 5.25 6.81 4.94 4.50 4.44 0.31 x 0.81 5.56 8.31 23.6 PFK3 1500 PH150OMQMJ B 12.5/6.25 5.25 8.19 4.94 4.50 6.06 0.38 x 1.00 5.56 9.69 32.0 PFK3 Secondary fuse clips, fuse clip mounting screws and primary and secondary voltage links/jumpers supplied standard with transformers. Please refer to page 14 for dimensional drawings. Special voltages and VA sizes available upon request. Group D Primary Voltage: Secondary Voltage: 240 x 480 II 230 x 460 II 220 x 440 12x24 11.5x23 11x22 All dimensions in inches c@us C E 50/60 Hertz VNAF,C,taI,g 507 NumberRating PH50QR I A Outp I L Ov -er a t 4.38 3.19 t 2.50 2.25 t t 0.22 x 0.44 Guard 4.00 t Guard14M 5.82 . tt t t 3.50 upt Primary PFKI 4.17/2.08 3.00 75 PH75QR A 6.25/3.13 3.25 3.88 3.56 2.63 2.50 0.22 x 0.44 4.37 5.32 3.54 PFKI 100 PH100QR A 8.33/4.17 3.25 4.19 3.63 2.63 2.63 0.22 x 0.44 4.44 5.63 4.50 PFKI 150 PH150QR B 12.5/6.25 4.00 4.94 3.81 3.38 2.75 0.22 x 0.75 4.50 6.44 5.70 PFK2 250 PH250QR B 20.8/10.4 4.50 5.44 3.81 3.75 3.13 0.22 x 0.75 4.50 6.94 7.50 PFK2 350 PH350QR 1 B 29.2/14.6 4.50 5.19 4.44 3.75 3.75 0.22 x 0.75 4.94 6.69 10.1 PFK3 500 PH500QR B 41.7/20.8 4.75 5.94 4.31 4.06 3.81 0.31 x 0.94 4.81 7.44 14.2 PFK3 Secondary fuse clips, fuse clip mounting screws and primary and secondary voltage links/jumpers supplied standard with transformers. All dimensions in inches Please refer to page 14 for dimensional drawings. Special voltages and VA sizes available upon request. bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer APT Part Number D120V1 P Description 120 VAC Surge Suppressor Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Model 318 (APT AC Power DIN -Rail) r: 0f Type l Component Assembly Intended for use in Type l -3. or Type 2 Applications Features • UL 1449 Fourth Edition Recognized • UL 1449 Fourth Edition: 2OkA Inominal '= • Type 1 Component Assembly • UL 1449 Fourth Edition: 2OOkA SCCRs • Parallel Electrical Connection - • Large -Block 34mm sq. MOVs •_ Easy to Install - Individually Fused & • 50kA per mode Thermally Protected • All UL required OCP & Safety • Diagnostic Monitoring - Coordination included inside Visual Indicator Tabs - Supplemental Fusing/OCP • Optional Form C Normally Open/Closed Not Required Dry Contact System Voltage & # of UL 1449 Designed, Manufactured & Tested consistent with: Model Configuration Poles VPR 1 SCCR MCOV — ANSI/IEEE C62.41.1-2002, C62.41.2-2002, and (6kV - UA) C62.45-2002 (D120V1§ 120V 1 fZQQ 20kA 200kA 150 — NEC® Article 285 — IEC 61643-11, CE 318120SP05A2FN10 (D120V2P) 120/240V 2 600 20kA 200kA 150 High Energy Parallel Design for Category C-High 318120YP05A3FN10 (D120V3P) 208Y/120V 3 600 20kA 200kA 150 applications 318120YPO5N4FN10 (D120V3PNG) 208Y/120V w/N-G 4 600 20kA 200kA 150 For Internal mounting within control panels, medical, 318127NP05A1FN10 (D127V1P) 127V 1 600 20kA 200kA 180 telecom, drives, security systems, robotics, etc. 318127SP05A2FN10(D127V2P) 127/254V 2 600 20kA 200kA 180 Less than 1 nanosecond response time 318127YP05A3FN10 (D127V3P) 220Y/127V 3 600 20kA 200kA 180 Repetitive Impulse:5,000 hits 318127YP05N4FN10 (D127V3PNG) 220Y/127V w/N-G 4 600 20kA 200kA 180 Solid State Bidirectional Operation 318230NP05A1FN10(D230V1P) 230V 1 800 20kA 200kA 270 318230SP05A2FN10(D230V2P) 230/460V 2 800 20kA 200kA 270 Optional 318240DP05A3FN10 (D240V3PD) 240V Delta 3 800 20kA 200kA 270 'M' Suffix Option 318240DP05G3FN10 (D240V3PDG) 240V Delta 3 800 20kA 200kA 270 Form C: Normally Open or Normally Closed 318277NP05A1FN10 (D277V1P) 277V 1 1200 20kA 200kA 320 Contact Wire Size: #16 - #30 AWG, Torque: 2.0 lb -in 318277YP05A3FN10(D277V3P) 480Y/277V 3 900 20kA 200kA 320 Contact Rating: 125Vac, 3A maximum 318277YP05N4FN10(D277V3PNG) 480Y/277V w/N-G 4 1200 20kA 200kA 320 318347YP05A3FN10(D347V3P) 600Y/347V 3 1200 20kA 200kA 420 p NO r F 125Vac 318347YP05N4FN10(D347V3PNG) 600Y/347V w/N-G 4 1500 20kA 200kA 420 COMMON 2 3^m11 318480DP05A3FN10(D480V3PD) 480V Delta 3 1500 20kA 200kA 550 NC 3 318480DP05G3FN10(D480V3PDG) 480V Delta 3 1500 20kA 200kA 550 Physical Specifications Ouality, Standards & Validation Relative Humidity Range: 0 - 95% non -condensing UL 1449 Fourth Edition Recognized, cUL Operating Frequency:47 - 63Hz UL file: VZCA2.E321351 at www.UL.com Operating Temperature: -40°C (-40°F) to +85°C (185°F) RoHS-compliant Polymeric Enclosure: Flame rated UL94 V-0 5 year warranty (longer optional) Weight: 0.25 Ibs (114 kg) per pole ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management System Wire Lug Size: #6 - #14 AWG ISO 17025:2005 Laboratory Qualification 25 bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Altech Part Number CF4U Description Fused terminal block, 5x20mm Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Fuse Blocks, 5 x 20 and 5 x 25 mm Altech fuse terminals are also available with light indication - CF4U(L). A specially designed built-in circuit gives light indica- : LLL tion in the event of fuse blow out. GpPQe Thus, fault in a circuit can be eas- ily located. No polarity is required. Important: Terminal Width The disconnecting device is not suitable for interrupting load. The Height x Length supply must be switched off before operating the slide link/lever. Stripping Length Insulation Material t Fuses are sold separately see pages 100-101. Type of Connection LED Voltage 6-60 V AC/DC *Add required voltage to 90-240VAC/DC part number as a suffix. i.e. CF4U(Q/6-60 for 6-60 V Type of Fuse Used AC/DC. Approvals COL R BLO KS (other than standard grey) When ordering please add color suffix to Cat. No. Example for color Red: Cat.No./R Color Ordering Suffix Red R Yellow Y Blue BU Green G Consult Altech for availability: Orange O 0 Beige BG 0 Dark Brown DB 0 Black BL White W 0 Wire Range Voltage Rating Current Rating Torque Other Approvals ..� ONEW 8mm 57.6x57mm 9.5 mm Polyamide 6.6 4 screw clamps 05x20, O5x25 mm Fus ® C c�WUS 60947-7-3 E220514 22-10 AWG 0.2-4 mm' 22-10 AWG 600 V 1000 V 600 V 10A 6.3A 10A 7 lb -in ROHS ' ,'NEW 4. r No Polarity Required. 8mm 576 x 57 mm 9.5 mm Polyamide 6.6 4 screw clamps CF4U(L)/6-60 CF4U(L)/90-240 05x20, O5x25 mm c@0us ® CM us 60947-7-3 E220514 22-10 AWG 0.2-4 mm= 22-10 AWG 600 V 600 V 600 V 10A 6.3 A 10A 0.5 Nm 17 lb -in 7 lb -in 10.5 Nm I 7 lb -in 1 CE Terminal Block CF4U 100 CF4U(L)* 50 DIN Rail for ordering information 32mm 35mm 32mm 35mm refer to pages 90-91 35mm 35mm End Stop CA702 50 CA702 50 for ordering information CA802 50 CA802 50 refer to page 92 CF4U(L) Only Internal 2 pole Jumper 3 pole z7Kn 4 pole 10 pole 27Kn Insulated 2 pole �� Internal 3 pole LED Circuitfor offline Jumper 4 pole indication in CF4U(L)/6-60V 10 pole 200KO Current 2 pole Bar 3 pole zooKn 4 pole 10 pole �i Shorting Sleeve & Screw ® LED indication in C 4U(L) indication in CF4U(L)/90-240V 2 pole CA711/2 100 CA711/2 External 3 pole CA711/3 50 CA711/3 Jumper 4 pole CA711/4 50 CA711/4 10 pole CA711/10 20 CA711/10 MarkingTags (on terminal) MT8 100 MT8 100 (on Lever) MT8 100 MT8 100 20 Altech Corp. • 35 Royal Road • Flemington, NJ 08822-6000 • Phone (908)806-9400 • FAX (908)806-9490 • www.altechcorp.com bppiiir&Wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Bussmann Part Number GMA-2-R Description Control Power fuse, 2A Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description GMA 5 mm x 20 mm Fast -acting glass tube fuses Product features • Fast -acting, low breaking capacity • Optional axial leads available • 5 x 20mm physical size • Glass tube, silver-plated (63mA-315mA) and nickel -plated (500mA-15A) brass endcap construction • Designed to UL/CSA 248-14 Agency information • UL Listed, Guide JDYX, File E19180, 63mA-6A • UL Recognized, Guide JDYX2, File E19180, 7-15A • CSA Certified, Class 1422-01, File 53787, 63mA-6A • PSE Approval, 1A-15A Ordering • Specify packaging, product, and option code • Ratings above 6.3A have a 0.8 mm diameter lead • With TR2 packaging code, lead wire length is 19.05 mm Electrical Characteristics Rated Current %of Amp Rating Opening Time 63mA -15A 100% None 135% 60 minutes maximum 200% 2 minutes maximum — Specific ions Voltage Interrupting Typical DC Cold Typical Maximum Product Code Amp Rating Rating (amps)* Resistance Pre -Arc I 2t Voltage Rating Vac 250Vac 125Vac (f2)** Vact Drop (mV)t GMA-63-R 63mA 250 35 10,000 15.750 0.00024 4700 GMA-100-R 100mA 250 35 10,000 7.840 0.0001 4300 GMA-125-R 125mA 250 35 10,000 4.895 0.0024 2600 GMA-200-R 200mA 250 35 10,000 2.500 0.001 3400 GMA-250-R 250mA 250 35 10,000 1.735 0.018 2200 GMA-300-R 300mA 250 35 10,000 0.906 0.019 470 GMA-315-R 315mA 250 35 1 10,000 0.839 0.019 450 GMA-500-R 500mA 250 35 10,000 0.454 0.15 230 GMA-600-R 600mA 250 35 10,000 0.256 0.32 200 GMA-750-R 750mA 250 35 10,000 0.186 0.47 200 GMA-800-R 800mA 250 35 10,000 0.170 0.70 180 GMA-1-13 1 250 35 10,000 0.163 0.48 300 GMA-1.25-R 1.25 250 100 10,000 0.122 0.84 290 GMA-1.5-13 1 1.5 250 100 10,000 1 0.090 1.6 270 GMA-1.6-13 1.6 250 100 10,000 0.080 2.0 260 GMA-2-13 2 250 100 10,000 0.066 3.1 250 2.5 250 100 10,000 0.046 4.9 240 GMA-3-R 3 250 100 10,000 0.039 8.8 215 GMA-3.15-R 3.15 125 - 10,000 0.036 9.7 210 GMA-3.5-13 3.5 125 10,000 0.030 13 210 GMA-4-13 4 125 10,000 0.026 19 205 GMA-5-13 5 125 10,000 0.021 29 200 GMA-6-13 6 125 10,000 0.017 45 180 GMA-7-13 7 125 200 0.012 150 110 GMA-8-13 8 125 200 0.009 280 110 GMA-10-R 10 125 200 0.006 280 110 GMA-15-11 15 125 150 0.004 950 100 * Interrupting ratings: Interrupting ratings for 63mA- 6A were measured at 70%-80% power factor on AC. The interrupting ratings for 7A- 15A were measured at 100% power factor on AC. ** DC Cold Resistance (Measured at <10%of rated current) t Typical Pre -Arching I 't (12t was measured at listed interrupting rating and rated voltage) t Maximum Voltage drop (Voltage drop was measured at 20°C ambient temperature at rated current) FM,T*N Powering Business Worldwide Technical Data 2017 Effective May 2017 Dimensions - mm I� j� 38.10mm (t l ) 5.54mm (±.20) T 10mm 20mm 21.10mm + 2.0) (±0.5) (±.81) L-1 1 6.2mm 38.10mm 11-0,2) 0.65mm 0 (REF) Time -Current Curve — GMA-R 63mA-800mA 100 10 0 1 U (D 0.1 d) E 0.01 0.001 0.0001 0.01 0 E 0.1 1 10 100 1000 Current in Amps GMA 5 mm x 20 mm Fast -acting glass tube fuses Time -Current Curve — GMA-R 1-15A Current in Amps Packaging Code Packaging Code Description BK 100 fuses packed into a cardboard carton BK1 1000 fuses packed into a poly bag TR2 1500 fuses packed into tape on a reel (19.05mm lead wire length) Option Code Option Code Description V I Axial leads - copper tinned wire with nickel -plated brass overca s Life Support Policy: Eaton does not authorize the use of any of its products for use in life support devices or systems without the express written approval of an officer of the Company. Life support systems are devices which support or sustain life, and whose failure to perform, when properly used in accordance with instructions for use provided in the labeling, can be reasonably expected to result in significant injury to the user. Eaton reserves the right, without notice, to change design or construction of any products and to discontinue or limit distribution of any products. Eaton also reserves the right to change or update, without notice, any technical information contained in this bulletin. Eaton Electronics Division 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, CH 44122 United States www.eaton.com/electronics © 2017 Eaton All Rights Reserved Eaton is a registered trademark. -AT N Printed in USA Publication No. 2017 BU-SB091174 All other trademarks are property Powering Business Worldwide May 2017 of their respective owners. bppiiir&Wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Saginaw Part Number SCE-TEMNO Description Thermostat for Ventilation Fan Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description 10/15/2020 SCE-TEMNO - Saginaw Control and Engineering SAGINAW CONTROL & ENGINEERING Your Enclosure Source u Application Designed to regulate air temperature in enclosures that operate with heaters or fans. This mechanical bi-metallic thermostat has a set point range of 30' to 140' F and is easily installed on 35mm mounting rail. (NC) contact normally closed, or (NO) contact normally open, switch capacity 10 amp 120-250 VAC Resistive load and 1 amp 120-250VAC Inductive load, 1.25 amp 24VDC. Industry Standards - (IS24) * UL Component Recognized Notes UL File # E358385 Saginaw Control and Engineering 95 Midland Road Saginaw, MI 48638-5770 (800) 234-6871 - Fax: (989) 799-4524 SCE@SaginawControl.com Product Specifications: Part Number: SCE-TEMNO Description: Thermostat (Normally Open) Height: 2.40" Width: 1.26" Depth: 1.42" Price Code: P1 List Price: $50.05 Catalog Page: 374 Est. Ship Weight: 1.00 Ibs Similar Part Numbers SCE-TEMNCThermostat (Normally Closed) Installation Information * Thermostat www.saginawcontrol.com/partnumber_info/?n=SCE-TEMNO# 1 /1 bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Kooltronic Part Number KNP60RFLV Description NEMA 4X Inlet Ventilation Fan, 290 CFM, 120VAC Manufacturer Kooltronic Part Number KNPA60FLV Description NEMA 4X Exhaust Hood Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description KOOITRO%Il/C GUARDIAN/GUARDIANX SERIES ENCLOSURE COOLl"(3 soLUTloms NEMA 4 or 4X FILTER FANS KNP60FL TECHNICAL DATA NEMA TYPE 4/4X MAINTAINED r Find additional information on this model at kooltronic.com, or use the Technical Documents OR code below. ❑�J%6k.! Technical r` Documents 0. Fan Unit Operating Approx. Airflow NEMA Input Input Airflow Airflow Noise Temp. IF Weight Model Direction Rating g Voltage g Amps p Watts CFM* CFM** db(A) Min. Max Lbs. Kg. KNP60FL Intake NEMA4 115/60 0.34 37 290 92 61 -40 158 11.3 5.1 KNP60RFL Exhaust NEMA4 115/60 0.34 37 290 92 61 -40 158 11.3 5.1 KNP60FL Intake NEMA4 115/50 0.42 43 270 84 59 -40 158 11.3 5.1 KNP60RFL Exhaust NEMA4 115/50 0.42 43 270 84 59 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K2NP60FL Intake NEMA4 230/60 0.17 36 290 80 61 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K2NP60RFL Exhaust NEMA4 230/60 0.17 36 290 80 61 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K2NP60FL Intake NEMA4 230/50 0.2 37 270 70 59 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K2NP60RFL Exhaust NEMA4 230/50 0.2 37 270 70 59 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K6NP60FL Intake NEMA4 12 VDC 0.52 6.2 225 72 67 -40 167 11.3 5.1 K6NP60RFL Exhaust NEMA4 12 VDC 0.52 6.2 225 72 67 -40 167 11.3 5.1 K7NP60FL Intake NEMA4 24 VDC 0.6 14.4 230 72 54 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K7NP60RFL Exhaust NEMA4 24 VDC 0.6 14.4 230 72 54 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K8NP60FL Intake NEMA4 48 VDC 0.36 16.8 240 40 58 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K8NP60RFL Exhaust NEMA4 48 VDC 0.36 16.8 240 40 58 -40 158 11.3 5.1 KNP60FLV Intake NEMA4X 115/60 0.34 37 290 92 61 -40 158 11.3 5.1 KNP60RFLV Exhaust NEMA4X 11560 0.34 37 290 92 61 -40 158 11.3 5.1 KNP60FLV Intake NEMA4X 115/50 0.42 43 270 84 59 -40 158 11.3 5.1 KNP60RFLV Exhaust NEMA4X 115/50 0.42 43 270 84 59 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K2NP60FLV Intake NEMA4X 230/60 0.17 36 290 80 61 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K2NP60RFLV Exhaust NEMA4X 230/60 0.17 36 290 80 61 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K2NP60FLV Intake NEMA4X 230/50 0.2 37 270 70 59 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K2NP60RFLV Exhaust NEMA4X 230/50 0.2 37 270 70 59 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K6NP60FLV Intake NEMA4X 12 VDC 0.52 6.2 225 72 67 -40 167 11.3 5.1 K6NP60RFLV Exhaust NEMA4X 12 VDC 0.52 6.2 225 72 67 -40 167 11.3 5.1 K7NP60FLV Intake NEMA4X 24 VDC 0.6 14.4 230 72 54 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K7NP60RFLV Exhaust NEMA4X 24 VDC 0.6 14.4 230 72 54 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K8NP60FLV Intake NEMA4X 48 VDC 0.36 16.8 240 40 58 -40 158 11.3 5.1 K8NP60RFLV Exhaust NEMA4X 48 VDC 0.36 16.8 240 40 58 -40 158 11.3 5.1 Fan airflow without filter and grille. NEMA Rated if installed with provided filter. Baked Powder Finish Integrated Fan Guards Integrated Sealing Gasket IP55 Filter Protection NEMA 4 or 4X Rating Maintained (if used with provided filter) Secure Mounting Six foot [1.8m] (minimum) 3-wire power cord Stainless Steel Shell (NEMA 4X models) UL/CSA Shielded Ball Bearing Motors UL/CUL Listed Washable, Reuseable Filter ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS Filter -Hood Assembly - (Recommended) - (P/N: KNPA60FL(V)) Other voltages, both AC and DC Replacement Filters (P/N: 0429-01-01) Reversed Airflow Direction Dimensions, inches [mm], are for reference only and are subject to change. PERFORMANCE CHART .48 w .32 CO U) w a .16 U Q Co .04 KNP60FL 0 5 25 50 75 100 AIRFLOW C.F.M. Airflow vs. static pressure curves are shown for 60 Hz and 50 Hz (broken line) inputs. For general ventilating use only. Do not use these fans to exhaust hazardous or explosive material or vapors. NOT ALL SYSTEMS ARE SUITABLE FOR UTILIZING OUTSIDE AIR. To protect sensitive components against condensation an enclosure heater or closed -loop cooling is recommended. To protect sensitive components against corrosive elements closed -loop cooling is recommended. KoolrRo�rc 4Z COOLING SOLUTIONS DESCRIPTION GUARDIAN/GUARDIANX SERIES NEMA 4 or 4X FILTER FANS KNP60FL Kooltronic has expanded its line of filter fans to include models offering the versatility and security of indoor or outdoor use. All Guardian Series Filter Fans have a NEMA 4 Rating. The GuardianX Series Filter Fans, with a NEMA 4X Rating, are offered with a Stainless Steel Shell. The Guardian/GuardianX Series Indoor/Outdoor Filter Fans are a perfect choice for dissipating high heat loads economically. These models are available in a variety of sizes, voltages and protection levels. The new Guardian/GuardianX Series Filter Fans offer the same convenience, versatility and reliability as the Advantage Series Filter Fans with the added protection of a NEMA 4 or 4X Rating, making these models an excellent choice for telecommunications and other outdoor applications. COMPONENT CHARACTERISTICS ■ Standard airflow direction is from the outside to the inside of the cabinet. ■ Filters are stable up to 100°C and 100% rh. (Filters are necessary in order to maintain NEMA 4 or 4X Rating). ■ Filters guarantee a continuously high level of protection according to EU4, with a 94% separation efficiency according to DIN 24185 Standard. NOTE: Filter media is washable about 10 times. ■ With available filters, dust capacity is particularly high (620 g/m2), which reduces maintenance. ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS ■ Other supply voltages, both AC and DC, are available on request. ■ Filter fans can be supplied with reversed airflow direction (from inside the cabinet to outside). To order, add "R" after series number. Example: KNP60RFL. ■ Depending on the request and quantity, parts can be supplied in different colors. ■ Filter -Hood Assembly - (Recommended) (P/N: KNPA60FL(V)). ■ Relacement Filters (P/N 0429-01-01). DRAWINGS 1.86 6.12 [47.21 _ _ _ _ _ [155.4] 1.86 0 0 [47.27.z] T 2 1180.81 13.75 [349.21 6.50 - [165.11 16.56 1.68 420.E [42.61 [420.6] 8.99 [228.31 O 2.81 [71.31 �i_______ ________________ __- 2.61 4.62 2.81 [66.31 [117.3] (4) .312 [7.91 r71.41 DIA. HOLES MOUNTING PLAN HOW TO ORDER 9.85 [250.1] 6.12 [155.4] CAGE NUTS POWER CORD 18.00 o [457.21 to 0 0 4.62 5.01 _ [117.3] REMOV BFILTER ILE [127.2] GUARD inj#jUj f 111311.00Y I AIR Specify model number. Filter fans can be supplied with reverse airflow direction. To order, add "R" after series number. Example: KNP60RFL. dR IN AIR OUT bppiiir&Wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Hoffman Part Number DAH2O01A Description 200 Watts Heater with Embedded Thermostat, 120VAC Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description ACCESSORIES ENCLOSURE HEATERS ELECTRIC HEATERS IIIIIIIIIIII --_ -�E 115/230 Volt 115/230 Volt 115/230 Volt 100 200 att 400/800 Watt 1300 Watt INDUSTRY STANDARDS UL 508A Component Recognized; File No. E61997 CSA Certified, CSA File No. LR42186 CE APPLICATION Protect mechanical, electrical and electronic equipment from low temperatures, condensation and corrosion with this thermostatically controlled, fan -driven heater that maintains a stable enclosure temperature. Fan draws cool air from the bottom of the enclosure and passes this air across the thermostat and heating element before being released into enclosure cavity. Heated air is discharged through the top of the heater unit. SPECIFICATIONS • Aluminum housing • Thermostat range adjustable from 0 F to 100 F (-18 C to 38 C) • Four 10-32 x self -tapping screws are included with each heater • Ball bearing fan • Terminal strip with clamp connector that accepts both solid and stranded wire FINISH • Brushed aluminum A CAUTION These electric heaters are not designed for use in dusty, dirty, corrosive, or hazardous locations. Portions of the heater can get hot. Adequate protection must be taken to protect people from potential burns, and to protect other components from this heat. Pentair Technical Products recommends this heater only be installed in a totally -enclosed metal enclosure. DO NOT INSTALL HEATERS ON WOOD PANELS. Heat sensitive components should not be placed near the heater discharge area since this air can be quite warm. The clearance range defines the space that must be kept free of these components for proper and safe operation of the heater. EQUIPMENT PROTECTION PH 763.422.2211 • FAX 763.576.3200 • HOFFMANONLINE.COM COOLING 4 Spec-00051 L PENTAIR ACCESSORIES ENCLOSURE HEATERS Performance Data 100 and 200 Watt Heaters CATALOG NUMBERS DAH1001A DAH1002A DAH2O01A DAH2O02A ELECTRICAL DATA Watts 100 100 200 200 UNIT CONSTRUCTION Wei ht lb./kg) 1.6/0.73 1.6/0.73 1.6/0.73 1.6/0.73 X (im 4.00/102 4.00/102 4.00/102 4.00/102 Performance Data 400 and 800 Watt Heaters CATALOG NUMBERS DAH4001B DAH4002B DAH8001B DAH8002B Watts 400 400 800 800 Weight (lb./kg) 2.2/1.00 2.2/1.00 2.2/1.00 2.2/1.00 X (in./mm) 6.00/152 6.00/152 8.00/203 8.00/203 Performance Data 1300 Watt Heaters CATALOG NUMBERS DAH13001C DAH13002C watts lsuu lsuu Weight lb./kgl 3.4/1.54 3.4/1.54 X in. mm 8.00/203 8.00/203 COOLING SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE EQUIPMENT PROTECTION Spec-00051 L bppiiir&Wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Saginaw Part Number SCE-SLOF Description LED Strip Light - On/Off Switch Height: 13.80" Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description '1ii;= Ar-r IF- SAGINAW —A CONTROL & ENGINEERING Your Enclosure Source SCE -SLOE Son_ Construction * Magnets provided for quick installation to any surface inside the enclosure, also provided with clips that can be mechanically fastened v Wire connector for direct power supply wiring c► Feed in / Feed out Push fit connector on each end of fixture o Daisy chain multiple lights continuously up to 16 lights AC or 8 lights DC * Combined AC and DV voltage range in one light 24 VDC to 265 VAC 50/60 HZ ON/OFF switch or motion sensor available 6500K Cool White 400 Lumens Application LED Strip Lights have a compact design to provide interior lighting for smaller enclosures. Industry Standards - (IS24) to UL Component Recognized Notes UL File # E358386 Saginaw Control and Engineering 95 Midland Road Saginaw, MI 48638-5770 (800) 234-6871 - Fax: (989) 799-4524 SCE@SaginawControl.com Product Specifications: Part Number: SCE-SLOF Description: LED Strip Light - On/Off Switch Height: 13.80" Width: 1.38" Depth: 1.25" Price Code: P2 List Price: $162.79 Catalog Page: 363 Est. Ship Weight: 0.30 Ibs UL File Model Number: SL-400100 Optional Accessories SCE-SLCC LED Strip Light Connection Cord SCE-SLDCC LED Strip Light Daisy Chain Cord Similar Part Numbers SCE-SLMSLED Strip Light - Motion Sensor Installation Information * LED Strip Light bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Allen Bradley Part Number 1766-L32BWA Description MicroLogix 1400 PLC Manufacturer Allen Bradley Part Number 1762-IF2OF2 Description Expansion 10 Module, 2CH Al & 2CH AO Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description MicroLogix 1400 Allen-Bradley Small Programmable Logic Controller Features and Benefits • Expand your application capabilities with up to 7 expansion 1/0 modules for a maximum of 256 discrete 1/0 • Up to 6 embedded 100 kHz highspeed counters (on controllers with do inputs) • 2 Serial ports with DF1/ DH485/ Modbus RTU/DNP3/ASCII protocol support • Ethernet port provides you with EtherNet/IP, DNP3 over IP and Modbus TCP/IP protocol support as well as web server and email capabilities • Built-in LCD with backlight allows you to view controller and 1/0 status, and provides a simple interface for messages, bit / integer monitoring and manipulation Product Description The Allen-Bradley® MicroLogix'' 1400 from Rockwell Automation complements the existing MicroLogix family of small programmable logic controllers. MicroLogix 1400 combines the features you demand from MicroLogix 1100, such as EtherNet/IP, online editing, and a built-in LCD, plus provides you with enhanced features, such as: higher 1/0 count, faster High Speed Counter/PTO and enhanced network capabilities Take advantage of the built-in LCD with back lighting to set the Ethernet network configuration, display floating point values on a user configurable display, display OEM logos at startup and read or write any binary, integer and long file elements in the data table. Three embedded communication ports provide you with excellent communications capabilities. MicroLogix 1400 offers an isolated RS232C/ RS485 combination port; a non -isolated RS232C port; and an RJ-45 port for 10/100 Mbps EtherNet/IP peer -to -peer messaging, DNP3 over IP and Modbus TCP/IP protocol. Similar to the rest of the MicroLogix family, MicroLogix 1400 is programmed with RSLogix 500 programming software (Version 8.1 and above) as well as RSLogix Micro programming software. Rockwell Allen-Bradley • Rockwell Software Automation Product Specifications Input Power 120 240 VAC 24V DC 120/240 V AC 24V DC Memory non-volatile battery backed RAM User Program / 10K / 10K configurable User Data Space 128 K (without Recipe) / up to 64 K (after subtracting Data Logging) Data Logging / Recipe Storage Yes Yes Battery Back-up Back-up Memory Module (12) Fast 24VDC (12) Fast 24VDC (12) Fast 24VDC (12) Fast 24VDC Digital Inputs (20) 120VAC (g) Normal (20) 120VAC (8) Normal 24VDC 24VDC (8) Normal 24VDC (8) Normal 24VDC (6) Relay (6) Relay Digital Outputs (12) Relay (12) Relay (3) Fast DC (12) Relay (12) Relay (3) Fast DC (3) Normal DC (3) Normal DC None (4) Voltage Inputs / (2) Voltage Outputs Analog Inputs / Outputs (1) RS232C/RS485*, (1) RS232C** Serial Ports Serial Protocols DF1 Full Duplex, DF1 Half Duplex Master/Slave, DF1 Radio Modem, DH-485, Modbus RTU Master/Slave, ASCII, DNP 3 Slave Ethernet Ports (1) 10/100 EtherNet/IP port Ethernet Protocols EtherNet/IP messaging, DNP3 over IP and Modbus TCP/IP Trim 2 Digital Potentiometers High -Speed Up to 6 channels N/A Up to 6 channels Up to 6 channels N/A Up to 6 channels Inputs @ 100 kHz @ 100 kHz i@ 100 kHz @ 100 kHz Real Time Clock Yes, embedded PID Yes (limited by loop and stack memory) 3channel PTO 3channel PTO PWM /PTO N/A (100kHz)\PWM N/A (100kHz)\PWM (40kHz) Yes Yes (40kHz) Embedded LCD Floating Point Math Yes -20oC...+6OoC Online Editing Operating Temperature Storage -40°C (or-30°C)...+85°C Temperature "Isolated. RS232/R5485 combo port. Same as MicroLogix 1100 Comm 0 ** Non -isolated RS232. standard D-sub connector. r, Rockwell Automation is an official ENERGY STAR- Industrial Service and Product Provider. It has proven it provides energy efficiency services and/or products to commercial build ingsand industrial manufacturing plants in the United States by collaborating with an ENERGY STAR Industrial Partner to submit a teaming profile that outlines the scope and resulting savings from energy efficiency -driven projects. m For more information,visit ENERGY STAR for Industry at www.energystar.gov/index.cfm?c=industry.bus_industry Allen-Bradley, MicroLogix and RSLogix are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc. Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies. www.rockwellautomation.com Power, Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204-2496 USA, Tel: (1) 414.382.2000, Fax: (1) 414.382.4444 Europe/Middle East/Africa: Rockwell Automation NV, Pegasus Park, De IQeetlaan 12a, 1831 Diegem, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, Level 14, Core F, Cyberport 3, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong, Tel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 2508 1846 Publication 1766-PP001D-EN-P - April, 2011 Copyright 0 2011 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA. Supercedes Publication 1766-PP001C-EN-P October, 2010 IM Allen-Bradley Installation Instructions Microl.ogi 1762-IF20F2 nalog Input/Output Module Catalog Number 1762-I1`201`2 Topic Page Important User Information 2 North American Hazardous Location Approval 4 Additional Resources 5 Overview 6 Module Description 7 Mount the Module 8 Field Wiring Connections 11 Wiring 13 Sensor/Transmitter Types 15 1/0 Memory Mapping 17 Input Data File 17 Output Data File 18 Configuration Data File 19 Specifications 21 Rockwell ALLEN-BRADLEY • ROCKWELL SOFTWARE Automation 2 MicroLogix 1762-IF20F2 Analog Input/Output Module Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment. Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (Publication I-1.1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http://literature.rockwellautomation.com) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard -wired electromechanical devices. Because of this difference, and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment, all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable. In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment. The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams. No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual. Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation, Inc., is prohibited. Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations. ® Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment, which may lead to personal injury or death, property I • damage, or economic loss. Ems Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product. Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury death, property damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, ALor avoid a hazard and recognize the consequences. Labels may be on or inside the equipment (for example, drive or motor) to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present. Labels may be on or inside the equipment (for example, drive or motor) to alert people Sf f that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module 3 Environment and Enclosure This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment, in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC 60664-1), at altitudes up to 2000 m (6562 ft) without derating.This equipment is considered Group 1, Class A industrial equipment according to IEC/CISPR 11. ......out appropriate precautions, there may be difficulties with electromagnetic compatibility in residential and other environments due to conducted and radiated disturbances. This equipment is supplied as open -type equipment. It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts. The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame, complying with a flame spread rating of 5VA, V2, V1, VO (or equivalent) if non-metallic. The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool. Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications. In addition to this publication, see: • Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, for additional installation requirements, Allen-Bradley publication 1770-4.1. • NEMA Standards 250 and IEC 60529, as applicable, for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure. Preventing Electrostatic Discharge This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge, which can cause internal I damage and affect normal operation. Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment: ' • Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static. • Wear an approved grounding wriststrap. • Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards. • Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment. • Use a static -safe workstation, if available. • Store the equipment in appropriate static -safe packaging when not in use. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 4 MicroLogix 1762-IF20F2 Analog Input/Output Module North American Hazardous Location Approval The following modules are North American Hazardous Location approved: 1762-IF2OF2 The following information applies when Informations sur ('utilisation de cet operating this equipment in hazardous equipement en environnements dangereux: locations: Products marked "CL I, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D" are Les protluits marques "CL I, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, T no suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A, B, C, conviennent qu'a une utilisation en environnements de D, Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous Classe I Division 2 Groupes A, B, C, D dangereux et non locations only. Each product is supplied with dangereux. Chaque produit est livre avec des markings on the rating nameplate indicating the marquages Sur sa plaque d'identification qui indiquent hazardous location temperature code. When le code de temperature pour les environnements combining products within a system, the most dangereux. Lorsque plusieurs protluits sont combines adverse temperature code (lowest"T' number) may clans un systeme, le code de temperature le plus be used to help determine the overall temperature defavorable (code de temperature le plus faible) pout code of the system. Combinations of equipment in titre utilise pour determiner le code de temperature your system are subject to investigation by the global du systeme. Les combinaisons d'equipements local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of Bans le systeme sont sujettes a inspection par les installation. autorites locales qualifiees au moment de ('installation. EXPLOSION HAZARD leEXPLOSION • Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be . Coupe c Couper le courant ou s'assurer quo 1'environnement est classe non dangereux avant de debrancher I nonhazardous. A ('equipement. Do not disconnect connections to • Couper le courant ou s'assurer qua this equipment unless power has 1'environnement est classe non been removed or the area is dangereux avant de debrancher les known to be nonhazardous. connecteurs. Fixer tous les Secure any external connections connecteurs externes relies a cot that mate to this equipment by equipement a I'aide de vis, loquets using screws, sliding latches, coulissants, connecteurs Hates ou threaded connectors, or other autres moyens fournis avec ce means provided with this product. produit. • Substitution of components may • La substitution de composants peut impair suitability for Class I, rendre cot equipement inadapte a une Division 2. utilisation en environnement de • If this product contains batteries, Classe 1, Division 2. they must only be changed in an • S'assurer que 1'environnement est area known to be nonhazardous. classe non dangereux avant de • All wiring must comply with changer les piles. N.E.C. article 501-41bI. • The interiorof the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool. • For applicable equipment (relay modules, etc.(, exposure to some chemicals may degrade the sealing properties of materials used in the following devices: Relays, Epoxy. It is recommended that the User periodically inspect these devices for any degradation of properties and replace the module if degradation is found. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module 5 Additional Resources Resource Description MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers User A more detailed description of how to install and use Manual, publication 1763-UM001. your MicroLogix 1100 programmable controller and expansion 1/0 system. MicroLogix 1200 Programmable Controllers User A more detailed description of how to install and use Manual, publication 1762-UM001. your MicroLogix 1200 programmable controller and expansion 1/0 system. MicroLogix 1400 Programmable Controllers User A more detailed description of how to install and use Manual, publication 1766-UM001. your MicroLogix 1400 programmable controller and expansion 1/0 system. MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers Information on installing and using the MicroLogix Installation Instructions, publication 1763-IN001. 1100 programmable controller. MicroLogix 1200 Programmable Controllers Information on installing and using the MicroLogix Installation Instructions, publication 1762-IN006. 1200 programmable controller. MicroLogix 1400 Programmable Controllers Information on installing and using the MicroLogix Installation Instructions, publication 1766-IN001. 1400 programmable controller. Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding More information on proper wiring and grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1. techniques. If you would like a manual, you can: . download a free electronic version from the Internet: http://Iiterature.rockwellautomation.com . purchase a printed manual by contacting your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation representative Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 6 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module Overview The 1762 input module is suitable for use in an industrial environment when installed in accordance with these instructions. Specifically, this equipment is intended for use in clean, dry environments (Pollution degree 2(1)) and to circuits not exceeding Over Voltage Category II(Z) (IEC 60664-1)(3). Install your module using these installation instructions. 1762 Analog Input/Output Module Debris strip 45155 Do not remove the protective debris strip until after the module and all other equipment in the panel near the module are mounted and wiring is complete. ' Once wiring is complete, remove protective debris strip. Failure to remove strip before operating can cause overheating. Electrostatic discharge can damage semiconductor devices inside the module. Do not touch the connector pins or other sensitive areas. U (1) Pollution Degree 2 is an environment where, normally, only non-conductive pollution occurs except that occasionally a temporary conductivity caused by condensation shall be expected. (2) Over Voltage Category II is the load level section of the electrical distribution system. At this level transient voltages are controlled and do not exceed the impulse voltage capability of the product's insulation. (3) Pollution Degree 2 and Over Voltage Category II are International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) designations. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 Module Description Front view 45156 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module 7 Left side view -� - 45157 This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Follow ESD prevention guidelines when handling this equipment. Item Description Item Description 1 a upper panel mounting tab 6 pull loop lb lower panel mounting tab 7 module door with terminal identification label 2 power diagnostic LED 8 bus connector cover 3 flat ribbon cable with bus connector (female) 9 bus connector with male pins 4 DIN rail latch 10 terminal block 5 input type selector switch To comply with UL restrictions, this equipment must be powered from a source compliant with Class 2 or Limited Voltage/Current. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 8 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module Mount the Module General Considerations Most applications require installation in an industrial enclosure to reduce the effects of electrical interference and environmental exposure. Locate your controller as far as possible from power lines, load lines, and other sources of electrical noise such as hard -contact switches, relays, and AC motor drives. For more information on proper grounding guidelines, see the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1. This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel. Additional grounding connections from the power supply's mounting tabs or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded. Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, Allen-Bradley publication 1770-4.1, for additional information. Mounting Dimensions 90 mm (3.5 in.) mm 45158 43 in.) 40.4 mm (1.59 in.) Measurements do not include mounting feet or DIN rail latches. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 1 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module 9 Module Spacing Maintain spacing from objects such as enclosure walls, wireways and adjacent equipment. Allow 50.8 mm (2 in.) of space on all sides for adequate ventilation, as shown: Top Side Side Bottom 44913 DIN Rail Mounting The module can be mounted using the following DIN rails: 35 x 7.5 mm (EN 50 022 - 35 x 7.5) or 35 x 15 turn (EN 50 022 - 35 x 15). Before mounting the module on a DIN rail, close the DIN rail latch. Press the DIN rail mounting area of the module against the DIN rail. The latch will momentarily open and lock into place. Use DIN rail end anchors (Allen-Bradley part number 1492-EA35 or 1492-EAH35) form vibration or shock environents. End anchor chor For environments with greater vibration and shock concerns, use the panel mounting method described below, instead of DIN rail mounting. MicroLogix CD 0 0 1100/1200/1400 0 Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 10 MicroLogix 1762-I1`201`2 Analog Input/Output Module Panel Mounting Use the dimensional template shown below to mount the module. The preferred mounting method is to use two M4 (#8) panhead screws per module. M3.5 (#6) panhead screws may also be used, but a washer may be needed to ensure a good mechanical contact. Mounting screws are required on every module. For more than two 1/0 modules: measure (number of modules -1) x 40 mm (1.59 in.) 14.240.4 100.06 90 MicroLogix N N N (3.939) (3.54) 1100/1200/1400 o 0 0 95 (3.74) 44914 NOTE: All dimensions are in mm (in.). Hole spacing tolerance: ±0.4 mm (0.016 in.). System Assembly The expansion I/O module is attached to the controller or another I/O module by means of a flat ribbon cable after mounting as shown below. 176� bus COVE Use the pull loop on the connector to disconnect modules. Do not pull on the ribbon cable. m Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 1 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module 11 Field Wiring Connections Grounding the Module In solid-state control systems, grounding and wire routing helps limit the effects of noise due to electromagnetic interference (EMI). Run the ground connection from the ground screw of the controller to the ground bus prior to connecting any devices. Use AWG # 14 wire. For AC -powered controllers, this connection must be made for safety purposes. You must also provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application. For more information on proper grounding guidelines, refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1. EXPLOSION HAZARD In Class I, Division 2 applications, the bus connector must be fully seated and �. the bus connector cover must be snapped in place. • In Class I, Division 2 applications, all modules must be mounted in direct contact with each other as shown on page 10. If DIN rail mounting is used, an end anchor must be installed ahead of the controller and after the last 1762 1/0 module. To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD), all connected I/O must be powered from a source compliant with the Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV) or Protected Extra Low Voltage (PELV). If you connect or disconnect wiring while the field -side power is on, an electrical arc can occur. This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations. Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 12 Microl-ogix 1762-IF20F2 Analog Input/Output Module Input Type Selection Select the input type, current or voltage, using the switch located on the module's circuit board and the input type/range selection bits in the Configuration Data File (see Configuration Data File on pan�19). You can access the switch through the ventilation slots on the top of the module. Switch 1 controls channel 0; switch 2 controls channel 1. The factory default setting for both switch 1 and switch 2 is Current. Switch positions are shown below. 4 Switch Location Output Type Selection IT Voltage (OFF) Z O 1 2 �Current (ON)Default Switch 1 = Channel 0 Switch 2 = Channel 1 45162 The output type selection, current or voltage, is made by wiring to the appropriate terminals, Iout or Vout, and by the type/range selection bits in the Configuration Data File (see Configuration Data File on page 19 ). Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 1 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module 13 Wiring System Wiring Guidelines Consider the following when wiring your system: . The analog common (COM) is not connected to earth ground inside the module. All terminals are electrically isolated from the system. . Channels are not isolated from each other. . Use Belden 8761, or equivalent, shielded wire. . Under normal conditions, the drain wire (shield) should be connected to the metal mounting panel (earth ground). Keep shield connection to earth ground as short as possible. . To ensure optimum accuracy for voltage type inputs and outputs, limit overall cable impedance by keeping all analog cables as short as possible. Locate the I/O system as close to your voltage type sensors or actuators as possible. . The 1762-IF2OF2 module does not provide loop power for analog inputs. Use a power supply that matches the input transmitter specifications. Terminal Block Layout INO- O O INO+ IN1- O O IN1+ I out 0 O O Vout 0 lout1 O O V out 1 COM O — — — i Commons connected COM - 1 internally Analog outputs may fluctuate for less than a second when power is applied or removed. This characteristic is common to most analog outputs. While the majority of loads will not recognize this short signal, it is recommended that preventive measures be taken to ensure that connected equipment is not affected. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 14 Microl-ogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module Differential Sensor Transmitter Types Grounding the cable shield at the module end only usually provides sufficient noise immunity. However, for best cable shield performance, earth ground the shield at both ends, using a 0.01 pF capacitor at one end to block AC power ground currents, if necessary. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 MicroLogix 1762-IF20F2 Analog Input/Output Module 15 Sensor/Transmitter Types 2-Wire Transmitter Transmitter + _ Module Power + IN + supply(1 _ IN - O COM 3-Wire Transmitter Supply Signal Module Power + IN + Supplylll- IN - n COM 4-Wire Transmitter Transmitter Power Supply Signal Module Supplyill+ + + IN+ - - IN - Q COM (1) All power supplies rated N.E.C. Class 2. Labeling the Terminals A write -on label is provided with the module. Mark the identification of each terminal with permanent ink, and slide the label back into the door. 45161 Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 16 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module Wiring the Finger -Safe Terminal Block Be careful when stripping wires. Wire fragments that fall into a module could cause damage when power is applied. Once wiring is complete, ensure the A module is free of all metal fragments. When wiring the terminal block, keep the finger -safe cover in place. 1. Route the wire under the terminal pressure plate. You can use the stripped end of the wire or a spade lug. The terminals will accept a 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) spade lug. 2. Tighten the terminal screw making sure the pressure plate secures the wire. Recommended torque when tightening terminal screws is 0.904 Nm (8 lb -in.). 3. After wiring is complete, remove the debris shield. If you need to remove the finger -safe cover, insert a screw driver into one of the square wiring holes and gently pry the cover off. If you wire the terminal block with the finger -safe cover removed, you will not be able to put it back on the terminal block because the wires will be in the way. Wire Size and Terminal Screw Torque Each terminal accepts up to two wires with the following restrictions: Wire Type Wire Size Terminal Screw Torque Solid Cu-90 °C (194 T #14... 22 AWG 0.904 Nm (8 lb -in.) Stranded Cu-90 °C (194 °F) #16... 22 AWG 0.904 Nm (8 lb -in.) Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 1 MicroLogix 1762-IF20F2 Analog Input/Output Module 17 1/0 Memory Mapping 1762 Expansion 1/0 Addressing The addressing scheme for 1762 Expansion I/O is shown below. Data file (0 or 1) Data File # 0 = Output Slot number(') Data File # 1 = Input Word X 1 ■ X ■ / O Bit (0...15) Bit delimiter File Type 'word delimiter Input (1) or Output (0) L LSlot delimiter (1) 1/0 located on the controller (embedded 1/0) is slot 0. 1/0 added to the controller (expansion 1/0) begins with slot 1. Input Data File For each module, slot x, words 0 and 1 contain the analog values of the inputs. The module can be configured to use either raw/proportional data or scaled-for-PID data. The input data file for each configuration is shown below. Raw/Proportional Format Bit Position 15 14 113 112 111 110 19 18 17 6 15 14 13 12 1 0 0 0 Channel 0 Data 0...32760 10 10 10 1 0 Channel 1 Data 0...32760 10 0 0 2 reserved 3 reserved 4 reserved SO 1 SO 0 reserved SI 1 SI 0 5 UI 00 01 �Ul 1 PI reserved UO 0 00 0 UO 1 00 1 reserved Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 18 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module Scaled-for-PID Format a Bit Position 15 14 13 12 111 110 19 18 17 6 5 14 13 2 1 0 0 0 0 Channel 0 Data 0... 16,380 10 10 1 0 0 Channel 1 Data 0... 16,380 10 0 2 reserved 3 reserved 4 reserved SO 1 SO 0 reserved SI 1 SI 0 5 UI 0 �Ol 0 �Ul 1 �Ol 1 reserved UO 0 00 0 UO 1 00 1 reserved The bits are defined as follows: • SIx = General status bits for input channels 0 and 1. SOx = General status bits for output channels 0 and 1. This bit is set when an error (over- or under -range) exists for that channel, or there is a general module hardware error. • OIx = Over -range flag bits for input channels 0 and 1. OOx = Over -range flag bits for output channels 0 and 1. These bits can be used in the control program for error detection. • UIx = Under -range flag bits for input channels 0 and 1. UOx = Under -range flag bits for output channels 0 and 1. These bits can be used in the control program for error detection. Output Data File For each module, slot x, words 0 and 1 contain the channel output data. Raw/Proportional Format o Bit Position 15 3 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 l 0 Data 0... 32,760 tChwnel 0 0 0 1 0 1 Data 0... 32,760 0 10 10 Scaled-for-PID Format a Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 Channel 0 Data 0... 16,380 0 0 1 0 0 Channel 1 Data 0... 16,380 0 0 Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 1 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module 19 Configuration Data File The configuration of the format for analog inputs and outputs is made at going to run (GTR). Changes made to the configuration file while in run mode have no effect. The configuration table for analog inputs and outputs is shown in the table below. Configuration Data File Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 16 15 14 13 12 1 1 10 0 Data Format Input Type/Range Select Input reserved a Channel0 Channel0 1 i, Data Format Input Type/Range Select Input reserved Channel1 Channel1 2 reserved 3 reserved 4 Data Format Output Type/Range Select reserved Channel 0 Output Channel 0 5 L Data Format Output Type/Range Select reserved Channel 1 Output Channel 1 6 Ireserved 7 Ireserved Bit 15 and Bits 7...0 - Reserved These bits are reserved and are not checked by the module. Data Format (Bits 14...12) These bits indicate the format of the data as shown in the following table. Other combinations of these bits are not supported and result in an error. Bit Settings Data Format 14 13 12 0 0 0 Raw/Proportional 0 1 0 Scaled for PID other Not Supported Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 20 Microl-ogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module Type/Range Select (Bits 11...8) These bits indicate the type and range as in the following table. Other combinations of these bits are not supported and result in an error. Bit Settings Data Format 11 10 9 8 0 0 1 0 Voltage Mode 0...10V DC 0 0 1 1 Current Mode 4...20 mA other Not Supported Configuration via RSLogix 500 This module can be configured using RSLogix 500 programming software, as shown below. #1: 1762-OF4 - 4-Channel Analog IN Output Module Expansion General Configuration Analog Output Configuration I Generic Extra Data Config Channel 0 Output Range Selection Oto+IOVDC Data Format Raw/Proportional Channel Output Range Selection Oto+IOVDC Data Format Raw/Proportional Channel 2 Output Range Selection 0 to +10 VDC Data Format Raw/Proportional Channel 3 Output Range Selection 0 to +10 VDC Data Format RawlProportional OK Cancel I Apply] Help Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 1 MicroLogix 1762-IF20F2 Analog Input/Output Module 21 Specifications General Specifications Attribute Value Dimensions, HxWxD 90 x 40.4 x 87 mm (3.54 x 1.59 x 3.43 in.) Height including mounting tabs is 110 mm (4.33 in) Approximate Shipping Weight (with carton) 240g (0.53 lbs.) Bus Current Draw (max.) 40 mA @ 5V DC 105 mA @ 24V DC Analog Normal Operating Range Voltage: 0...10V DC Current: 4...20 mA Full Scale(1) Analog Ranges Voltage: 0...10.5V DC Current: 0...21 mA Resolution 12 bits (unipolar) Repeatability(2) +0.120 0 Input and Output Group to System Isolation 30V AC/30V DC rated working voltage(3) (IEC Class 2 reinforced insulation) type test: 500V AC or 707V DC for 1 minute Module Power LED On: indicates power is applied. VendorlD Code 1 Product Type Code 10 Product Code 75 Recommended Cable Belden 8761 (shielded) Wire size See Wire Size and Terminal Screw Torque on page 16 Wiring category(4) 2 - on signal ports I1I The over- or under -range flag comes on when the normal operating range (over/under) is exceeded. The module continues to convert the analog input up to the maximum full scale range. (2) Repeatability is the ability of the input module to register the same reading in successive measurements for the same input signal. (3) Rated working voltage is the maximum continuous voltage that can be applied at the terminals with respect to earth ground. (4) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing. Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 22 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module Input Specifications Attribute Value Number of Inputs 2 differential (unipolar) A/D Converter Type Successive approximation Common Mode Voltage Range(1) ±27 V Common Mode Rejection(2) > 55 dB @ 50 and 60 Hz Non -linearity (in percent full scale) ±0.12% Typical Overall Accuracy(3) ±0.55% full scale at-20... 65 °C (-4 °F... 149 °F) +0.3% full scale at 25 °C (77 °F) Input Impedance Voltage Terminal: 200KS2 Current Terminal: 25052 Current Input Protection ±32 mA Voltage Input Protection ±30 V Channel Diagnostics Over or under range or open circuit condition by bit reporting for analog inputs. () For proper operation, both the plus and minus input terminals must be within ±27V of analog common. (2) Vcm = 1 Vp,-pp AC (3) Vcm = 0 (includes offset, gain, non -linearity and repeatability error terms) Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module 23 Output Specifications Attribute Value Number of Outputs 2 single -ended (unipolar) D/A Converter Type Resistor string Resistive Load on Current Output 0...500 Q (includes wire resistance) Load Range on Voltage Output > 1 K0 Reactive Load, Current Output <0.1 mH Reactive Load, Voltage Output < 1 µF Typical Overall Accuracy(l) ± 1.17% full scale @-20... 65 °C (-4 °F...149 °F) ±0.5% full scale @ 25 °C (77 °F) Output Ripple range 0...500 Hz (referred to output range) <±0.1 % Non -linearity (in percent full scale) <±0.59% Open and Short -Circuit Protection Continuous Output Protection ±32 mA ill Includes offset, gain, non -linearity and repeatability errorterms. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 24 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module Environmental Specifications Attribute Value Temperature, operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad, Operating Cold), IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd, Operating Dry Heat), IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb, Operating Thermal Shock): -20... 65 °C (-4... 149 OF) Temperature, storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab, Unpackaged Non -operating Cold), IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb, Unpackaged Non -operating Dry Heat), IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na, Unpackaged Non -operating Thermal Shock): -40... 85 °C (-40...185 OF) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db, Unpackaged Damp Heat): 5...95% non -condensing Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc, Operating): 5g@10...500Hz Altitude, operating, max 2000 m (6562 ft) Shock, operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea, Unpackaged Shock): 30 g Shock, nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea, Unpackaged Shock): Panel mount - 50 g DIN mount - 40 g Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1, Class A ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2: 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 4 kV indirect Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3: 1 OV/m with 1 kHz sine -wave 80% AM from 80...2700 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4: +2 kV Q 5 kHz on signal ports Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5: +1 kV shielded line -earth (CM) on signal ports Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6: 1 OV rms with 1 kHz sine -wave 80% AM from 150 kHz...80 MHz Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module 25 Certifications (when product is marked)(') Attribute Value c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment, certified for US and Canada. See UL File E322657. UL Listed for Class I, Division 2 Group A,B,C,D Hazardous Locations, certified for U.S. and Canada. See UL File E334470. CE European Union 2004/108/EC EMC Directive, compliant with: EN 61326-1; Meas./Control/Lab., Industrial Requirements EN 61000-6-2; Industrial Immunity EN 61000-6-4; Industrial Emissions EN 61131-2; Programmable Controllers (Clause 8, Zone A & B) C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act, compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11; Industrial Emissions KC Korean Registration of Broadcasting and Communications Equipment, compliant with: Article 58-2 of Radio Waves Act, Clause 3 i l See the Product Certification link at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/products/certification for Declaration of Conformity, Certificates, and other certification details. Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 26 Microl-ogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module Notes: Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P - July 2013 Notes: MicroLogix 1762-IF2OF2 Analog Input/Output Module 27 Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 1 Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products. At http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support/, you can find technical manuals, a knowledge base of FAQs, technical and application notes, sample code and links to software service packs, and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools. For an additional level of technical phone support for installation, configuration and troubleshooting, we offer TechConnect support programs. For more information, contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative, or visit http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support/. Installation Assistance If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation, please review the information that's contained in this manual. You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running. United States or 1.440.646.3434 Canada Outside United Use the Worldwide Locator at States or http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support/americas/phone en.html, or Canada contact your local Rockwell Automation representative. New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility. However, if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned, follow these procedures. United States Contact your distributor. You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process. Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure. Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document, complete this form, publication RA-D0002, available at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/literature . Allen-Bradley, Rockwell Automation, MicroLogix, and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc. Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies. Rockwell Otomasyon Tic— A.S., Kar Plaza 1§ Merkezi E Blok Kar6 34752 I,;cmnk6y, Istanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400 www.rockavdlaut omation.com Power Control and lnFor don Solu"o incoft rrc m A.0—Feek.AAueemaeu>,. 1201 Scud. S—A greet, AUlwtuk ,WI S1204-24M S13A,'RL-(1) 4143BL2000, Air:(1) 414382A444 Ea F,IMWdk Rvr Af iu: Rockwell Aammad-%m6,aiBmI6 nrd du Swin A 1171E 3-1,, 8dp— Tdl: ()I) IfQ flLW, Fu: {}2) 2 663 DM Publication 1762-IN005C-EN-P -July 2013 Supersedes Publication 1762-IN005B-EN-P - March 2011 Copyright © 2013 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. bppiiir&Wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Delta Part Number DRL-24V120W1AA Description 24VDC Power Supply Unit, 120W, Input 120VAC, 60Hz Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description TECHNICAL DATASHEET LYTE DIN Rail Power Supply 24V 120W 1 Phase / DRL-24V120W1A❑ LYT.E Highlights & Features • Universal AC input voltage range • Built-in constant current circuit for reactive loads • Up to 88.0% efficiency • Full power from -10°C to +50°C operation at 230Vac @ 5000 meters or 16400 feet altitude • Built-in DC OK relay contact option available • Compliance to SEMI F47 @ 200Vac • Conformal coating on PCBAs to protect against common dust and chemical pollutants Safety Standards LWO CB Certified for worldwide use Model Number: Unit Weight: Dimensions (L x W x D): *This picture is for reference to DRL-24V120W series only. General Description DRL-24V120W 1A❑ 0.54 kg (1.19 lb) 123.6 x 40 x 117.6 mm (4.86 x 1.57 x 4.62 inch) Delta's Lyte DIN Rail Power Supply series is designed for cost sensitive users who need to fulfill essential features needed for many general industrial applications, without compromising on quality and reliability. The convection -cooled Lyte series will operate between -20°C to +70°C, with full rated power available from -10°C to +50°C at 230Vac. The overcurrent protection is designed to operate in constant current mode, which makes the Lyte series suitable for inductive and capacitive load applications. The product is certified according to safety standards IEC/EN/UL 60950-1 for Information Technology Equipment (ITE) and UL 508 for Industrial Control Equipment (ICE). Electromagnetic radiated and conducted emissions are compliant to EN 55032, Class B; and, the product is fully compliant for environmental protection requirements per RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Model Information LYTE DIN Rail Power Supply Model Number Input Voltage Range Rated Output Voltage Rated Output Current DRL-24V120W1Fa 85-264Vac (120-375Vdc) 24Vdc 5.00A Model Numbering DR DIN Rail L — 24V 120W Product Type Output Voltage Output Power Single Phase L — LYTE Series A ❑ Delta A — Without DC OK Contact Standard 0 — All parameters are specified at 25°C ambient and AC input unless otherwise indicated. www.DeltaPSU.com (December 2018, Rev. 02) �' IAELTA TECHNICAL DATASHEET LYTE DIN Rail Power Supply 24V 120W 1 Phase / DRL-24V120W1A❑ Specifications Input Ratings / Characteristics Nominal Input Voltage Input Voltage Range Nominal Input Frequency Input Frequency Range DC Input Voltage Range* Input Current Efficiency at 100% Load Max Power Dissipation Max Inrush Current (Cold Start) Leakage Current 100-240Vac 85-264Vac 50-60Hz 47-63Hz 120-375Vdc 2.2A typ. @ 115Vac, 1.2A typ. @ 230Vac 85% typ. @ 115Vac, 88% typ. @ 230Vac 0% load 0.65W @ 115Vac & 230Vac 100% load 13.3W @ 115Vac & 230Vac 20A typ. @ 115Vac, 40A typ. @ 230Vac < 0.25mA @ 264Vac `Fulfills test conditions for DC input. Safety approval for DC input can be obtained upon request. Output Ratings / Characteristics" Nominal Output Voltage Factory Set Point Tolerance Output Voltage Adjustment Range Output Current Output Power Line Regulation Load Regulation PARD*** (20MHz) Rise Time Start-up Time Hold-up Time Dynamic Response (Overshoot & Undershoot O/P Voltage) Start-up with Capacitive Loads Functional 24Vdc 24Vdc ± 2% 22-28Vdc 5.00A (120W max.) 120W < 0.5% (@ 85-264Vac, 100% load) < 1 % (0-100% load) < 120mVpp @ > -10°C to +70°C < 240mVpp @ <_ -10°C to -20°C 30ms typ. @ nominal input (100% load) 200ms typ. @ 115Vac & 230Vac (100% load) 20ms typ. @ 115Vac (100% load) 90ms typ. @ 230Vac (100% load) ± 10% @ 85-264Vac input, 0-100% load (Slew Rate: 0.1A/ps) 8,000pF Max DC OK Relay Contact Rated: 30V at 1A The relay contact are normally "ON" (closed) when the output (Vout) is greater than 90% of its rated value. "For power de -rating from -10°C to -20°C, and 40oC to 70°C @ 115Vac & 50°C to 70°C @ 230Vac, and Vin < 100Vac, see power de -rating on page 3. —PARD is measured with an AC coupling mode, 5cm wires, and in parallel with 0.1 pF ceramic capacitor & 47pF electrolytic capacitor. All parameters are specified at 25°C ambient and AC input unless otherwise indicated. 2 www.DeltaPSU.com (December 2018, Rev. 02) �' IAELTA TECHNICAL DATASHEET LYTE DIN Rail Power Supply 24V 120W 1 Phase / DRL-24V120W1A❑ Mechanical Case Cover / Chassis Dimensions (L x W x D) Unit Weight Indicator Cooling System Terminal Input Output Wire Input Output Mounting Rail Noise (1 Meter from power supply) Environment SGCC / Aluminium 123.6 x40 x 117.6 mm (4.86 x 1.57 x4.62 inch) 0.54 kg (1.19 lb) Green LED (DC OK) Convection 3 Pins (Rated 600V/35A) DRL-24V120W1AA: DRL-24V120W1AS: 4 Pins (Rated 300V/28A) 6 Pins (Rated 300V/28A) AW G 18-8 AWG 24-12 Standard TS35 DIN Rail in accordance with EN 60715 Sound Pressure Level (SPL) < 25dBA Surrounding Air Temperature Operating -20°C to +70°C Storage -40°C to +85°C Power De -rating -10°C to -20°C de -rate power by 2%/°C > 40°C de -rate power by 1.67% / °C @ 115Vac > 50°C de -rate power by 2.5% / °C @ 230Vac < 100Vac de -rate power by 1 % / Vac Operating Humidity 5 to 95% RH (Non -Condensing) Operating Altitude 0 to 5,000 Meters (16,400 ft.) for ITE application 0 to 2,000 Meters (6,560 ft.) for ICE application Shock Test Non -Operating IEC 60068-2-27, 27, Half Sine Wave: 50G for duration of 11 ms; 3 times per direction, 9 times in total Operating IEC 60068-2-27, 27, Half Sine Wave: 10G for duration of 11 ms; 1 time in X axis Vibration Non -Operating IEC 60068-2-6, Random: 5Hz to 500Hz; 2.09Grms; 20 min per axis for all X, Y, Z directions Operating IEC 60068-2-6, Sine Wave: 10Hz to 500Hz @ 19.6m/s2 (2G peak); displacement of 0.35mm; 10 min per cycle, 60 min for X direction Pollution Degree 2 Protections Overvoltage 28.8V-35.2V, SELV Output, Latch Mode Overload / Overcurrent 105-150% of rated load current, Continuous current Over Temperature Latch Mode Short Circuit Hiccup Mode, Non -Latching (Auto -Recovery when the fault is removed) Internal Fuse T4A / 250V Degree of Protection IP20 Protection Against Shock Class I with PEA connection `PE: Primary Earth All parameters are specified at 250C ambient and AC input unless 3 otherwise indicated. �' AELTA www.DeltaPSU.com (December 2018, Rev. 02) TECHNICAL DATASHEET LYTE DIN Rail Power Supply 24V 120W 1 Phase / DRL-24V120W1A❑ Reliability Data MTBF Expected Cap Life Time Safety Standards / Directives Telcordia SR-332 > 700,000 hrs I/P: 100Vac, O/P: 100% load, Ta: 25°C 10 years (115Vac & 230Vac, 50% load @ 40°C) Safety Entry Low Voltage SELV (EN 60950-1) Electrical Safety TUV Bauart EN 60950-1 UL/cUL recognized UL 60950-1 and CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 (File No. E131881) CCC GB4943.1 CB scheme IEC 60950-1 Industrial Control Equipment UL/cUL listed UL 508 and CSA C22.2 No. 107.1-01 (File No. E338991) CE In conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU and Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU Material and Parts RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliant Galvanic Isolation Input to Output 3.OKVac Input to Ground 2.OKVac Output to Ground 0.5KVac All parameters are specified at 25°C ambient and AC input unless otherwise indicated. 4 www.DeltaPSU.com (December 2018, Rev. 02) �' IAEUA bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Square D Part Number Compact Series D Description In Touch Panel PC, 7 " Color Touchscreen HMI Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description 4L ■ DATASHEET AVEVA" InTouch HM formerly Wonderware The World's #1 HMI AVEVA InTouch HMI, formerly Wonderware powers more than 100,000 plants and factories around the world, helping to achieve world -class performance, reduce costs and improve product quality. AVEVA InTouch HMI goes far beyond the ordinary HMI to deliver: • Legendary ease of use • Unlimited web and mobile access • HMI that works everywhere • 30-year history of protecting your engineering investment • Native cloud integration for engineering efficiency and collaboration Visualize, Control and Optimize Your Operations The more complex your operations become, the more you need a common-sense, real-time view of your business. AVEVA InTouch HMI empowers innovators from around the world with the ability to standardize and visualize their entire enterprise. Let AVEVA InTouch HMI take you beyond simplistic graphics to create meaningful content that will drive enterprise -wide operations productivity and cost savings. AVEVA InTouch HMI empowers operators to optimize routine human interactions with industrial automation systems. Our unique situational awareness libraries provide operators the contextualized information they need to address abnormal situations quickly and accurately — before they impact operations. The result is a quantifiable net increase in operator effectiveness, improving operator interpretation time by up to 40%. -AV = VA 02 AVEVA InTouch HMI What's New in the 2020 Release? InTouch Unlimited - Technical and Commercial Flexibility like never before InTouch Unlimited is a new offer. InTouch Unlimited is more than just a new commercial model. It offers customers new value and architectural flexibility never offered before. This capability addresses the need for cost efficient enterprise -wide accessibility. Now every company can access the most powerful HMI software in the market without having to compromise your standard. The powerful features include: • Unlimited read-write clients; including web -based, native mobile and RDS clients • Un-restricted 10 • Industrial strength Historian with web reporting • Development tools • 10 communication drivers • Redundancy • Native cloud support • Built-in technical support & version updates InTouch Unlimited u -AV = VA 03 AVEVA InTouch HMI Modernization of stand-alone InTouch Applications This new release presents thousands of new and legacy InTouch users opportunity to benefit from modernization through Industrial Graphics, richer animations, multi -touch, web access and more! This release brings the power of Industrial Graphics and frame windows to all InTouch HMI legacy users. This is foundational to deliver stand- alone InTouch applications in a web browser using InTouch Web Client. Moreover, this will provide the familiar WindowViewer-like experience across web browsers. Seamlessly convert existing native InTouch windows to Industrial Graphics with one click. Also, this latest release no longer requires installation of SQL Server to use Industrial Graphics in standalone applications. This drastically improves the performance of installing the product, creating new applications, opening, launching and saving applications and provides the ability to distribute InTouch HMI applications by simply copying the application folder across machines. A . + F > C m "hmOntwdr b 00030 AV. VA Native integration of InTouch to AVEVA Historian, formerly Wonderware AVEVA InTouch HMI supports a high-performance native interface to historize InTouch tags to the AVEVA Historian. You can choose between archiving data to the traditional local historical log file (*.Igh file), to the AVEVA Historian, or to both! Additionally, this functionality provides store and forward capability when historizing. AVEVA Historian automatically calculates historical summary data (average, minimum, maximum, standard deviation, and time duration in a particular state). This aggregated information can easily be displayed in InTouch HMI which greatly enhances the operators' situational awareness. -AV =VA 04 AVEVA InTouch HMI Leverage the Cloud for enterprise -wide Collaboration AVEVA InTouch HMI 2020 delivers tighter integration to AVEVA Connect, namely: • AVEVA Cloud Insight, our historian in the cloud • AVEVA Cloud Integration Studio which now offers AVEVA Drive cloud storage. The Insight publisher can be accessed from InTouch Application Manager and InTouch WindowMaker, making it easy for users to send tag configuration and data from an InTouch application to AVEVA Cloud Insight for operational reporting, charting and dashboarding. In addition, InTouch WindowMaker integrates to the AVEVA Drive, which allows HMI designers to share Industrial Graphics across teams and sites further empowering engineering efficiency and roll out of graphical standards across an organization. HMI builders can continue to design Industrial Symbols locally, then when ready drag and drop symbols to cloud storage making them instantly available to others. Graphics in the cloud can be used and edited by other users. This provides a powerful way for users to maintain and share their standards across teams and sites. Native Mobile Apps for Android and iOS Remote and local operators experience the same look and feel on tablets and smart phones with support for touch centric pan and zoom functionality including ability to write back and acknowledge alarms. Writeback and Alarm Acknowledgement -AV = VA 05 AVEVA InTouch HMI Technical Specification Client OS (64 bit) - InTouch HMI 2020, InTouch Web Server 2020 • Windows 8.1 Pro and Enterprise • Windows 10 1803 Pro, Enterprise, and IoT Enterprise • Windows 10 1809 Pro, Enterprise, and IoT Enterprise • Windows 10 1903 Pro, Enterprise, and IoT Enterprise • Windows 10 1909 Pro, Enterprise, and IoT Enterprise • Windows 10 Enterprise 2016 LTSB • Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC • Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB • Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC * InTouch Access Anywhere Server and Secure Gateway not supported on Windows Server 2012 R2 Embedded Server OS (64 bit) - InTouch HMI 2020, InTouch Web Server 2020, InTouch Access Anywhere 2020 • Windows Server 2012 Data Center (Not Standard Edition) • Windows Server 2012 R2 Embedded (64-bit) (Full image)* • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard and Data Center • Windows Server 2016 LTSC Standard and Datacenter • Windows Server 2019 LTSC Standard and Data Center (Desktop Experience) • Windows Server IoT 2016 LTSB • Windows Server IoT 2019 LTSC For more information on AVEVA InTouch HMI please visit: sw.aveva.com/monitor-and-control/hmi-supervisory-and-control/intouch-hmi-standard-edition bppiiir&Wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Allied Moulded Part Number AMHM1120L Description Hinged Window for HMI, Opaque, NEMA 4X Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description ALLIED 419-636-4217 MOULDED 222 N. Union St. J�k*4PRODUCTS, Inc. Bryan, OH 43506 Product Info UPC: 85339991892 UNSPSC: 39121302 Carton Quantity: 1 Carton Weight: 4 Ibs Country of Origin: United States of America Color: Gray (RAL 7035) Material: Polycarbonate frame and cover Additional Materials: 316 stainless steel external hardware, Polyurethane (FIP) Formed -In -Place gasket system AMHM1120L 12"x10" HMI Cover Kit with hinged cover and stainless - steel snap latch Cover Type: Opaque Closure Type: Metal Snap Latch Mounting Description: 8 Screws Box Features: Installation Type: Height: 11.93 in Width: 10.15 in Depth: 0.96 in Usable Depth: 2.27 in Volume: 275 cu in Features: Non -corrosive, non-conductive, light weight with lower installation cost and longer life cycle cost compared to steel. Rigid design with a gasket system encased in a continuous channel on the cover and frame. Open back frame design with an opening size of 10.47" x 8.69" and is a UL recognized component for use with NEMA 4X enclosures. *Will fit Allied Moulded enclosure sizes 14"x12" and larger. Application: Cover and protect electrical and electronic controls including HMI (Human Machine Interface) instruments, touch pad controllers and pushbuttons mounted on the surface of NEMA 4X enclosures. No need to open the enclosure to view electronics or perform maintenance, decreasing arc flash risks and safety hazards. Standards: Meets Requirements: ANSI/UL50, ANSI/UL50E, and ANSI/UL508A; File No. E487574 UL® listed and recognized component for use with CSA® listed enclosure products Types 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13. Complies With: 1. EN / IEC 60204-1 and 60529 Type IP66 2. ROHS directive C &US LISTED ENCLOSURE ACCESSORY E487574 C U S bppiiir&Wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer N-Tron Part Number 106FX-ST Description Ethernet Switch, 4 Ports, Unmanaged Din Rail Mount With 2 FO Port Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description 106FX2 Industrial Ethernet Switch N-Tron Networking Series The N-TRON® 106FX2 is a low cost, unmanaged six port Industrial Ethernet Switch. It is housed in a hardened, metal, DIN -Rail enclosure, and is designed for use in industrial data acquisition, control, and Ethernet I/O applications. PRODUCT FEATURES • Compact Size, Small Footprint • Unmanaged Operation • Full IEEE 802.3 Compliance • Four 10/100BaseTX RJ-45 Ports • Two 100BaseFX Ports with ST or SC Connectors • Extended Environmental Specifications • -40°C to 70°C Operating Temperature • >2M Hours MTBF • RJ-45 Ports Support Full/Half Duplex Operation • Auto Sensing Duplex, Speed, and MDIX (RJ-45) • Up to 1.2 Gb/s Maximum Throughput • Store -and -forward Technology • LED Link/Activity Status Indication • Redundant Power Inputs (10-30 VDC) • Hardened Metal DIN -Rail Enclosure PRODUCT OVERVIEW The 106FX2 Industrial Network Switch is designed to solve the most demanding industrial communications requirements while providing high throughput and minimum downtime. The 106FX2 provides four RJ-45 auto sensing 10/ 100BaseTX ports, plus two fiber based Fast Ethernet uplink ports. All TX ports are full/half duplex capable, using leading -edge Ethernet switching technology. The 106FX2 auto -negotiates the speed and flow control capabilities of the four TX port connections, and configures itself automatically. The two fiber ports are 100BaseFX fiber optic uplinks utilizing industry standard ST or SC duplex connectors. Since the TX ports of the 106FX2 are auto sensing, there will be no need to make extensive wiring changes if upgrades are made to the host computers, plant systems, or Ethernet I/O modules. The switching fabric simply scales up or down automatically to match your specific network environment. in networking �L RL L R E D L 1 0 N- a spedris company ip, The N-TRON 106FX2 is an ideal candidate for upgrading existing hubs and repeaters to increase bandwidth and determinism by virtually eliminating network collisions. The product also keeps the network affordable, while maintaining the plug & play simplicity of a unmanaged hub. The 106FX2 can simplify plant wiring by eliminating the need to bring data acquisition and control network connections back to a climate controlled environment. The 106FX2 has extended operating environmental specifications to meet the harsh needs of the industrial environment. For cost savings and convenience the 106FX2 can be DIN -Rail mounted alongside Ethernet I/O or other industrial equipment. The unique compact size provides a small footprint, conserving space in the most critical dimension. To increase reliability, the 106FX2 contains redundant power inputs. LEDs are provided to display the link status and activity of each port, as well as power on/ off status. SPECIFICATIONS Case Dimensions Height: Width: Depth: Weight: DIN -Rail: Electrical Input Voltage: Input Current: BTU/hr: Inrush: Environmental Operating Temperature Storage Temperature: Operating Humidity: Operating Altitude Network Media 10BaseT: 100BaseTX: 100BaseFX: Multimode: Singlemode: Connectors 10/100BaseTX: 100BaseFX: 3.5" (8.9 cm) 1.5" (3.8 cm) 3.6" (9.0 cm) 0.6 lbs. (0.27 kg) 35mm 10-30 VDC 270rrA@24V 27@24VDC 7.9Amp/0.7ms@24V -400C to 700C -400C to 850C 10% to 95% (Non Condensing) 0 to 10,000 ft. >Cat3 Cable >Cat5 Cable 50-62.5/125pm 7-10/125pm Four (1) RJ-45 TX Ports One (1) ST or SC Duplex Port Recommended Wiring Clearance Front: 41' (10.16 cm) Top: ill (2.54 cm) Fiber Transceiver Characteristics Fiber Length 2km* 15km** 40km** 80km** TX Power Min -19dBm -15dBm -5dBm -5dBm RX Sensitivity Max -31 dBm -31 dBm -34dBm -34dBm Wavelength 1310nm 1310nm 1310nm 1550nm * Multimode Fiber Optic Cable ** Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable BENEFITS Industrial Network Switch • Compact Size, Small Footprint • Extended Environmental Specifications • High Reliability/Availability • Extended Environmental Specifications • Hardened Metal DIN -Rail Enclosure • High Performance • High MTBF >2 Million Hours (measured) Ease of Use • Plug & Play Operation • Four Auto Sensing 10/100BaseTX RJ-45 Ports • RJ-45 Ports Auto Sense Duplex, Speed, and Cable Type • Compact DIN -Rail Package Increased Performance • Full Wire Speed Capable • 10013aseFX Fiber Uplink • Full Duplex Capable • Eliminates Network Collisions • Increases Network Determinism Regulatory Approvals FCC Title 47 Part 15 Class A, ICES-003 Class A CE: EN61000-6-2, EN61000-3-2, 3; IEC61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6,11 EN55011 UL/cUL: Hazardous Locations Class 1, Div2, Groups A, B, C, D or non -Hazardous Locations, ANSOSA 12.12.01-2000, T4A DNV-GL Type Approved and ABS for Shipboard Applications Designed to comply with: IEEE 1613 for Electric Utility Substations NEMA TS1/TS2 for Traffi c Control Equipment Orderina Information 106FX2-XX 100BaseFX multimode fiber 106FXE2-XX-YY 100BaseFX singlemode fiber NTPS-24-1.3 DIN -Rail Power Supply 24V@1.3 Amp Where "XX" is: ST for ST style fiber connector, SC for SC style fiber connector Where "YY" is: 15 for 15km max. fiber segment length 40 for 40km max. fiber segment length 80 for 80km max. fiber segment length MDR option must be specified with switch order - not field upgradable L R E D L l t] N- a spectres company EXCELLENCE. REDEFINED. www.redlion.net +1 (717) 767-6511 106FX2 with Standard DIN rail Mount 706FX2 O Rx 511 rx 3.so 00 00 I88.9omm1 L<F:- f:L a7 112 1.49" [37.83mmJ �� FqFq 4.22" noziammi 158" [89.62mmj Optional 100-MDR-2 Metal DIN Rail Mount M E M 0.900 [22.86mm1 As global experts in communication, monitoring and control for industrial automation and networking, Red Lion has been delivering innovative solutions for over forty years. Our automation, Ethernet and cellular M2M technology enables companies worldwide to gain real-time data visibility that drives productivity. Product brands include Red Lion, N-Tron and Sixnet. With headquarters in York, Pennsylvania, the company has offices across the Americas, Asia -Pacific and Europe. Red Lion is part of Spectris plc, the productivity - enhancing instrumentation and controls company. For more information, please visit www.redlion.net. ADLD0318 031020 © 2020 Red Lion Controls, Inc. All rights reserved. Red Lion, the Red Lion logo, N-Tron and Sixnet are registered trade- marks of Red Lion Controls, Inc. All other company and product names are trademarks of their respective owners. AMERICAS ASIA-PACIFIC EUROPE, MIDDLE EAST, AFRICA SALES@REDLIgN.NET ASIA@REDLUN.NET EURdPE@REDLIaN.NET bppiiir&Wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Square D Part Number 9001 SK11 J35LRFR Description 2 Position Selector Switch; Maintained, Knob Actuator, Red Manufacturer Square D Part Number 9001 SK43J35LRFR Description 3 Position Selector Switch; Maintained, Knob Actuator, Red Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Product data sheet Fool SK11 J35LRFR Characteristics illuminated selector switch 0 30 - red - 2 positions - stay put Main Range of product Harmony 9001 SK Product or component Illuminated selector switch .9 type ■ Device short name 9001 SK Type of operator Stay put Operator profile Red long handle `o Complementary L Bezel material Plastic o Mounting diameter 30 mm a Net weight 0.19 kg a w Shape of signaling unit head Octagonal a N Operator position information 2 positions Contacts type and composition Without contact block L a U N.- Mechanical durability 500000 cycles N _ N Lo t Light block supply Direct y g U Light source LED w N « Bulb base BA 9s C o °05E � Light block colour Red o o 0 Product compatibility 9001 KA2, mounted side 1 or 2 E 2 w m [Us] rated supply voltage 24...28 V AC/DC N Mounting location Side 1 or 2 y o � Device presentation Basic element o c o Compatibility code 9001 SK o 0 m9 da Environment � Protective treatment TC L � Ambient air temperature for storage -40... 70 °C O d N L Ambient air temperature for operation -25... 70 °C ° g Electrical shock protection class Class II conforming to IEC 61140 a' IP degree of protection IP66 conforming to IEC 60529 [200 NEMA degree of protection 9 p NEMA 1 �Aa_ NEMA12 NEMA 13 NEMA2 02,2 NEMA 3 0 . o g NEMA 3R y o (D NEMA4 E y K(o NEMA4X o-o ° a.S� Standards UL 508 EN/IEC 60947-5-1 JISC852 EN/IEC 60947-5-4 a EN/IEC 60947-1 ° oc`oiu CSA C22.2 No 14 E a JIS C 4520 o g N N W r H H = Z Nov 12, 2020 Life is On Sl eider 1 Product certifications UL 508 NEMA Vibration resistance 7 gn (f= 2...500 Hz) conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance 50 gn conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Packing Units Package 1 Weight 226.796 g Offer Sustainability Sustainable offer status Green Premium product REACh Regulation PREACh Declaration REACh free of SVHC Yes EU RoHS Directive Pro -active compliance (Product out of EU RoHS legal scope) AEU RoHS Declaration Toxic heavy metal free Yes Mercury free Yes RoHS exemption information VYes China RoHS Regulation VChina RoHS Declaration Environmental Disclosure NProduct Environmental Profile WEEE The product must be disposed on European Union markets following specific waste collection and never end up in rubbish bins Contractual warranty Warranty 18 months Life is Un I Schneider Product data sheet Fqoo1SK43J35LRFR Characteristics illuminated selector switch 0 30 - red - 3 positions - stay put Main Range of product Harmony 9001 SK Product or component Illuminated selector switch type r Device short name 9001 SK ' Type of operator Stay put Operator profile Red long handle `o Complementary L Bezel material Plastic 0 Mounting diameter 30 mm a Net weight 0.19 kg U Shape of signaling unit head Octagonal w a Operator position information 3 positions N Contacts type and composition Without contact block L a U N.- Mechanical durability 500000 cycles o t Light block supply Direct U y N C = y Light source LED N f0 ; _ o O U L U Bulb base BA 9s U N « C a y 3 s J E Light block colour Red o o wU O '� Product compatibility 9001 KA1, mounted side 1 or 2 2 o [Us] rated supply voltage 24...28 V AC/DC E Z- m 0 N Mounting location Side 1 or 2 t o Device presentation Basic element Compatibility code 9001 SK `o m9 da U y C Environment N Protective treatment TIC L U C y N Ambient air temperature for storage -40... 70 °C Ambient air temperature for operation -25... 70 °C ° E 2 Electrical shock protection class Class II conforming to IEC 61140 oac4-_ aN caw IP degree of protection IP66 conforming to IEC 60529 a a o NEMA degree of protection NEMA 1 [200w 'D c NEMA 12 �M a= NEMA 13 NEMA 2 m a Ew 0 NEMA 3 o y a NEMA 3R NEMA 4 o Co E w 6 a NEMA 4X o a Standards EN/IEC 60947-5-4 UL508 EN/IEC 60947-5-1 EN/IEC 60947-1 0 "w JISC852 � JIS C 4520 ` ° D CSA C22.2 No 14 0 a 00 N N W r H H = Z Nov 12, 2020 Life is On I SIR! 1 Product certifications UL 508 NEMA Vibration resistance 7 gn (f= 2...500 Hz) conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance 50 gn conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Packing Units Package 1 Weight 226.796 g Contractual warranty Warranty 18 months Life is Un I scld,-. i !n bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Klemsan Part Number KPR-SCE-24VACDC-1 Description Interface relay, 35mm DIN rail mount, 24 VAC/VDC coil voltage, SPDT Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description For latest prices, please check Automation Direct.com Slim Interface Relays _ U ) 8 v E .jig;r, !f dM. 236 s KPR-SCF-230VAC-1 Klemsan Slim Interface Relays are highly compact and lightweight relays especially useful where cabinet space is a consideration. Encased in a self -extinguishing plastic housing, these high quality relays offer a long useful life. Great for use with PLC automation systems, electric power plants, energy management systems, medium voltage panels, industrial machines, and more. Features • 35mm DIN rail mount • Slim 6.2 mm design • Integrated LED indicator (On) • Integrated resistor, capacitor, and Zener diode (RCZ) filter on select models • For use in supply circuits where leakage current is an issue • DC and AC supply voltage options • Wide range of power input from 12V to 230V • High level of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) • Self -extinguishing plastic housing • Plug-in bridges • UL certified Part Number Price Description Coil Voltage Configuration Contact Integrated RCZ Filter Rating KPR-SCF-230VAC-1 $6.25 Interlace dlcato with LED 230VAC SPOT 6A Yes KPR-SCF-115VACDC-1 $6.25 115VAC/DC Yes KPR-SCE-12VACDC-1 $6.25 12VAC/DC No KPR-SCE-24VACDC-1 $6.25 24VAC/DC No KPR-SCE-230VACDC-1 $7.50 230VAC/DC No ISlim Interface Relays Accessories Part Number Price Description Quantity APP-KPR $3.25 Orange polyamide separator plate 5 TK-KPR-S16 $10.50 16-pole push -in type interface relay jumper 5 TK-KPR-S8 1 $6.75 8-pole push -in type interface relay jumper 1 5 Note: Relay jumpers can be cut to match the number of relays when less than 8 or 16 count. APP-KPR Separator Plate I i y TK-KPR-S1616-pole Jumper tREL-40 Relays and Timers 1- 8 0 0- 6 3 3- 0 4 0 5 For latest prices, please check Automation Direct.com Slim Interface Relay Specifications Slim Interlace Relays Specification T Table T T T T Part Numbers 0i T T N co N U� ti U- y u+ ti w WCL W y YCL M Input Nominal Voltage 230VAC 115VAC/DC 12VAC/DC 24VAC/DC 230VAC/DC Operating voltage range 196-265 VAC 98-132V AC/DC 10-14V AC/DC 20-28V AC/DC 196-265V AC/DC Release voltage 92VAC 46VAC/DC 5VAC/DC 10VAC/DC 92VAC/DC AC <0.9 VA <0.7 VA <0.35 VA <0.2 VA <1.3 VA Power Consumption DC n/a <0.6 W <0.35 W <0.2 W <1.2 W Contact Specifications Type 1 SPDT Material Silver Tin Oxide (AgSn02) Operate time Toms maximum Release time 5ms maximum Max Wire Size 2.5 mm2 (14AWG) AC 6A/250VAC,1500VA Max. ratings DC 6A/30VDC;180W Minimum Load 6VDC 0.1 A Mechanical life time 107 operations 3x104 NO operations Electrical life time operations 1x10 NC operations Wiping Current 10VDC 10mA, 50 cycles 15-20 Hz General Specifications Connection Screw terminal Isolation resistance 1000MO (500VDC) Dielectric strength Between relay coil and contacts: 4000VAC for 1 minute Between contacts:1000VAC for 1 minute Ambient temperature -40°C to +85°C [-40oF to +185°F] Ambient humidity 5 to 85% (no condensation) Protection rating IP20 Mounting position No restrictions Maximum torque 0.4 N•m [0.295 ft-lbs] Relay Indicator Green LED Weight (g [oz]) 33.4 [1.18] 33.6 [1.19] 33.2 [1.17] 33.0 [1.16] 33.2 [1.17] UL Listed (E361956) Agency Approvals and Standards CE REACH tREL-41 Relays and Timers 1- 8 0 0- 6 3 3- 0 4 0 5 For latest prices, please check Automation Direct.com Slim Interface Relays Diagrams Wiring Diagram INPUT Dimensions mm [inches] 14 11 OUTPUT CONTACT 12 6.0 [0.24] 85.4 [3.36] Please see our website www.AutomationDirect.com for complete engineering drawings. tREL-42 Relays and Timers 1- 8 0 0- 6 3 3- 0 4 0 5 bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Federal General Part Number RSL-BW-BK Description Base Unit for Alarm Beacon Manufacturer Federal General Part Number RSL-WMHM-120-240BK Description Wiring Module for Alarm Beacon Manufacturer Federal General Part Number RSL-LMS-F-A Description Steady Light Module, Amber Manufacturer Federal General Part Number RSL-SMM-BK Description Sound Module for Alarm Beacon Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description 'f FEDERAL SIGNAL Radiant Stack Light Configurable to fit every need The Radiant modular stack light allows for up to 7 light modules; 6 light modules and 1 sound module (1 channel/tone); or 5 light modules and 1 sound module (2 channels/tones). How to Configure Your Stack Light Follow the O to configure a steady stack light. W12� Follow the ❑ to configure a flashing stack light with flashing controls in the light module. This allows the user to select a different flash pattern for each light module. Follow the 0 to configure a flashing stack light with flashing controls in the wiring module.This option requires all light modules to have the same flash pattern. Step 5: TOP CAP Included with Wiring and Sound y Module i Step 4: Select a SOUND MODULE (Optional) ♦ A Step 3: Select a LIGHT MODULE A A ♦ A Step 2: Select a. WIRING MODULE A A Step 1: Select a MOUNTING BASE r_ �. mm o❑A TOP CAP Included with wiring and sound module 0 c AID VA RSL-LMS LED light module o❑ RSL-WML Wiring module 12-24VAC/DC ® ®® m�00000000� m�00000000� O❑A o❑A RSL-SM RSL-SMM Piezoelectric sound Piezoelectric sound module (2 tones) module (16 tones) includes attached includes attached top cap top cap 0©COS 001�0© OA ❑ RSL-LMB RSL-LMM Bright LED Multi -pattern light module superbright LED light 0 RSL-W M LM Multi -pattern wiring module 12-24VAC/DC (4 light effects) O❑Q o 0 RSL-BF Flat Base o❑A RSL-BW Wall Base m® O❑A RSL-BP Pipe Mount For additional configuration information, reference "How to Order" section on individual product pages. Note: top cap provided with each wiring module. module (4 light effects) L ®® o❑ A RSL-WMH RSL-WMHM Wiring module Multi -pattern wiring 120-240VAC j module 120-240VAC (4 light effects) m® o❑A RSL-BE Extended Base O❑A RSL-BT Tube Base (4 lengths) Model RSL-B Radiant Mounting Options Five base options allow for mounting flexibility Flat Base - Designed for flat surface mounting when cabling from the bottom of the device and a compact design is needed. Wall Base - Designed for lateral or wall mounting. Extended Base - Designed for mounting on a flat surface. Allows for an additional lift of 3.94" (100 mm). Pipe Base - Designed for installation on a 1/2" NPT pipe. Tube Base - Designed for flat surface mounting, featuring a stainless steel extension tube when a higher profile design is needed. Lengths available: 5.55" (141 mm), 9.49" (241 mm), 13.43" (341 mm) and 17.36" (441 mm). Flat Base -- Wall Base Extended Base Pioe ! Model Number Base Weight Color RSL-BF-GY Gray 1.76 oz 0.05 kg RSL-BF-BK Black RSL-BW-GY Gray 2.12 oz 0.06 kg RSL-BW-BO - RSL-BE-GY Gray 2.50 oz 0.07 kg RSL-BE-BK Black RSL-BP-GY Gray 2.82 oz 0.08 kg RSL-BP-BK Black RSL-BT1-GY 3.53 oz 5.55"/ 141.0 mm 0.10 kg RSL-BT2-GY 4.94 oz 9.49"/241.0 mm 0.14 kg Gray RSL-BT3-GY 6.35 oz 13.43 "/ 341.1 mm 0.18 kg RSL-BT4-GY 7.76 oz 17.36 "/ 440.9 mm 0.22 kg 2.52"/ 3.15/ 0.89"/ 22.6 mm 64.0 m 80.0 mm 3 9 11.20"/ 30.5 mm / 84.mm 1001"/ .mm 2.05"/ 52.1 mm 0.5/ 2.36"/ 12.7 mm 59.9 mm 1.02"/ 1.02"/ 25.9mm 25.9mm 2.44762.0mm 0 252 31 m0.0m8.5/ 64.0 mm 3.31 / 84.1 mm P N 391001 .4"/ .mm 11 3.09"/%5701 2.78"/78.5 mmmm "/1/2" NPT-F 70.6 mm 2.75"/ 69.9 mm 52 3,1 m005"/. 7 64.0m 8.mm 1 1m3,3"/84,m 391001 .4/ .mm 5.87 - 9.80 -13.74 -17.68 (in) 149.1 - 248.9 - 349.0 - 449.1(mm) 5.55 - 9.49 -13.43 -17.36 (in) 141.0 - 241.0 - 341.1 - 440.9 (mm) rir FEDERAL SIGNAL Shown with included top cap ► Model RSL-WM Radiant Wiring Modules RSL-WML and RSL-WMH steady light effect models offer 7 electrical contacts, allowing for up to 7 light modules: 6 light modules + 1 sound module (1 channel) or 5 light modules + 1 sound module (2 channels). RSL-WMLM and RSL-WMHM share the same features as the RSL-WML and RSL-WMH with the added benefit of the ability to generate a flashing sequence in any of the individual modules via electrical contacts or PLC. The RSL-WMLM and RSL-WMHM have four integrated light effects: single flash, double flash, triple flash and simulated strobe. A top cap is provided with each wiring module. • Modular design allows up to 7 light modules; 6 light modules + 1 sound module (1 channel) or 5 light modules + 1 sound module (2 channels) • Steady effect for models WML or WMH • Four flash patterns available in models WMLM or WMHM • Available in 12-24VAC/DC or 120-240VAC • Available in gray or black housings • Indoor/outdoor use • Type 4X, IP65 enclosure when installed with both gaskets included with each module • IP69K compliant when installed with both gaskets included on each module • CE Certified • UL and cUL Listed Radiant Wiring Modules (RSL-WM) r ___ 1.20"/ 30.5 mm Wiring module includes top cap 1.97"/ 2.75"/ 3.07"/ ° ° 50.0 mm 69.9 mm 78.0 mm if if 2.75"/ 69.9 mm Operating Temperature: -220F to 1227 -3000 to 50°C Top Cap: Net Weight: 5.64 oz 0.16 kg Height* 1.20" 30.5 mm Shipping Weight: 7.10 oz 0.20 kg Width 2.75" 69.9 mm Depth 1.97" 50.0 mm Wiring Module: Height* 2.75" 69.9 mm *Height dependent on complete configuration. Width 2.75" 69.9 mm Depth 1.97" 50.0 mm I - 11,1111,11, =00 ___1 -1 MODEL TYPE VOLTAGE COLOR WML AC/DC Steady Effect 012-024 GY Gray WMLM AC/DC Multi -Pattern (12-24VAC/DC) WMH AC Steady Effect 120-240 WMHM AC Multi -Pattern (120-240VAC) CF _MF 1; MODEL TYPE VOLTAGE COLOR WMLM AC/DC Multi -Pattern 012-024 BK Black WMHM AC Multi -Pattern (12-24VAC/DC) 120-240 (120-240VAC) Stack Light Configuration Steps: 1: Select your mounting base 2: Select your wiring module based on: A: Voltage B: Steady or flashing effects 3: Select your light module(s) based on: A: Color B: Brightness C: Lens type D: Steady or flashing effects 4: Select your sound module (optional) RSL-WMHM-120-240BK '� FEDERAL SIGNAL 1 RSL-LMS-F-R ► Model RSL-LMS Radiant Steady Light Module 0o©oo RSL-LMS offers a steady LED light with high optical performance. Its modular design and simple functionality are the right choice for a basic stack light application. RSL-LMS-F consists of a colored fresnel lens with a colored light source. The use of a colored lens with the same colored LED allows optimization of the emission frequency, producing a rich intense light output. RSL-LMS-O consists of an opaque colored lens with a colored LED. The opaque characteristic allows an optimally diffused light without disturbing the operator. • Modular design allows up to 7 light modules: 6 light modules & 1 sound module (1 channel) or 5 light modules & 1 sound module (2 channels) • Steady light effect with 6 LEDs • Two lens types: Fresnel and Opaque • Compatible with 12-24VAC/DC or 120-240VAC* • PLC compatible • Indoor/outdoor use • Type 4X, IP65 enclosure when installed with both gaskets included with each module • IP69K compliant when installed with both gaskets included on each module • CE Certified • UL and cUL Listed *Voltage dependent on selected wiring module y MODEL MAXIMUM OPERATING CURRENT* ImA) RSL -LM S 24VDC 24VAC 120VAC 240VAC RSL-WML/RSL-WMH 35 75 30 25 RSL-WMLM/RSL-WMHM 50 110 30 25 *Maximum operating current listed is for one module. For multiple modules the current will have Wiring Modules to be added together throughout the configuration to get the total maximum operating current. Radiant Steady Light Module (RSL-LMS) 1.69"/ 1.38"/ 42.9 mm 35.1 mm 2.75"/ 69.9 mm '/ nm Lamp Life: 50,000 Hours Wiring Module: Light Source: LED Height* 1.38" 35.1 mm Operating Temperature: -220F to 1220F -30°C to 50°C Width 2.75" 69.9 mm Net Weight: 1.41 oz 0.04 kg Depth 1.97" 50.0 mm Shipping Weight: 7.10 oz 0.20 kg *Height dependent on complete configuration MODEL TYPE LENS COLOR LMS Steady Light Module F Fresnel O Opaque B Blue C Clear G Green R Red Stack Light Configuration Steps: 1: Select your mounting base 2: Select your wiring module based on: A: Voltage B: Steady or flashing effects 3: Select your light module(s) based on: A: Color B: Brightness C: Lens type D: Steady or flashing effects 4: Select your sound module (optional) Order Example for a Steady Radiant Stack Light Example of what is needed to order a model with 120VAC, Steady, Red, Amber and Green LEDs, Fresnel Lens, Flat Surface Mount, Gray Housing CITY MODEL DESCRIPTION 1 RSL-BF-GY Flat Base, Gray 1 RSL-WMH-120-240GY 120-240VAC Standard Wiring Module, Gray 1 RSL-LMS-F-R Steady Light Module, Fresnel Lens, Red 1 RSL-LMS-F-A Steady Light Module, Fresnel Lens, Amber 1 RSL-LMS-F-G Steady Light Module, Fresnel Lens, Green '� FEDERAL SIGNAL 1 RSL-LMB-F-A ► Model RSL-LMB Radiant Steady, Bright Light Module oo©oo RSL-LMB offers a bright, steady LED light with high optical performance. Its modular design and simple functionality combined with bright LED's, make this stack light option the right choice for an advanced application. RSL-LMB-F consists of a colored fresnel lens with a colored LED. The use of a colored lens with the same colored light source allows for optimization of the emission frequency, producing a rich intense light output. RSL-LMB-C consists of a clear fresnel lens with colored LED for use in very bright environments or outdoor applications. • Modular design allows for up to 7 light modules: 6 light modules & 1 sound module (1 channel) or 5 light modules & 1 sound module (2 channels) • Steady light effect with 6 bright LEDs • Two lens types: Clear and Colored • Compatible with 12-24VAC/DC or 120-240VAC* • PLC compatible • Indoor/outdoor use Wiring Modules • Type 4X, IP65 enclosure when installed with both gaskets included with each module • IP69K compliant when installed with both gaskets included on each module • CE Certified • UL and cUL Listed *Voltage dependent on selected wiring module MODEL MAXIMUM OPERATING CURRENT* (mAll RSL -LM B 24VDC 24VAC 12OVAC 24OVAC RSL-WML/RSL-WMH 50 60 35 25 RSL-WMLM/RSL-WMHM 70 100 35 25 * Maximum operating current listed is for one module. For multiple modules the current will have to be added together throughout the configuration to get the total maximum operating current. Radiant Steady, Bright Light Module (RSL-LMB) 1.69"/ 1.38"/ 42.9 mm 35.1 mm 2.75"/ 69.9 mm 7 nm Lamp Life: 50,000 Hours Wiring Module: Light Source: LED Height* 1.38" 35.1 mm Operating Temperature: -22°F to 122°F -30°C to 50°C Width 2.75" 69.9 mm Net Weight: 1.41 oz 0.04 kg Depth 1.97" 50.0 mm Shipping Weight: 1.60 Oz 0.05 kg *Height dependent on complete configuration MODEL TYPE LENS COLOR LMB Bright Steady Light Module C Clear A Amber Fresnel B Blue F Fresnel C Clear G Green R Red Stack Light Configuration Steps: 1: Select your mounting base 2: Select your wiring module based on: A: Voltage B: Steady or flashing effects 3: Select your light module(s) based on: A: Color B: Brightness C: Lens type D: Steady or flashing effects 4: Select your sound module (optional) Order Example for a Flashing Radiant Stack Light with Flash Pattern Selection in the Wiring Module Example of what is needed to order a model with 12VDC, Flashing, Amber and Red LEDs, Clear Lens, Wall Mount, Sixteen -Tone Sound Module, Black Housing CITY MODEL 1 RSL-BW-BK 1 RSL-WMLM-012-024BK 1 RSL-LMB-C-R 1 RSL-LMB-C-A 1 RSL-SMM-BK DESCRIPTION Wall Base, Black 12-24VAC/DC Multi -Pattern Wiring Module, Black Steady Light Module, Clear Lens, Red Steady Light Module, Clear Lens, Amber Sixteen -Tone Sound Module, Black '� FEDERAL SIGNAL 1 ► Model RSL-LMM RSL-LMM-F-B Radiant Multi -Pattern Light Module oo©oo RSL-LMM offers a multi -pattern LED light with high optical performance. Its modular design and compound functionality make this module ideal for applications where gaining attention is required. RSL-LMM is capable of producing four integrated light effects: double flash, triple flash, strobe effect and random. The random pattern consists of an uneven flashing pattern, increasing the ability to catch attention. Pattern selection in the individual light modules allows each light module in your configuration to activate a different flash pattern. • Modular design allows for up to 7 light modules: 6 light modules & 1 sound module (1 channel) or 5 light modules & 1 sound module (2 channels) • Four integrated flash patterns selectable via DIP switch • Compatible with 12-24VAC/DC or 120-240VAC* • PLC compatible • Indoor/outdoor use ra ICJ Wiring Modules • Type 4X, IP65 enclosure when installed with both gaskets included with each module • IP69K compliant when installed with both gaskets included on each module • CE Certified • UL and cUL Listed *Voltage dependent on selected wiring module MODEL MAXIMUM OPERATING CURRENT* ImA► RSL -LM M 24VDC 24VAC 120VAG 24OVAC RSL-WML/RSL-WMH 60 100 35 25 * Maximum operating current is for one module. For multiple modules the current will have to be added throughout the configuration to get the total maximum operating current. Radiant Multi -Pattern Light Module (RSL-LMM) 1.69"/ 1.38"/ 42.9 mm 35.1 mm 2./b"/ 6Y.Y mm I/ nm Lamp Life: 50,000 Hours Wiring Module: Light Source: LED Height* 1.38" 35.1 mm Operating Temperature: -227 to 1227 -30°C to 50°C Width 2.75" 69.9 mm Net Weight: 1.41 oz 0.04 kg Depth 1.97" 50.0 mm Shipping Weight: 1.60 oz 0.05 kg *Height dependent on complete configuration MODEL TYPE LENS COLOR LMM Multi -Pattern Light Module F Fresnel A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red Stack Light Configuration Steps: 1: Select your mounting base 2: Select your wiring module based on: A: Voltage B: Steady or flashing effects 3: Select your light module(s) based on: A: Color B: Brightness C: Lens type D: Steady or flashing effects 4: Select your sound module (optional) Order Example for a Flashing Radiant Stack Light with Flash Pattern Selection in Light Modules Example of what is needed to order a model with 24VDC, Flashing, Green and Red LEDs, Fresnel Lens, Pipe Mount, Two - Tone Sound Module, Gray Housing CITY MODEL 1 RSL-BP-GY 1 RSL-WML-012-024GY 1 RSL-LMM-F-G 1 RSL-LMM-F-R 1 RSL-SM-GY DESCRIPTION Pipe Mount Base, Gray 12-24VAC/DC Standard Wiring Module, Gray Multi -Pattern Light Module, Fresnel Lens, Green Multi -Pattern Light Module, Fresnel Lens, Red Two -Tone Sound Module, Gray Order Example for a Steady & Flashing Combination Radiant Stack Light Example of what is needed to order a model with 240VAC, Red Flashing, Amber Flashing, Green Steady, Fresnel Lens, Extended Mount, Gray Housing CITY MODEL 1 RSL-BE-GY 1 RSL-WMH-120-240GY 1 RSL-LMM-F-R 1 RSL-LMM-F-A 1 RSL-LMS-F-G DESCRIPTION Extended Mount Base, Gray 120-240VAC Standard Wiring Module, Gray Multi -Pattern Light Module, Fresnel Lens, Red Multi -Pattern Light Module, Fresnel Lens, Amber Steady Light Module, Fresnel Lens, Green rir FEDERAL SIGNAL ► Models RSL-SM and RSL-SMM Radiant Sound Modules Radiant sound modules come complete with top cap installed. Radiant sound modules add an audible alert to a visual stack light application. Depending on the application need, there are two possible solutions: RSL-SM contains 2 tones (intermittent and continuous) over 2 channels. It allows for use of both channels, by connecting 2 of the 7 available contacts of the wiring module. RSL-SMM contains 16 tones (mixed types) over 2 channels. It allows for use of both channels, by connecting 2 of the 7 available contacts of the wiring module. For each channel it is possible to select the sound via DIP switch prior to assembling the unit. • Modular design offers up to 7 light modules: 6 light modules & 1 sound module (1 channel) or 5 light modules & 1 sound module (2 channels) • RSL-SM contains 2 tones, RSL-SMM contains 16 tones • Volume control in model RSL-SMM • Compatible with 12-24VAC/DC or 120-240VAC* • Indoor/outdoor use • PLC compatible • Type 4X, IP65 enclosure when installed with both gaskets included on each module • IP69K compliant when installed with both gaskets included with each module • CE Certified • UL and cUL Listed *Voltage dependent on selected wiring module MODEL DECIBELS @ iM MAXIMUM OPERATING CURRENT* (mA) RSL-SM MIN. MAX. 24VDC 24VAC 12OVAC 24OVAC RSL-WML/RSL-WMH N/A** 87 50 120 30 25 RSL-WMLM/RSL-WMHM N/A** 87 65 130 30 25 *Maximum operating current is for one module. For multiple modules, the current will have to be added throughout the Wiring Modules configuration to get the total maximum operating current. **Model RSL-SM does not offer volume control MODEL DECIBELS @ iM MAXIMUM OPERATING CURRENT* (mA) RSL -SMM MIN. MAX. 24VDC 24VAC 12OVAC 24OVAC RSL-WML/RSL-WMH 60 90 200 450 100 50 RSL-WMLM/RSL-WMHM 60 90 200 450 100 50 *Maximum operating current is for one module. For multiple modules, the current will have to be added throughout the Wiring Modules configuration to get the total maximum operating current. Radiant Sound Modules (RSL-SM and RSL-SMM) f --- -T 1.20V 30.5 mm 1 97"/ 50.0 mm 90.9mm 2.75"/ 69.9 mm Operating Temperature Net Weight: RSL-SM RSL-SMM Shipping Weight: Wiring Module: Height* Width Depth -22°F to 122°F -30C° to 50°C Top Cap: Height* 1.20" 30.5 mm 2.82 oz 0.08 kg Width 2.75" 69.9 mm 3.17 oz 0.09 kg Depth 1.97" 50.0 mm 4.00 oz 0.11 kg *Height dependent on complete configuration. 2.38" 60.4 mm 2.75" 69.9 mm 1.97" 50.0 mm 7 - C MODEL TYPE COLOR RSL-SM Sound Module GY Gray RSL-SMM Sound Module, Multi MODEL TYPE COLOR RSL-SMM Sound Module, Multi BK Black Stack Light Configuration Steps: 1: Select your mounting base 2: Select your wiring module based on: A: Voltage B: Steady or flashing effects 3: Select your light module(s) based on: A: Color B: Brightness C: Lens type D: Steady or flashing effects 4: Select your sound module (optional) bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Altech Part Number Screw Type Description Feed Through Terminal Block System Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description FEATURES • Altech CTS Series of Universal Screw Terminal Blocks featuring global standards • Universal mounting foot for easy snap onto common DIN rail profiles • Screw -type jumper system • Current Ratings up to 240A APPLICATIONS • Ex & IECEx approvals for use in potentially explosive areas • Control, Automation applications • Power Distribution Mounting Handle Mounting handle is used for mounting 10 terminal blocks on a DIN rail, thus saving considerable time. Specially designed pins in the mounting handle grip the terminal blocks when pressed against entry. ram+ Mo. Terrri—I E11—k CM oo- MH2.5 M9 Sii-N 1 MH4 CTS4U-N 1 SINGLE LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCKS CTS2.51IJI-N CTS411.1-N C_TS61J T41 i Dimensions & Weight o--__o, o;--0^ o--*__o Width 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm Length 43 mm 43 mm 43 mm 7 ght w DIN Rail 35 x 7.5 mm 35x15mm Weight per piece 6.2 g 7.6 g 13.5 g Technical Data/Ratings Approvals CE Ex AEzell c%us SA ® c�us SP ® cMus SA ErlII11 E220514 c us 60947-7-1 E220514 c us 60947-7-1 E220514 c us 60947-7-1 Wire Size (solid / stranded) 22-12 AWG 0.2-2.5 mm2 22-10 AWG 0.2-4 mm2 22-8 AWG 0.5-6 mmz Voltage Rating 600 V 1000V AC DDC 600 V 1000V AC/DC 600 V 1000V AC/DC Current Rating 25 A 24 A 35 A 32 A 50 A 41 A Torque 7lb-in 0.4 Nm 7lb-in 0.5 Nm 14lb-in 0.8 Nm Insulation Material Polyamide 66 Polyamide 66 Polyamide 66 Installation Instructions Wire Stripping Length 8 mm 8 mm 9 mm Screwdriver Flat Head 0.5 x 3.0 mm Flat Head 0.6 x 3.5 mm Flat Head 0.8 x 4.0 mm Terminal Blocks Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Grey (standard) CTS2.5U-N 100 CTS4U-N 100 CTS6U 100 Red R CTS2.5U N/R 100 CTS41JN/R 100 CTS61J/R 100 Blue BU CTS2.5U-N/BU 100 CTS41J-N/BIJ 100 CTS61J/BIJ 100 Black BL CTS2.5U-N/BL 100 CTS41J-N/BL 100 CTS61J/BL 100 Orange 0 0 CTS2.5U-N/O 100 CTS41J-N/O 100 CTS61J/O 100 Green G Q CTS2.5U-N/G 100 CTS4U-N/G 100 CTS61J/G 100 Yellow Y 0 CTS2.5U-N/Y 100 CTS41J-N/Y 100 CTS61J/Y 100 White W CTS2.5U-N/W 100 CTS4U N/W 100 CTS61J/W 100 Accessories Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. End Plate Partition Plate Separator Plate DIN Rail 32mm LMm� 35mm End Stop Internal Jumper 2 pole 3 pole 4 pole j 4�">7'� � 10 pole 100 pole Insulated 2 pole Internal Jumper 3 pole 4 pole 10 pole 100 pole External Jumper 2 pole 3 pole 4 pole 10 pole Test Socket T__D Marking Tag EP2.5/4UN 50 EP2.5/4UN 50 EP6/10U 50 PP2.5/4UN 50 PP2.5/4UN 50 PP6/10U 50 SP2.5/4UN 100 SP2.5/4UN 100 SP6/10U 100 2511120 CA701-15/S 2511160 20 20 10 2511120 CA701-15/S 2511160 20 20 10 2511120 CA701-15/S 2511160 20 20 10 CA702 50 CA702 50 CA702 50 CA802 50 CA802 50 CA802 50 CA202 25 CA202 25 CA202 25 CA721/2 100 CA72212 100 CA723/2 100 CA721/3 100 CA722/3 100 CA723/3 50 CA721/4 100 CA72214 50 CA72314 50 CA721/10 10 CA722110 10 CA723/10 10 CA721/100 10 CA7221100 10 - - CA741/2 100 CA74212 100 CA74312 100 CA741/3 100 CA74213 100 CA74313 50 CA741/4 100 CA74214 100 CA74314 50 CA741/10 10 CA742110 10 CA743110 10 CA741/100 10 CA742/100 10 - - CA717/2 100 CA714/2 100 CA710/2 100 CA717/3 100 CA714/3 100 CA710/3 50 CA717/4 100 CA714/4 100 CA710/4 50 CA717/10 20 CA714/10 20 CA710/10 20 CA7071TS/01 100 CA7071TS/01 100 CA7071TS/05 100 MT5 1 Pk. (100 tags) MT6 1 Pk. (100 tags) MT8 1 Pk. (100 tags) 6 Altech Corp.® • 35 Royal Road - Flemington, NJ 08822-6000 • Phone (908)806-9400 • FAX (908)806-9490 SINGLE LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCKS CTS10U CTS16U CTS25UN CTS35UN _z Dimensions & Weight 0-- —0 0----0 0-- —0 0-- —0 Width 10 mm 12 mm 12 mm L 16 mm Length 43 mm 43 mm 49 rn f 50.5 mm Height w DIN Rail 35 x 15 mm 55.5 mm 55.5 mm Weight per piece 16.5 g 25.5 g ] 35.5 g [ 50.5 g Technical Data/Ratings Approvals CE/.\,EX E.elIC0M' r® Wire Size (solid / stranded) Voltage Rating t Rating Torque Installation Instructions anus E220514 SPAS 60947-7-1 16-6 AWG 22-6 AWG 0.5-10 mmz 600 V 600 V 1000V AC/DC 65 A 65 A 57 A 14 lb -in 14lb-in 1.2 Nm Mus SPAS E220514 60947-7-1 20-4 AWG 22-6 AWG 0.2-16 mmz �1000VAUDC 600 V 600 V —95A 1 70 A I 76 A I 14lb-in 1 14lb-in 1 1.2 Nm cMus cSPus 12 E220514 60947-7-1 14-2 AWG 4-25 mmz 600 V 1000V AC/1 105A 101 A 30 lb -in 2.0 Nm c%us SPAS E220514 60947-7-1 12-1/0 AWG 4-35 mmz 600 V 1000V AC/DC 150A 125A 50 lb -in 2.5 Nm Polyamide 66 Polyamide 66 Polyamide 66 Polyamide 66 Wire Stripping Length 11 mm 12 mm PHead 15 mm Screwdriver Flat Head 0.8 x 4.0 mm Flat Head 1.0 x 5.5 mm Fl5.5 mm Flat Head 1.0 x 5.5 mm Terminal Blocks Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Grey (standard) 100 CTS16U 50 CTS25UN 50 CTS35UN 50 Red R 100 CTS16U/R 50 CTS25UN/R 50 CTS35UN/R 50 Blue BU U 100 CTS16U/BU 50 CTS25UN/BU 50 CTS35UN/BU 50 Black BL L 100 CTS16U/BL 50 CTS25UN/BL 50 CTS35UN/BL 50 Orange 0 0 LOU/O1 100 CTS16U/0 50 CTS25UN/O 50 CTS35UN/O 50 Green G 100 CTS16U/G 50 CTS25UN/G 50 CTS35UN/G 50 Yellow Y 100 CTS16U/Y 50 CTS25UNN 50 CTS35UNN 50 White W 100 CTS16U/W 50 CTS25UN/W 50 CTS35UN/W 50 Accessories End Plate Partition Plate Separator Plate DIN Rail 32mm 35mm 35mm End Stop Internal Jumper 2 pole 3 pole MM 4 pole 10 pole 100 pole Insulated 2 pole Internal Jumper 3 pole 4 pole 10 pole 100 pole External Jumper 2 pole 3 pole 4 pole 10 pole Test Socket Marking Tag Cat. No. Std. Pk. EP6/10U 50 PP6/10U 50 SP6/10U 100 2511120 20 CA701-15/S 20 2511160 10 CA702 50 CA802 50 CA202 25 CA724/2 100 CA724/3 50 CA724/4 50 CA724/10 10 CA744/2 100 CA744/3 50 CA744/4 50 CA744/10 10 CA718/2 100 CA718/3 50 CA718/4 50 CA718/10 20 CA707lrS/05 100 MT10 1 Pk. (100 tags) Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. — — PP25UN 50 PP35UN 50 SP6/10U 100 2511120 20 CA701-15/S 20 2511160 10 CA702 50 CA802 50 CA202 25 CA751/2 50 CA751/3 50 CA751/4 50 CA751/10 10 CA751/100 10 CA761/2 100 CA761/3 50 CA761/4 50 CA761/10 10 CA761/100 10 CA707/TS/05 100 MT12 1 Pk. (100 tags) 2511120 20 CA701-15/S 20 2511160 10 CA702 50 CA802 50 CA202 25 CA725/2 50 CA725/3 20 CA725/4 20 CA725/10 10 CA725/100 10 CA745/2 50 CA745/3 20 GA745/4 20 CA745/10 10 CA745/100 10 CA707/TS/06 160 MT12 1 Pk. (100 tags) 2511120 20 CA701-15/S 20 2511160 10 CA702 50 CA802 50 CA202 25 CA771/2 50 CA771/3 20 CA771/4 20 CA771/10 10 CA781/2 50 CA781/3 20 CA781/4 20 CA781/10 10 CA707/TS/06 100 MT16 1 Pk. (100 tags) Altech Corp.® • 35 Royal Road • Flemington, NJ 08822-6000 • Phone (908)806-9400 • FAX (908)806-9490 7 SINGLE LEVEL POWER TERMINAL BLOCKS FEATURES • DIN Rail and Panel mountable • Voltage Rating 1000V • Current Rating up to 240A • Hex Screw version for easier tightening (NA) • Auxiliary block for easy plug in CTS50/70N CTS50/70NA CTS95/12ON # with It Allen Screw wilh c Allen Screw Dimensions & Weight 0--_0 0--*--0 0--*__0 Iidth 20.5 mm 20.5 mm 27.0 mm Length 77.3 mm 77.3 mm 84.5 mm Height w DIN Rail 35 x 7 mm 71.1 mm 83.0 mm 35 x 15 mm 78.1 mm 90.5 mm leight per piece 93.8 g 95.0 g 177.2 g Technical Data/Ratings APPLICATIONS • Power Distribution pprovals CE ® M c'us cSPAS E220514 ® 60947-7-1 cmus cus E220514 ® 60947-7-1 cmus cSPus E220514 19 60947-7-1 lire Size (solid / stranded) 8-2/0 AWG 10-70 mmz 8-2/0 AWG 0-70 mmz 2-250 KCMIL 25-120 mmz • Solar Applications • AUX6 auxiliary for )Itage Rating 1000 V 1000 V AC/DC 1000 V 1000 V AC/DC 1000 V 1000 V AC/DC indicator light or contactor urrent Rating 175 A 192 A 175 A 192 A 240 A 269 A )rque 381b In 3.0 Nm 38lb-In 3.0 Nm 90lb-In 6.0 Nm Insulation Material ` Polyamide 66 Polyamide 66 Polyamide 66 Installation Instructions Wire Stripping Length 22 mm Screwdriver Flat Head 1.0x7.5 mm 22 mm 24 mm Allen Wrench 5 mm Allen Wrench 6 mm Terminal Blocks Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Grey (standard) CTS50/70N 20 CTS50/70NA 20 CTS95/120N 10 Red R CTS50/70N/R 20 CTS50/70NA/R 20 CTS95/120N/R 10 Blue BU CTS50/70N/BU 20 CTS50/70NA/BU 20 CTS95/120N/BU 10 Black BL CTS50/70N/BL 20 CTS50/70NA/BL 20 CTS95/120N/BL 10 Orange 0 CTS50/70N/O 20 CTS50/70NA/0 20 CTS95/120N/0 10 Green G CTS50/70N/G 20 CTS50/70NA/G 20 CTS95/120N/G 10 Yellow Y CTS50/70NN 20 CTS50/70NA/Y 20 CTS95/120NN 10 White W CTS50/70N/W 20 CTS50/70NA/W 20 CTS95/120N/W 10 Accessories Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. DIN Rail 2511120 20 2511120 20 2511120 20 szmm ssmm F CA701-15/S 20 CA701-15/S 20 CA701-15/S 20 ssmm 2511160 10 2511160 10 2511160 10 End Stop CA802 50 CA802 50 CA802 50 CA202 25 CA202 25 CA202 25 Shorting Link System 01W CA628/2 10 CA628/2 10 CA629/2 10 CA628/3 10 CA628/3 10 CA629/3 10 Marking Tag MT16 1 Pk. (100 tags) MT16 1 Pk. (100 tags) MT16 1 Pk. (100 tags) Cat. No AUX6 Auxiliary Terminal Block Used for: CTS50/70N CTS50/70NA CTS95/120N In certain power circuits, there is a need to take an extra con- nection for an Auxiliary circuit like an indicating light or con- tactor. The AUX6 terminal easily plugs into the terminal and provides this extra con- nection point. Ratings IEC60947-7-1 Voltage/Current:1000 V / 41 A Torque: 0.8 Nm IEC 60079-7 Voltage/Current: 630 V / 36 A Torque: 0.8 Nm UL-1059 Voltage/Current: 600 V / 50 A Torque:14 lb -in CSA22.2-158 Voltage/Current: 600 V / 50 A Torque:14 lb -in Wire Range: 22-8 AWG Width x Length x Height: 8 x 53.6 x 29.4 mm Std. Pk.: 10 Marking Tag: MT8 8 Altech Corp.® • 35 Royal Road • Flemington, NJ 08822-6000 • Phone (908)806-9400 • FAX (908)806-9490 GROUND/EARTH TERMINAL BLOCKS FEATURES • Yellow/Green color code as per industry standard • Clamp mechanically on Rail by tightening middle screw • Rail serves as grounding busbar to feed ground potential to all other grounding terminals • CGT4N, CGT6N, CGT10N and CGT16N have same profile as re- spective feed through blocks • CGT4U, CGT10U, and CGT35U mount on both 35mm and 32mm DIN -Rail APPLICATIONS • Grounding Applications Dimensions & Weight Width Length Height w DIN Rail 35 x 7.5 mm 35x15mm Weight per piece Technical Data/Ratings Approvals CE 4. X Ex eIi lu, 011 [¢rM_ Wire Size (solid / stranded) Voltage Rating Current Rating Torque Insulation Material Installation Instructions CGT4U 0_� 6mm 43 mm 49.5 mm 56.7 mm 21.5 g anus 013 E220514 c us 60947-7-1 22-10 AWG 0.2-4 mm2 600V 800VACIDC 7.0 lb -in 0.5 Nm Polyamide 66 CGT4NN c c 0_� CGT6N I 6mm 8mm 54.2 mm 54.5 mm 47.0 mm 48.2 mm 54.4 mm L: 55.8 mm 22.09 27.0 g anus a c us E220514 60947-7-1 22-10 AWG 0.2-4 mm2 600V 1000VAGDC 7lb-in 0.5 Nm Polyamide 66 anus SP c us E220514 60947-7-1 22-8 AWG 0.2-6 mm2 600V 1000VACIDC 14 lb -in 1.6 Nm Polyamide Wire Stripping Length 8 mm 8 mm 9 mm Screwdriver (@ Flat Head 0.6 x 3.5 mm Flat Head 0.6 x 3.5 mm Flat Head 0.8 x 4.0 mm Terminal Blocks Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Yellow/Green ® CGT4U 50 CGUN 50 CGT6N 50 Accessories Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. End Plate Q EPCGT4UN 50 - - - - DIN Rail 32mm 35mm 2511120 CA701-15/S 20 20 2511120 CA701-15/S 20 20 2511120 CA701-15/S 20 20 ULM-Mf 2511160 10 2511160 10 2511160 10 Marking Tag MT6 1 Pk. (100 tags) MT6 1 Pk. (100 tags) MT8 1 Pk. (100 tags) Assembly example for single phase 3 wire circuits. 16 Altech Corp.® • 35 Royal Road • Flemington, NJ 08822-6000 • Phone (908)806-9400 • FAX (908)806-9490 GROUND/EARTH TERMINAL BLOCKS CGT10U Dimensions & Weighty Width 10 mm Length 45.0 mm Height w DIN Rail 35 x 7.5 nnm 1 35x15mm Weight per piece 30.5 g Technical Data/Ratings Approvals CE©EX1"UW Wire Size (solid / stranded) Voltage Rating Current Rating Torque Insulation Material Installation Instructions C E220514 AS 60947-7-1 16-8AWG 22-6AWG 0. m 600V 600V 1000VACIDC 14 Ib in 14 lb -in 1.6 Nm Polyamide 66 CGT10N CGT16N CGT35U r 0-� 0-� 0-� 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 55.0 mm 55.0 mm 58.0 mm 48.5 mm 48.5 mm 63.7 mm 56.0 mm A r 56.0 mm F- 70.5 mm 35.2g 39.6g F 102.Og AQ.s S P E220514 c us 60947-7-1 600V 1000VAODC 14lb-in 1.6 Nm IV Polyamide 6 CMOs SP E220514 c us 60947-7-1 -16 mmz 600V 1000VACIDC 14lb-in 1.6 Nm Polyamide 66 Wire Stripping Length 11 mm 11 mm 12 mm 15 mm Screwdriver Flat Head 0.8 x 4.0 mm Flat Head 0.8 x 4.0 mm Flat Head 1.0 x 5.5 mm Flat Head 1.0 x 5.5 mm Terminal Blocks Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Yellow/Green ® CGT10U 50 CGT10N Accessories Cat. No. Std. Pk. End Plate Q — — DIN Rail 3zmm ssmm 2511120 CA701-15/S 20 20 35mm 2511160 10 Marking Tag MT10 1 Pk. (100 tags) Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. 50 1 CGT16N 50 W CGT35U 20 Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. Cat. No. Std. Pk. 2511120 20 2511120 20 2511120 20 CA701-15/S 20 CA701-15/S 20 CA701-15/S 20 2511160 10 2511160 10 2511160 10 MT10 1 Pk. (100 tags) MT12 1 Pk. (100 tags) MT16 1 Pk. (100 tags) Altech Corp.® • 35 Royal Road • Flemington, NJ 08822-6000 • Phone (908)806-9400 • FAX (908)806-9490 17 bppiiir&wthe&ffer. Component Specification Manufacturer Eaton Part Number GBK10CS Description 10 terminal ground bar kit Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Manufacturer Part Number Description Powering Business Worldwide Type CH Style 3/4 in Loadcenter and Breaker Accessories GBK10CS UPC:782114793343 Dimensions: • Height: 7.188 IN • Length: 1 IN • Width: 2 IN Weight:.18 LB Notes:Distance between mounting holes is 1.75 inches. Warranties: • Limited lifetime Specifications: • Special Features: Clamshell pack • Type: Ground bar kit • Main Circuit Breaker: CH • Number Of Terminals: 10 terminals • Phasing: Standard T • Quantity: 6 Supporting documents: • Eatons Volume 1-Residential and Light Commercial • Ground Bar Kit - Installation • Eaton Specification Sheet - GBK10CS Certifications: • UL 489 Product compliance: No Data © 2016 Eaton. All rights reserved. pe.eaton.com `®��®•� �ss� booair Breathe Setter. F. INSTRUMENTATION Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 Most instruments are installed in the Water Panel. See Section D.2 and Section C.2 for detailed information. Instruments contained in Section F are field -mounted. SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO wpir 1%,-Tf: %-•v: P20118 - Edmonds WWTP Project Number: P20118 Instrumentation for Odor Control System INSTRUMENT 1 DP-01-02 Application Magnehelic Differential Pressure Gage Installed Process Location Vessel Inlet, Biological Media Manufacturer Dwyer Country of manufacture USA Manufacturing / Design Standards IP67 Duct / Fitting Size 1/8" FNPT Design range 0" - 3" W.C. Make / model 2003 Accuracy 2% @ 70°F Zone rating N/A Local Output (Digital, Analogue Mechanical) Mechanical INSTRUMENT 2 DP-01-01 Application Magnehelic Differential Pressure Gage Location Vessel Inlet, Carbon Media Manufacturer Dwyer Country of manufacture USA Manufacturing / Design Standards IP67 Duct / pipe fitting size 1/8" FNPT Design range 0" - 12" W.C. Make / model 2012 Accuracy 2% @ 70°F Zone rating N/A Output (local, digital, analogue etc.) Mechanical BioAir Configured PartNo: 2003, 2012 XwyeI--- jDate Updated: 11/28/2019 MAGNEHELIC° DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGES Indicate Positive, Negative or Differential, Accurate within 1% RUBBER PRESSURE RELIEF PLUG WILL UNSEAT ITSELF WHEN GAGE 025 [.64] SPACE CREATED BY 3 SPACER IS OVERPRESSURIZED PADS WHEN SURFACE MOUNTED. DO NOT OBSTRUCT. PROVIDES PATH 17/32 \ FOR RELIEF OF OVERPRESSURE. [13.491 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH 1-114 31.75 [ 1 PRESSURE CONNECTION Q04-3/4 041/2 1/8 FEMALE [114.31 NPTLOW PRESSURE I CONNECTION [120.65] 15/32 [11.91] I[' 1-11/16 [42.86] 7/16 [11.11] 17/32 Note: Shown with optional -SS bezel 1-1/4 [31.751 \�,"".,� o4-1/2 [1 [114.3] o5-1/2 15/32 [11.91] 2-17/32 MOU[NTING]RING [64.29] [64.291 Select the Series 2000 Magnehelice Differential Pressure Gages for a versatile low differential pressure gage with a wide choice of 81 models and 27 options to choose from. Using Dwyer's simple, frictionless Magnehelice gage movement, it quickly indicates air or non -corrosive gas pressures --either positive, negative (vacuum) or differential. The design resists shock, vibration, over -pressures and is weatherproof to IP67. Select the —HA High Accuracy Magnehelice gage option for an accuracy within 1% of full scale. Also included with the —HA option at no extra cost are a mirrored scale overlay and a 6 point calibration certificate. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Easy to read gage through undistorted plastic face permits viewing from far away • Patented design provides quick response to pressure changes means no delay in assessing critical situations • Durable and rugged housing and high -quality components combine to provide long - service life and minimized down -time • High accuracy option is twice as accurate as the standard Magnehelice gage APPLICATIONS • Filter monitoring • Air velocity with Dwyer pitot tube • Blower vacuum monitoring • Fan pressure indication • Duct, room or building pressures • Clean room positive pressure indication ACCESSORIES Model Description A-432 Portable kit; combine carrying case with any Magnehelice gage of standard range, except high pressure connection. Includes 9 ft (2.7 m) of 3/16- ID rubber tubing, standhang bracket and terminal tube with holder A-605 Air filter gage accessory kit; adapts any standard Magnehelice gage for use as an air filter gage. Includes aluminum surface mounting bracket with screws, two 5 ft (1.5 m) lengths of 1/4- aluminum tubing, two static pressure tips and two molded plastic vent valves, integral compression fittings on both tips and valves A-605B Air filter gage accessory kit; air filter kit with two plastic open/close valves, two 4- steel static tips, plastic tubing and mounting flange A-605C Air filter gage accessory kit; air filter kit with two plastic open/close valves, two plastic static tips, plastic tubing and mounting flange o4-3/4 [120.65] PANELCUTOUT YEARLIMITED WARRANTY [3] 6-32 X 3/16 [4.76] DEEP HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 04-118 [104.781 BOLT CIRCLE FOR PANEL MOUNTING 1" FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 1-3/4 [44.45] \[12.70] 11/16 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW [17.461 PRESSURE CONNECTION 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION C1L l0 47/64 ` 1-3/4 [44.451 20.27] 0 112 [12.70] 11/16 1/8 FEMALE 3/16 [17.461 NPT LOW [4.76] PRESSURE CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONAN Service: Air and non-combustible, Temperature Limits: 20 to 140*F* compatible gases (natural gas option (-6.67 to 60°C). -20°F (-28°C) with low available). Note: May be used with temperature option. hydrogen. Order a Buna-N diaphragm. Size: 4- (101.6 mm) diameter dial face. Pressures must be less than 35 psi. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in Wetted Materials: Consult factory. vertical position. Consult factory for other Housing: Die cast aluminum case and position orientations. bezel, with acrylic cover. Exterior finish Process Connections: 1/8-female NPT is coated gray to withstand 168 hour salt duplicate high and low pressure taps - spray corrosion test. one pair side and one pair back. Accuracy: ±2% (-HA model ±1) of Weight: 1 lb 2 oz (510 g), MP & HP 2 lb FS (±3% (-HA±1.5%) on -0,-100PA, 2 oz (963 g). -125PA, -10MM and ±4% (-HA±2%) on Standard Accessories: Two 1/8- NPT -00, -60PA, -6MM ranges), throughout plugs for duplicate pressure taps, two range at 70oF (21.1 °C). 1/8- pipe thread to rubber tubing adapter, Pressure Limits: -20 in Hg to 15 psig and three flush mounting adapters with (-0.677 to 1.034 bar); MP option: 35 psig screws. (Mounting and snap ring retainer (2.41 bar); HP option: 80 psig (5.52 bar). substituted for three adapters in MP & Enclosure Rating: IP67. HP gage accessories.) Overpressure: Relief plug opens Agency Approvals: Meets the technical at approximately 25 psig (1.72 bar), requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU standard gages only.0 (RoHS II). Note: -SP models not RoHS approved. Note: For applications with high cycle rate within gage total pressure rating, next higher rating is recommended. See Medium and High pressure options. *Low temperature models available as special options. A-432 A-605 20 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. I dwyer-inst.com OOver Protection Note: See page 21 (Series 2000) .pwyer SERIES 2000 MAGNEHELIC° DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGES Indicate Positive, Negative or Dlife rential,Accurate within 1% Bezel provides flange for flush mounting in panel. -- Clear plastic face is highly resistant to breakage. Provid undistorted viewing of pointer and scale. Precision litho -printed scale is accurate and easy to rez Calibrated range spring is flat spring steel. Sm amplitude of motion assures consistency and long life. reacts to pressure on diaphragm. Live length adjustable 1 calibration. Red tipped pointer of heat treated aluminum tubing is ea to see. It is rigidly mounted on the helix shaft. Pointer stops of molded rubber prevent pointer over -tray without damage. "Wishbone" assembly provides mounting for helix, he bearings and pointer shaft. Jeweled bearings are shock -resistant mounted; provi virtually friction -free motion for helix. Motion damped witt high viscosity silicone fluid. Helix is precision made from an alloy of high magnetic permeability. Mounted in jeweled bearings, it turns freely, following the magnetic field to move the pointer across the scale. Zero adjustment screw is conveniently located in plastic cover, and is accessible without removing cover. 0-ring seal provides pressure tightness. O-ring seal for cover assures pressure integrity of case OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION Blowout plug is comprised of a rubber plug on the rear which functions as a relief valve by unseating and venting the gage interior when overpressure reaches approximately 25 psig (1.7 bar). To provide a free path for pressure relief, there are four spacer pads which maintain 0.023- clearance when gage is surface mounted. Do not obstruct the gap created by these pads. The blowout plug is not used on models above 180- of water pressure, medium or high pressure models, or on gages which require an elastomer other than silicone for the diaphragm. The blowout plug should not be used as a system overpressure control. High supply pressures may still cause the gage to fail due to over pressurization, resulting in property damage or serious injury. Good engineering practices should be utilized to prevent your system from exceeding the ratings of any component. Die cast aluminum case is precision made and iridite- dipped to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test. Exterior finished in baked dark gray hammerloid. One case size is used for all standard pressure options, and for both surface and flush mounting. Silicone rubber diaphragm with integrally molded O-ring is supported by front and rear plates. It is locked and sealed in position with a sealing plate and retaining ring. Diaphragm motion is restricted to prevent damage due to overpressures. Samarium Cobalt magnet mounted at one end of range spring rotates helix without mechanical linkages. MODEL CHART Range, Range, Range, MM Range, Dual Scale Air Velocity Units Model Inches of Water Model PSI Model of Water Model kPa For use with Ditot tube 2000-OONt•• .05-0-.2 2201 0-1 2000-6MMt•• 0-6 2000-0.5KPA 0-0.5 2000-00t•• 0-.25 2202 0-2 2000-10MMt• 0-10 2000-1KPA 0-1 2000-Ot• 2001 0-.50 0-1.0 2203 2204 0-3 0-4 2000-15MM 2000-25MM 0-15 0-25 2000-1.5KPA 2000-21KPA 0-1.5 0-2 Model Range, in w.c./ Velocity F.P.M. 2205 2210* 2215* 2220* 0-5 0-10 0-15 0-20 2000-30MM 2000-50MM 2000-80MM 2000-100MM 0-30 0-50 0-80 0-100 2000-2.5KPA 2000-31KPA 2000-41KPA 2000-5KPA 0-2.5 0-3 0-4 0-5 2000-00AVt•• 2000-OAVt• 0-.25/ 300-2000 0-.50/ 500-2800 2003 0-3.0 2004 2005 0-4.0 0-5.0 2006 0-6.0 22 ** 0-30 2000-125MM 0-125 2000-81KPA 0-8 2001AV 0-1.0/ 2008 0-8.0 2000-150MM 0-150 2000-10KPA 0-10 500-4000 Model Range, CM of Water 2000-200MM 2000-250MM 2000-300MM 0-200 0-250 0-300 2000-15KPA 2000-20KPA 2000-25KPA 2000-30KPA 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 2002AV 2005AV 2010AV 0-2.0/ 1000-5600 0-5.0/ 2000-8800 0-10/ 2000-125002300-1KPA�.5-0-.52040 2012 0-12 2020 2025 2030 2080 2100 2120 2150 2160 2180* 2250* 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-40 0-0 0-60 0-80 0-100 0-120 0-150 0-150 0-180 0-250 2000-15CM 2000-20CM 2000-25CM 2000-50CM 2000-0CM 2000-100CM 2000-150CM 2000-200CM 2000-250CM 2000-300CM 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-80 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-250 0-300 Zero Center Ran es 2300-6MMt•• 2300-10MMt• 2300-20MM 3-0-3 5-0-5 0-0-10 Zero CenterRanes 2300-21KPA 2300-2.5KPA 2300-311KPA 1-05-0200 1.2-1.252060 1.5 Model Ran a Pa 2000-60NPAt•• 2000-60PAt•• 2000-100PAt• 2000-125PAt• 2000-250PA 2000-300PA 2000-SOOPA 2000-750PA 2000-1000PA 10-0-50 0-60 0-100 0-125 0-250 0-300 0-500 0-750 0-1000 Dual Scale En lish/Metric Models Model Range, in w.c. Range, Pa or kPa Zero Center 2300-4CM 2300-10CM 2300-30CM Ran es 2-0-2 5-0-5 15-0-15 2000-OODt•• 2000-ODt• 2001D 2002D 2003D 2004D 2005D 2006D 2008D 2010D 2015D 2020D 2025D 0-.25 0-0.5 0-1.0 0-2.0 0-3.0 0-4.0 0-5.0 0-6.0 0-8.0 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-62 Pa 0-125 Pa 0-250 Pa 0-500 Pa 0-750 Pa 0-1.0 kPa 0-1.25 kPa 0-1.5 kPa 0-2.0 kPa 0-2.5 kPa 0-3.7 kPa 0-5 kPa 0-6.2 kPa Zero Center Ran es 2300-00t•• 2300-Ot• 2301 2302 2304 2310 2320 2330 0.125-0-0.125 .25-0-.25 5-0-.5 1-0-1 2-0-2 5-0-5 10-0-10 15-0-15 Zero Center Ran es Model Ran a Pa 2300-60PAt•• 2300-100PAt• 2300-120PA 2300-200PA 2300-250PA 2300-300PA 30-0-30 50-0-50 60-0-60 100-0-100 125-0-125 150-0-150 2300-500PA 250-0-250 2050D 0-50 0-12.4 kPa 2300-1000PA 500-0-500 12060D 0-60 0-15 kPa These ran es calibrated for vertical scale position • Accuracy t3% •• Accuracy t4% *MP option standard **HP option standard VELOCITY AND VOLUMETRIC FLOW UNITS Scales are available on the Magnehelic® gage that read in velocity units (FPM, m/s) or volumetric flow units (SCFM, m3/s, m3/h). Stocked velocity units with dual range scales in inches w.c. and feet per minute are shown above. For other ranges contact the factory. When ordering volumetric flow scales please specify the maximum flow rate and its corresponding pressure. Example: 0.5 in w.c. = 16,000 CFM. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-321 Safety relief valve A-448 3-piece magnet kit for mounting Magnehelic® gage directly to magnetic surface A-135 Rubber gasket for panel mounting A-401 Plastic carry case A-31OA 3-way vent valves. In applications where pressure is continuous and the Magnehelic® gage is connected by metal or plastic tubing which cannot be easily removed, we suggest using Dwyer A-31 OA vent valves to connect gage. Pressure can then be removed to check or re -zero the gage. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. I dwyer-inst.com 21 Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 G. SAFETY DATA SHEET (SDS) SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO Page 1 of 5 SAFETY DATA SHEET 1. PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION PRODUCT NAME: BioAir EcoGrowT' A PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: Water Soluble Nutrients MANUFACTURER BioAir Solutions, LLC 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Rd Suite 303 Voorhees, NJ 08043 2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION GHS CATEGORY OF HAZARDS: - Oxidizing Solids - Category 2 - Skin corrosion/irritation - Category 2 - Serious eye damage/eye irritation - Category 2A - Acute toxicity - oral - Category 4 - Acute toxicity - inhalation - Category 4 SIGNAL WORDS: DANGER, WARNING HAZARD STATEMENTS: - H272 May intensify fire; oxidizer - H315 Causes skin irritation - H319 Causes serious eye irritation - H302 Harmful if swallowed - H332 Harmful if inhaled PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS- PREVENTION - P210 Keep away from heat - P220 Keep/store away from clothing or other combustible materials - P221Take any precautions to avoid mixing with combustibles - P280 Wear protective gloves/eye protection - P264 Wash hands thoroughly after handling - P270 Do not eat, drink, smoke when using this product - P261 Avoid breathing dust - P271 Use only outdoors or in a well -ventilated area Date -Issued: 05/27/2015 Date -Revised: 06/27/2019 Revision No: R4 24 HR. EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS Chemtrec (U.S.): (800)-424-9300 CCN: 811238 PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS - REACTION - P370 + P378 In case of fire: use water for extinction - P301 + P312 IF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTER or doctor/physician if you feel unwell - P330 Rinse mouth - P304 + P340 IF INHALED: remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing - P312 Call a POISON CENTER or doctor/physician if you feel unwell Page 2 of 5 - P302 + P352 IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of soap and water - P321 Specific treatment (see section 4 SKIN on this document) - P331 + P313 If skin irritation occurs: Get medical advice/attention - P362 Take off contaminated clothing and wash before reuse - P305 + P351 + P338 IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. - P337 + P313 If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS - STORAGE No storage statements. PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS - DISPOSAL - P501 Dispose of contents/container in an approved landfill disposal facility, in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local regulations. 3. COMPOSITION / INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS CHEMICAL NAME CAS# OSHA PEL ACGIH TLV Ammonium Nitrate — 43.6% 6484-52-2 None None Sodium Chloride 7647-14-5 None None Potassium Phosphate 7778-77-0 None None Potassium Nitrate 7757-79-1 None None Magnesium Sulfate 7487-88-9 None None Boric Acid 10043-35-3 None 2 mg/m3 Manganese EDTA 15375-84-5 None None Iron EDTA 15708-41-5 None 1 mg/m3 Copper EDTA 14025-15-1 None None Zinc EDTA 14025-21-9 None None Ammonium Molybdate 12054-85-2 5 mg (Mo)/m3 5 mg (Mo)/m3 Nuisance Dust 15 mg/m3 3 mg/m3 COMMENTS: This product is classified as an OXIDIZER for transportation purposes. The ACGIH Threshold Limit Values (TLV) for nuisance (inert) dusts containing < 1% crystalline silica and no asbestos are: 10 mg/m3 inhalable particulates and 3 mg/m3 reparable particulate. The OSHA TLV is 15 mg/m3 total dust, 5 mg/m3 reparable fraction. Material exposure limits are for airborne 8-hour time -weighted averages and apply only to occupational exposures. 4. FIRST AID MEASURES EYES: If in eyes, hold eye open and rinse slowly and gently with water for 15 -20 minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present, after the first 5 minutes, then continue rinsing. Call a poison control center or doctor for treatment advice. SKIN: Remove contaminated clothing. Flush affected area with water for 15 minutes. Wash affected area with mild soap and water. Seek medical attention if irritation develops or persists. INGESTION: If swallowed, call a poison control center or doctor immediately for treatment advice. Have person sip a glass of water if able to swallow. Do not induce vomiting unless told to by the poison control center or doctor. Do not give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. INHALATION: Move person to fresh air. If person is not breathing, call 911 or an ambulance, then give artificial respiration, Page 3 of 5 preferably mouth-to-mouth, if possible. Call a poison control center or doctor for further treatment advice. COMMENTS: See product label for specific First Aid Measures. The above measures are the most conservative and would apply in the event a product label is not immediately available. 5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Water HAZARDOUS COMBUSTION PRODUCTS: Thermal decomposition may produce ammonia as well as toxic oxides of carbon, nitrogen, and other metal oxides. EXPLOSION HAZARDS: High airborne dust concentrations have the potential for explosions. FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES: Evacuate area. Flood with water to cool containers. Apply water from a safe distance to avoid splattering of molten material. Wear self-contained breathing apparatus to fight large fires. FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT: Wear self-contained apparatus to fight large fires. FLASHPOINTS: Decomposes on heating. 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES GENERAL PROCEDURES: Avoid dusting or misting condition during cleanup. If material is uncontaminated, collect and reuse as recommended for product. If contaminated, put in appropriate container and dispose according to local, state, or Federal regulations. Keep spills away from drinking water supplies. After spill cleanup, flush area with water. Read label. 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE HANDLING: See label. Wash hands with soap and water after handling product. Avoid container breakage. Avoid inhalation or contact with skin, eyes, or clothing. Do not contaminate water sources when disposing of equipment wash waters. Keep out of lakes, streams, or ponds. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. STORAGE: See label. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. Avoid container breakage. Store in cool, dry area in closed container or package. Keep away from feed or foodstuffs. 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION ENGINEERING CONTROLS: Use adequate ventilation to keep the airborne concentrations of this material below the recommended exposure standard. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT EYES AND FACE: Eye and face protection is not required for routine use. High airborne dust levels or mists of product dissolved in liquid may be irritating - use chemical goggles. SKIN: None required for normal use. If prolonged or repeated use irritates skin, use neoprene or PVC gloves. RESPIRATORY: If airborne dust levels are high or irritation occurs, use NIOSH/MSHA approved respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes to reduce exposures to acceptable levels. OTHER USE PRECAUTIONS: Running water or eye wash station should be available in case material gets in eyes. Page 4 of 5 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES PHYSICAL STATE: Powder COLOR: Teal blue with white beads and powder ODOR: Slight yeasty odor BOILING POINT: Decomposes on heating SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Approximately 4.0 Ibs/gal DENSITY: 72-74 Ibs./cu. ft. pH: 5.4 (10% solution) 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY STABLE: Yes HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: No CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Extreme heat. Contact with fuels and other organic or combustible materials. Active metals such as aluminum and magnesium. Strong reducing agents. INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS: Nitrates are incompatible with strong alkalies and reducing agents, active metals (such as aluminum and magnesium), ammonia, organic, and combustible materials. 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION CARCINOGENICITY: CARCINOGENICITY COMMENTS: IARC: No; NTP: No; OSHA: No GENERAL COMMENTS: Little toxicology information is available for this product. Nitrate -containing substances are potential allergens. Prolonged or repeated contact with product may irritate eyes and skin. Inhalation of dust may irritate nose, throat, and lungs. Prolonged exposure may cause weakness, depression, headache, mental impairment, anemia, methemoglobinemia, and kidney injury. Ingestion of nitrates can cause gastrointestinal irritation, muscular weakness, and blue -tinged skin (cyanosis). Inhalation of high concentrations of heavy metals (such as dusts containing manganese, molybdenum, copper, zinc, iron, etc.) over vel)' long periods of time (several years, for example) may cause damage to the central nervous system or affect the lung, liver, or kidney. 12. ECOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS ECOTOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION: Keep out of lakes, streams, or ponds. 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS DISPOSAL METHOD: If necessary, dispose of product in an approved landfill disposal facility, in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local regulations. Page 5 of 5 14. TRANSPORATION INFORMATION DOT (DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION) PROPER SHIPPING NAME: Nitrates, inorganic, n.o.s., 5.1, UN1477, PGII SPECIAL SHIPPING NOTES: The description shown may not apply to all shipping situations. Consult 49CFR, or appropriate Dangerous Goods Regulations, for additional description requirements (e.g., technical name) and mode -specific or quantity - specific shipping requirements. 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION GENERAL COMMENTS: Contact local authorities for proper disposal of large quantities of unused product. 16. OTHER INFORMATION REVISION SUMMARY Update to the GHS standard of hazard identification NFPA CODES HEALTH: 2 FIRE: 0 REACTIVITY: 1 SPECIAL HAZARDS: OXY MANUFACTURER DISCLAIMER: The information contained herein is, to the best of the Manufacturer's (see Section 1) knowledge and belief, accurate and reliable as of the date of preparation of this document. However, no warranty or guarantee, express or implied, is made as to the accuracy or reliability, and the Manufacturer shall not be liable for any loss or damage arising out of the use thereof. No authorization is given or implied to use any patented invention without a license. In addition, the Manufacturer shall not be liable for any damage or injury resulting from abnormal use, from any failure to adhere to recommended practices or from any hazards inherent in the nature of the product. ADDITIONAL MSDS INFORMATION: NFPA Hazard Rating: O=Least; 1=Slight; 2=Moderate; 3=High; 4=Severe. Oxidizers meeting the definition of a DOT Class 5.1, Oxidizer, Packing Groups II and III, may be classified as Class 1 Solid Oxidizers according to the 1997 Uniform Fire Code, Appendix VI -A. GENERAL STATEMENTS: This document contains health, safety, and environmental information useful to emergency response agencies, health care providers, manufacturers, and workers/employees. It does not replace the precautionary language, use directions, or the storage and disposal information found on the product label. BioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bP,,q*irPBreathe settCf Safety Data Sheet Revision A: 14 July, 2018 1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE MATERIAL AND SUPPLIER Product Name: BioAir OptiaT. PIUS (NOT SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE) Other name(s): Activated Carbon Recommended Use of the Chemical Adsorbant. and Restrictions on Use Supplier: Aquatec Maxcon Pty Head Office Street Address: 119 Toongarra Road, Ipswich QLD 4305 Australia Telephone Number: +61 (0) 7 3813 7100 Emergency Telephone: Chemtrec 1 800 424-9300 (ALL HOURS) CCN: 811238 Please ensure you refer to the limitations of this Safety Data Sheet as set out in the "Other Information" section at the end of this Data Sheet. 2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Not classified as Dangerous Goods by the criteria of the Australian Dangerous Goods Code (ADG Code) for transport by Road and Rail; NON -DANGEROUS GOODS. This product has been tested according to "United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria Part III - 33.3.1.3" and is not classified as a Class 4.2 dangerous good. This material is hazardous according to Safe Work Australia; HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL. Classification of the chemical: Eye Irritation - Category 2A Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) - Category 3 SIGNAL WORD: WARNING 1 • Hazard Statement(s): H319 Causes serious eye irritation. H335 May cause respiratory irritation. Precautionary Statement(s): Prevention: bp,,o*ir Breathe Better. BioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 P 856.258.6969 1 F 856,258,6975 I www.bioairsolutions.tom P261 Avoid breathing dust / fume / gas / mist / vapours / spray. P264 Wash hands thoroughly after handling. P271 Use only outdoors or in a well -ventilated area. P280 Wear protective gloves / protective clothing / eye protection / face protection. Response: P305+P351+P338 IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. P337+P313 If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention. P304+P340 IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing. P312 Call a POISON CENTER or doctor/physician if you feel unwell. Storage: P403+P233 Store in a well -ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed. P405 Store locked up. Disposal: P501 Dispose of contents and container in accordance with local, regional, national, international regulations. Poisons Schedule (SUSMP): None allocated. 3. COMPOSITION AND INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Components CAS Number Proportion Hazard Codes Carbon 7440-44-0 100% - 4. FIRST AID MEASURES For advice, contact a Poisons Information Centre (e.g. phone Australia 131 126; New Zealand 0800 764 766) or a doctor. Description of necessary first air measures: Inhalation: Remove victim from area of exposure - avoid becoming a casualty. Remove contaminated clothing and loosen remaining clothing. Allow patient to assume most comfortable position and keep warm. Keep at rest until fully recovered. Seek immediate medical advice. Skin Contact: If skin contact occurs, remove contaminated clothing and wash skin with running water. If irritation occurs seek medical advice. Eye Contact: If in eyes, hold eyelids apart and flush the eye continuously with running water. Continue flushing until advised to stop by a Poisons Information Centre or a doctor, or for at least 15 minutes. Ingestion: Rinse mouth with water. If swallowed, give a glass of water to drink. If vomiting occurs give further water. Seek medical advice. Symptoms caused by exposure: None Applicable mBioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bP,,9*irPBreathe settCf Medical attention and special treatment: Treat symptomatically. 5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES Suitable Extinguishing Media: Fine water spray, normal foam, dry agent (carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder). Specific hazards arising from the chemical: Combustible solid. Special protective equipment and precautions for fire-fighters: On burning will emit toxic fumes, including those of oxides of carbon. Fire fighters to wear self-contained breathing apparatus and suitable protective clothing if risk of exposure to vapour or products of combustion. Since wet carbon adsorbs oxygen, do not enter closed vessels without using self-contained breathing apparatus. 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Emergency procedures/Environmental precautions: Clear area of all unprotected personnel. Shut off all possible sources of ignition. If contamination of sewers or waterways has occurred advise local emergency services. Personal precautions/Protective equipment/Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up: Wear protective equipment to prevent skin and eye contact and breathing in dust. Work up wind or increase ventilation. Cover with damp absorbent (inert material, sand or soil). Sweep or vacuum up, but avoid generating dust. Collect and seal in properly labelled containers or drums for disposal. 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE Precautions for safe handling: Avoid skin and eye contact and breathing in dust. Avoid handling which leads to dust formation. In common with many organic chemicals, may form flammable dust clouds in air. For precautions necessary refer to Safety Data Sheet "Dust Explosion Hazards". Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities: Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated place and out of direct sunlight. Store away from incompatible materials described in Section 10. Store away from sources of heat or ignition. Keep containers closed when not in use - check regularly for spills. General hygiene requirements: Wash hands thoroughly after use. 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION Control Parameters: No value assigned for this specific material by Safe Work Australia. However, Workplace Exposure Standard(s) for particulates: Dusts not otherwise classified: 8hr TWA = 10 mg/m3 SioAir Solutions, LLC 1 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bpo*irl? 856.258.6969 1 F 856.258.6975 1 www.bioairsolutions.com Breathe Better. As published by Safe Work Australia Workplace Exposure Standards for Airborne Contaminants. TWA - The time -weighted average airborne concentration of a particular substance when calculated over an eight -hour working day, for a five-day working week. These Workplace Exposure Standards are guides to be used in the control of occupational health hazards. All atmospheric contamination should be kept to as low a level as is workable. These workplace exposure standards should not be used as fine dividing lines between safe and dangerous concentrations of chemicals. They are not a measure of relative toxicity. Appropriate engineering controls: Ensure ventilation is adequate to maintain air concentrations below Workplace Exposure Standards. Avoid generating and breathing in dusts. Use with local exhaust ventilation or while wearing dust mask. Keep containers closed when not in use. Individual protection measures, such as Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): The selection of PPE is dependent on a detailed risk assessment. The risk assessment should consider the work situation, the physical form of the chemical, the handling methods, and environmental factors. OVERALLS, SAFETY SHOES, CHEMICAL GOGGLES, GLOVES, DUST MASK. Wear overalls, chemical goggles and impervious gloves. Avoid generating and inhaling dusts. If determined by a risk assessment an inhalation risk exists, wear a dust mask/respirator meeting the requirements of AS/NZS 1715 and AS/NZS 1716. Air -purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen deficient atmospheres. Always wash hands before smoking, eating, drinking or using the toilet. Wash contaminated clothing and other protective equipment before storage or re -use. 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Physical state: Colour: Odour: Molecular Formula: Solubility: Specific Gravity: Relative Vapour Density (air=1): Vapour Pressure (20 °C): Flash Point (°C): Flammability Limits (%): Autoignition Temperature (°C): Melting Point/Range (°C): pH: Irregular Granules Black Odourless C Insoluble in water. 0.50 g/cm3 (Bulk density) Not applicable Not applicable 350 Not available 350 3500 Not applicable BioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bP,,q*irPmBreathe settCf 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Reactivity: No information available. Chemical stability: Stable under normal conditions of use. Possibility of hazardous Dust explosion hazard. Hazardous polymerisation will not occur. reactions: Conditions to avoid: Avoid dust generation. Avoid exposure to moisture. Incompatible materials: Incompatible with strong oxidizing agents. Incompatible with hydrocarbons. Hazardous decomposition Oxides of carbon. products: BioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bP,,9*irPBreathe settCf 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION No adverse health effects expected if the product is handled in accordance with this Safety Data Sheet and the product label. Symptoms or effects that may arise if the product is mishandled and overexposure occurs are: Acute toxicity: No LD50 data available for the product. Skin corrosiontirrigation: Contact with skin may result in irritation. Eye damage/irritation: An eye irritant. Respiratory or skin sensification: Breathing in dust will result in respiratory irritation. Carcinogenicity: Not listed as carcinogenic according to the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Ecotoxicity Data tests performed on aquatic/terrestrial organisms for this material has not been completed. 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Disposal methods: Refer to Waste Management Authority. Dispose of contents and container in accordance with local, regional, national, international regulations. Recycle or dispose of waste via a certified contractor. Physical/Chemical properties that may affect disposal options: None applicable Special precautions for incineration or landfill: Do not contaminate the ground of water with waste, do not dispose of waste into the environment. 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION UN Number: No data available Proper shipping name: Activated carbon Transport hazard class: No data available Packing group number: No data available Environmental hazards for transport purposes: No data available mBioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bP,,9*irPBreathe BettCf Special precautions for the user: SP-223 Additonal information: No data available Hazchem or emergency action code: No data available 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION Classification: This material is hazardous according to Safe Work Australia; HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL. Classification of the chemical: Eye Irritation - Category 2A Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) - Category 3 Hazard Statement(s): H319 Causes serious eye irritation. H335 May cause respiratory irritation. Poisons Schedule (SUSMP): None allocated. This material is listed on the Australian Inventory of Chemical Substances (AICS). 16.OTHER INFORMATION Supplier Safety Data Sheet; 05/ 2013. This safety data sheet has been prepared by BioAir Solutions, LLC. Reason(s) for Issue: Change to Transport Information This SIDS summarizes to our best knowledge at the date of issue, the chemical health and safety hazards of the material and general guidance on how to safely handle the material in the workplace. Since BioAir Solutions, LLC cannot anticipate or control the conditions under which the product may be used, each user must, prior to usage, assess and control the risks arising from its use of the material. If clarification or further information is needed, the user should contact their BioAir Solutions' representative at the contact details on page 1. BioAir Solutions, LLC's responsibility for the material as sold is subject to the terms and conditions of sale, a copy of which is available upon request. BioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bP,,o*irP 856.258.6969 1 F 856,258,6975 I www.bioairsolutions.com Breathe settef Safety Data Sheet Revision A: 23 September, 2019 1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE MATERIAL AND SUPPLIER Product Name: BioAir OptiaT. Other name(s): Activated Carbon Recommended Use of the Chemical Adsorbant. and Restrictions on Use Supplier: Aquatec Maxcon Pty Head Office Street Address: 119 Toongarra Road, Ipswich QLD 4305 Australia Telephone Number: +61 (0) 7 3813 7100 Emergency Telephone: Chemtrec 1 800 424-9300 (ALL HOURS) CCN: 811238 Please ensure you refer to the limitations of this Safety Data Sheet as set out in the "Other Information" section at the end of this Data Sheet. 2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Not classified as Dangerous Goods by the criteria of the Australian Dangerous Goods Code (ADG Code) for transport by Road and Rail; NON -DANGEROUS GOODS. This product has been tested according to "United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria Part III - 33.3.1.3" and is not classified as a Class 4.2 dangerous good. This material is hazardous according to Safe Work Australia; HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL. Classification of the chemical: Eye Irritation - Category 2B Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) - Category 3 SIGNAL WORD: WARNING 1 • Hazard Statement(s): H330 Causes serious eye irritation. H335 May cause respiratory irritation. Precautionary Statement(s): Prevention: bp,,o*ir Breathe Better. BioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 P 856.258.6969 1 F 856,258,6975 I www.bioairsolutions.com P261 Avoid breathing dust / fume / gas / mist / vapours / spray. P264 Wash hands thoroughly after handling. P271 Use only outdoors or in a well -ventilated area. P280 Wear protective gloves / protective clothing / eye protection / face protection. Response: P305+P351+P338 IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. P337+P313 If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention. P304+P340 IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing. P312 Call a POISON CENTER or doctor/physician if you feel unwell. Storage: P403+P233 Store in a well -ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed. P405 Store locked up. Disposal: P501 Dispose of contents and container in accordance with local, regional, national, international regulations. Poisons Schedule (SUSMP): None allocated. 3. COMPOSITION AND INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Components CAS Number Proportion Hazard Codes Carbon 7440-44-0 100% - 4. FIRST AID MEASURES For advice, contact a Poisons Information Centre (e.g. phone Australia 131 126; New Zealand 0800 764 766) or a doctor. Description of necessary first air measures: Inhalation: Remove victim from area of exposure - avoid becoming a casualty. Get to fresh air. If not breathing, administer CPR or artificial respiration. Seek immediate medical advice. Skin Contact: If skin contact occurs, remove contaminated clothing and wash skin with running water. If irritation occurs seek medical advice. Eye Contact: If in eyes, hold eyelids apart and flush the eye continuously with running water. Continue flushing until advised to stop by a Poisons Information Centre or a doctor, or for at least 15 minutes. Ingestion: Rinse mouth with water. If swallowed, give a glass of water to drink. If vomiting occurs give further water. Do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Seek medical advice. Symptoms caused by exposure: Symptoms/injuries after inhalation May cause respiratory irritation Symptoms/injuries after skin contact May cause skin irritation Symptoms/injuries after eye contact May cause serious eye damage Symptoms/injuries after ingestion May be harmful if swallowed SioAir Solutions, LLC 1 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 o * rl? 856.258.6969 1 F 856.258.6975 1 www.bioairsolutions.com Breathe Better Medical attention and special treatment: Treat symptomatically. 5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES Suitable Extinguishing Media: Fine water spray, normal foam, dry agent (carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder). Specific hazards arising from the chemical: Combustible solid. Special protective equipment and precautions for fire-fighters: On burning will emit toxic fumes, including those of oxides of carbon. Fire fighters to wear self-contained breathing apparatus and suitable protective clothing if risk of exposure to vapour or products of combustion. Since wet carbon adsorbs oxygen, do not enter closed vessels without using self-contained breathing apparatus. 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Emergency procedures/Environmental precautions: Clear area of all unprotected personnel. Shut off all possible sources of ignition. If contamination of sewers or waterways has occurred advise local emergency services. Personal precautions/Protective equipment/Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up: Wear protective equipment to prevent skin and eye contact and breathing in dust. Work up wind or increase ventilation. Cover with damp absorbent (inert material, sand or soil). Sweep or vacuum up, but avoid generating dust. Collect and seal in properly labelled containers or drums for disposal. 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE Precautions for safe handling: Avoid skin and eye contact and breathing in dust. Avoid handling which leads to dust formation. In common with many organic chemicals, may form flammable dust clouds in air. Wet activated carbon removes oxygen from air causing severe hazard to workers inside carbon vessels or confined spaces. For precautions necessary refer to Safety Data Sheet "Dust Explosion Hazards". Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities: Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated place and out of direct sunlight. Store away from incompatible materials described in Section 10. Store away from sources of heat or ignition. Keep containers closed when not in use - check regularly for spills. General hygiene requirements: Wash hands thoroughly after use. 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION Control Parameters: No value assigned for this specific material by Safe Work Australia. However, Workplace Exposure Standard(s) for particulates: Dusts not otherwise classified: 8hr TWA = 10 mg/m3 SioAir Solutions, LLC 1 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bpo*irl? 856.258.6969 1 F 856.258.6975 1 www.bioairsolutions.com Breathe Better. As published by Safe Work Australia Workplace Exposure Standards for Airborne Contaminants. TWA - The time -weighted average airborne concentration of a particular substance when calculated over an eight -hour working day, for a five-day working week. These Workplace Exposure Standards are guides to be used in the control of occupational health hazards. All atmospheric contamination should be kept to as low a level as is workable. These workplace exposure standards should not be used as fine dividing lines between safe and dangerous concentrations of chemicals. They are not a measure of relative toxicity. Appropriate engineering controls: Ensure ventilation is adequate to maintain air concentrations below Workplace Exposure Standards. Avoid generating and breathing in dusts. Use with local exhaust ventilation or while wearing dust mask. Keep containers closed when not in use. Individual protection measures, such as Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): The selection of PPE is dependent on a detailed risk assessment. The risk assessment should consider the work situation, the physical form of the chemical, the handling methods, and environmental factors. OVERALLS, SAFETY SHOES, CHEMICAL GOGGLES, GLOVES, DUST MASK. Wear overalls, chemical goggles and impervious gloves. Avoid generating and inhaling dusts. If determined by a risk assessment an inhalation risk exists, wear a dust mask/respirator meeting the requirements of AS/NZS 1715 and AS/NZS 1716. Air -purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen deficient atmospheres. Always wash hands before smoking, eating, drinking or using the toilet. Wash contaminated clothing and other protective equipment before storage or re -use. 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Physical state: Colour: Odour: Molecular Formula: Solubility: Specific Gravity: Relative Vapour Density (air=1): Vapour Pressure (20 °C): Flash Point (°C): Flammability Limits (%): Autoignition Temperature (°C): Melting Point/Range (°C): pH: Irregular Granules Black Odourless C Insoluble in water. 0.50 g/cm3 (Bulk density) Not applicable Not applicable 350 Not available 350 3500 Not applicable mBioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bP,,9*irPBreathe settCf 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Contact with strong oxidizers such as ozone, liquid oxygen, chlorine, etc. Reactivity: may result in fire Chemical stability: Stable under normal conditions of use. Possibility of hazardous Dust explosion hazard. Hazardous polymerisation will not occur. reactions: Conditions to avoid: Avoid dust generation. Avoid exposure to moisture. Incompatible materials: Incompatible with strong oxidizing agents. Incompatible with hydrocarbons. Hazardous decomposition Oxides of carbon. products: BioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bP,,9*irPBreathe settCf 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION No adverse health effects expected if the product is handled in accordance with this Safety Data Sheet and the product label. Symptoms or effects that may arise if the product is mishandled and overexposure occurs are: Acute toxicity: No LD50 data available for the product. Skin corrosiontiirrigation: Contact with skin may result in irritation. Eye damage/irritation: An eye irritant. Respiratory or skin sensification: Breathing in dust will result in respiratory irritation. Carcinogenicity: Not listed as carcinogenic according to the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Ecotoxicity Data tests performed on aquatic/terrestrial organisms for this material has not been completed. 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Disposal methods: Refer to Waste Management Authority. Dispose of contents and container in accordance with local, regional, national, international regulations. Recycle or dispose of waste via a certified contractor. Physical/Chemical properties that may affect disposal options: None applicable Special precautions for incineration or landfill: Do not contaminate the ground of water with waste, do not dispose of waste into the environment. 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION UN Number: No data available Proper shipping name: Activated carbon Transport hazard class: No data available Packing group number: No data available Environmental hazards for transport purposes: No data available mBioAir Solutions, LLC f 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Road I Suite 303 I Voorhees, NJ 08043 bP,,9*irPBreathe BettCf Special precautions for the user: SP-223 Additonal information: No data available Hazchem or emergency action code: No data available 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION Classification: This material is hazardous according to Safe Work Australia; HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL. Classification of the chemical: Eye Irritation - Category 2A Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) - Category 3 Hazard Statement(s): H320 Causes serious eye irritation. H335 May cause respiratory irritation. Poisons Schedule (SUSMP): None allocated. This material is listed on the Australian Inventory of Chemical Substances (AICS). 16.OTHER INFORMATION Supplier Safety Data Sheet; 05/ 2013. This safety data sheet has been prepared by BioAir Solutions, LLC. Reason(s) for Issue: Change to Transport Information This SIDS summarizes to our best knowledge at the date of issue, the chemical health and safety hazards of the material and general guidance on how to safely handle the material in the workplace. Since BioAir Solutions, LLC cannot anticipate or control the conditions under which the product may be used, each user must, prior to usage, assess and control the risks arising from its use of the material. If clarification or further information is needed, the user should contact their BioAir Solutions' representative at the contact details on page 1. BioAir Solutions, LLC's responsibility for the material as sold is subject to the terms and conditions of sale, a copy of which is available upon request. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 H. TRAINING H.1 TRAINING OUTLINE H.2. TRAINING SIGN -OFF SHEET SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bioair Breathe Setter. H.1. TRAINING OUTLINE Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 BioAir Solutions' Service Department personnel will provide classroom training (PowerPoint presentation with handouts and/or projector) and on -site equipment demonstration for operations and maintenance personnel upon completion of system startup. The training will be in the following format: • Introduction • System design conditions • Airflow • H2S/odor levels • Performance guarantee • BioAir system • Biological odor control process • Process diagram • Normal operating mode • Startup operating mode • Ideal operating conditions and important process parameters • Required maintenance and operation • Troubleshooting • System shutdown/restart • Contact information • On -site demonstration • Process air flow • Water supply, recirculation, and drain • pH sampling location • Water panel components • PLC/HMI operation • Question and answer session SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO booair Breathe Setter. H.2. TRAINING SIGN -OFF SHEET Project Number / Name: Equipment Type(s): Training Location: BioAir Trainer: Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 Date: Time: I certify that I have received training on the proper operation and maintenance of the above - named system and that I can operate the system in accordance with the Operation and Maintenance Manual: NAME SIGNATURE DATE SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Project No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 I. PROCESS DATA RECORDING SHEET SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO BioAir Solutions, LLC DATA RECORDING SHEET 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Rd. Suite 303 Voorhees, NJ 08043 F.,oair SINGLE BIOTRICKLING FILTER SYSTEM Phone: (856) 258-6969 Breathe Better. Fax: (856) 258-6975 service@bioairsolutions.com DATE TIME DRAIN pH AIR FLOW AP INLET AIR TEMP WATER FLOW RATE WATER USE YESTERDAY 1-12S CONCENTRATION IRRIGATION SETTINGS COMMENTS IN OUT CYCLE IRRIGATION NUTRIENT adjustments, maintenance, alarms, etc. mm/dd/yy hh:mm pH cfm inch w.c. °F gal/min gallons ppmv ppmv minutes seconds seconds V1 SD5102.V1_BioAir_Data_Recording_Sheet_1_unit.xlsx booair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 J. PRE -STARTUP BLOWER MAINTENANCE RECORDING SHEET SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO PRE -STARTUP BLOWER MAINTENANCE RECORDING SHEET Breathe Better. BioAir Solutions, LLC 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Rd. Suite 303 Voorhees, NJ 08043 Phone: (856) 258-6969 Fax: (856) 258-6975 service@bioairsolutions.com DATE TIME BLOWER STORAGE, MAINTENANCE, AND LUBRICATION COMMENTS ROTATE WHEEL BY HAND TO DISTRIBUTE BEARING GREASE PURGE BEARING GREASE BY GENTLY REFILLING KEEP IN CLEAN, DRY AREA AND/OR KEEP TARPED, WITH INLET AND OUTLET COVERED mm/dd/yy hh:mm Every two weeks Every month Continuous VO SD3121.V0_BioAir Pre-startup_Blower Maintenance_Sheet.xlsx booair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 K. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE RECORDING SHEET SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO ;k\ P air Breathe Better. MAINTENANCE RECORDING SHEET BioAir Solutions, LLC 110 Kresson-Gibbsboro Rd. Suite 303 Voorhees, NJ 08043 Phone: (856) 258-6969 Fax: (856) 258-6975 service@bioairsolutions.com DATE TIME CLEAN STRAINERS BLOWER MAINTENANCE/LUBRICATION CONFIRM WATER QUALITY OTHER MAINTENANCE AND COMMENTS mm/dd/yy hh:mm Daily As Advised in Blower Manufacturer O&M Every 6 months Edmonds WWTP booair Breathe Setter. L. INSTALLATION LIST Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bpoiiir North American Installations Installation List Location Country Odor Control System Application ,Customer Orange County Utilities Orlando, FL United States EcoFilter EF8242 Pump Station County of Honolulu Ewa Beach, HI United States 2x Qimi CS661 Dryer Exhaust Kear Civil Corp Phoenix, AZ United States EcoPure EP652 Lift Station City of Grove Grove, OK United States EcoFilter EF52 Pump Station Orange County Utilities Winter Garden, FL United States EcoFilter EF132 Pretreatment Structure Salt Lake City Salt Lake City, UT United States EcoCarb EB3S Sludge Storage East Valley Water District San Bernardino, CA United States 3x EcoFilter EF134 WWTP East Valley Water District San Bernardino, CA United States 3x EcoCarb EB14D WWTP Sacramento Regional County Sanitation District Sacramento, CA United States EcoCarb EB11S Pump Station Central Contra Costa Sanitary District Martinez, CA United States EcoCarb EB10D Sludge Loadout Facility US Navy Oahu, Hawaii United States EcoFilter EF73 + EcoCarb EBBS Wet Well Lee County Utilities Fort Myers, FL United States EcoPure EP451 Lift Station City of Savannah Savannah, GA United States 2x EcoCarb EB7.2S Dryer Condenser Town of Lewes, DE Lewes, DE United States EcoPure EP451 Pump Station Broward County Pompano Beach, FL United States EcoPure EP451 Pump Station Capital Regional District Victoria, BC Canada EcoPure EP472 Pump Station Capital Regional District Victoria, BC Canada EcoPure EP472 Pump Station Capital Regional District Victoria, BC Canada EcoPure EP472 Pump Station Henry County Water Authority McDonough, GA United States EcoFilter EF112 Pump Station Phoenix Process Equipment San Francisco, CA United States EcoCarbEB3S Inlet, Buffer, Ejector City of Savannah Savannah, GA United States Qimi CS4122 Dryer Jackson County Utilities Pascagoula, MS United States EcoFilter EF51 Pump Station City of Dallas, Georgia Dallas, GA United States EcoPure EP451 Pump Station City of Dallas, Georgia Dallas, GA United States EcoPure EP451 Screen and Grit Structure Town of Havana, FL Havana, FL United States EcoPure EP451 WWTP City of Corpus Christi Corpus Christi, TX United States EcoFilter EF62 Lift Station Terrebonne Parish Houma, LA United States EcoPure EP482 Pump Station Terrebonne Parish Houma, LA United States EcoPure EP482 Pump Station Oakland -Macomb Interceptor Drainage District Detroit, MI United States EcoFilter EF146 Wetwell and Pump Discharge Chamber Township of Burlington Burlington Township, NJ United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Trenton Biogas, LLC Trenton, NJ United States 2x EcoCarb EB14D Biogas Plant Toho Water Authority Celebration, FL United States EcoFilter EF682 Lift Station Toho Water Authority Celebration, FL United States EcoFilter EF53 Lift Station Cargill Starches and Sweeteners North America Blair, NE United States EcoFilter EF133+2x EcoCarb EB13D Aerated Tanks and EQTanks Pinellas County Utilities Seminole, FL United States EcoCarb EB68T Wetwell and Manhole Pinellas County Utilities Seminole, FL United States EcoFilter EF112 + EcoCarb EB1oS Pump Station Soos Creek Water & Sewer District Soos Creek, WA United States I EcoPure EP482 Lift Station Toho Water Authority Kissimmee, FL United States EcoFilter EF63 Influent Splitter Box Toho Water Authority Kissimmee, FL United States EcoFilter EF63 Headworks Printed: 1/31/2020 Page 1 of 9 bpoa`�r Installation List Location Country Odor Control System Application ,Customer City of Atlanta Atlanta, GA United States 2x Qimi CS38.51 Dryer City of Baltimore Baltimore, MD United States 4x EcoFilter EF94.5 WWTP City of Baltimore Baltimore, MD United States 4x EcoFilter EF104 WWTP City of Baltimore Baltimore, MD United States 2x EcoFilter EF94 WWTP Sanofi Oakville, ON Canada 2x EcoCarb EB2x35 Fermenters Evansville Water and Sewer Utility Evansville, IN United States EcoCarb EB85 Thickening Building City of Westminster Westminster, MD United States EcoPure EP8162 Solids Building Metro Vancouver Vancouver, BC Canada 5x EcoFilter EF125.5 WWTP Mount Holly Municipal Utilities Authority Eastampton, NJ United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Paulding County Hiram, GA United States EcoFilter EF51 Headworks Lee County Utilities Fort Myers, FL United States EcoPure Mini Lift Station City of Carrolton Carrollton, GA United States EcoCarb EB10S Headworks Township of Ocean Sewer Authority Oakhurst, NJ United States EcoFilter EF104 Sludge Holding City of North Port, FL North Port, FL United States EcoFilter EF72 Headworks Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF92 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF92 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF92 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF72 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF72 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF72 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF72 Lift Station City of Ketchum Ketchum, ID United States EcoCarb EB10D Screening Room City of Largo Largo, FL United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Pfizer Pharmaceutical Company Bridgewater, NJ United States Ecofilter EF22 + EcoCarb EB3.5S Influent Tanks City of Folsom Folsom, CA United States EcoCarb EB7S Pump Station Columbus City Utilities Columbus, IN United States EcoFllter EF61 Lift Station City of San Marcos San Marcos, TX United States EcoFllter EF72 Lift Station City of San Marcos San Marcos, TX United States EcoFllter EF41 Lift Station Destin Water Users Destin, FL United States EcoFilter EF73 WWTP City of Fallon Fallon, NV United States EcoFilter EF82 + EcoCarb EB85 Lift Station City of Cape Coral Cape Coral, FL United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station City of Cape Coral Cape Coral, FL United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Frederick County Utilities Frederick, MD United States EcoCarb EB95 Pump Station North Texas Municipal Water District Plano, TX United States EcoFilter EF146 Headworks North Texas Municipal Water District Plano, TX United States EcoCarb EB65 Pump Station North Texas Municipal Water District Plano, TX United States EcoCarb EB6.5S Junction Box City of Laredo Laredo, TX United States EcoFilter EF62 Pump Station City of Orlando Orlando, FL United States EcoFilter EF63 Dewatering Bldg Lee County Utilities Fort Myers, FL United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Hershey Company Hershey, PA United States EcoPure EP882 Chocolate Plant City of Baton Rouge Baton Rouge, LA United States EcoFilter EF52 Pump Station North Texas Municipal Water District ILucas,TX United States EcoFilter EF146 I Headworks Printed: 1/31/2020 Page 2 of 9 bFoCww'\-j%o Installation List Location Country Odor Control System Application ,Customer City of Baton Rouge Baton Rouge, LA United States EcoFilter EF42 Pump Station City of Baton Rouge Baton Rouge, LA United States EcoFilter EF72 Pump Station Whitestown Municipal Utilities Whitestown, IN United States EcoFilter EF51 Headworks City of Vero Beach Vero Beach, FL United States EcoFilter EF134 Degasifier Exhaust Lee County Utilities Fort Myers, FL United States EcoPure Mini Lift Station Bayshore Regional Sewerage Authority Keansburg, NJ United States EcoPure Mini2 Pump Station Conway Corporation Conway, AR United States 2x EcoCarb EB10D Thickening Building Conway Corporation Conway, AR United States Ecofilter EF124 Primary Clarifiers Orange County Utilities Orlando, FL United States EcoFilter EF112 Prelim Treatment Structure City of Hinesville Hinesville, GA United States EcoPure EP61 WWTP Headworks Sacramento Area Sewer District Sacramento, CA United States EcoPure EP882 Collection System Northwest Cascade, Inc. Pacific, WA United States EcoCarb EB6S Headworks Cinnaminson Sewerage Authority Cinnaminson, NJ United States EcoPure EP4122 Sludge Dewatering Cedar Rapds Utilities Department Cedar Rapids, IA United States EcoFilter EF146 Dewatering Facility, Sludge Cedar Rapds Utilities Department Cedar Rapids, IA United States EcoFilter EF146 Clarifiers, other various Palm Beach County Belle Glade, FL United States 2x EcoFilter EF124 Degasifier Exhaust JEA Jacksonville, FL United States EcoFilter EF94.5 + EcoCarb EB10S Pump Station City of Merced Merced, CA United States EcoFilter EF82 Headworks Borough of Lindenwold Lindenwold, NJ United States EcoPure Mini1 Pump Station Chalfont -New Britain Joint Sewer Authority Doylestown, PA United States EcoFilter EF51 Headworks Chalfont -New Britain Joint Sewer Authority Doylestown, PA United States EcoPure EP882 Biosolids Building Rivanna Water and Sewer Authority Charlottesville, VA United States EcoFilter EF1152 + EcoCarb EB9R Water Resource Recovery Facility Guam Waterworks Authority Agat Guam EcoPure EP882 WWTP City of Rincon Rincon, GA United States EcoPure EP51 Headworks Sussex County Bethany Beach, DE United States EcoFilter EF71 Pump Station Sussex County Millsboro, DE United States EcoFilter EF71 Pump Station Sussex County Ocean View, DE United States EcoPure Mini2 Pump Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF92 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF92 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF92 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF72 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF72 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF72 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF72 Lift Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF72 Lift Station Northwest Cascade, Inc. Pacific, WA United States EcoCarb EB10S Solids Processing Building City of Corpus Christi Corpus Christi, TX United States EcoFilter EF102 WWTP Howard County Elkridge, MD United States EcoPure EP41 Pump Station City of Marco Island Marco Island, FL United States EcoFilter EF102 WWTP Headworks KORE Infrastructure Carson, CA United States EcoPure EP8321.5 Solids Processing Building Lower Valley Water District Socorro, TX United States EcoFilter EF83 Pump Station El Dorado Irrigation District Placerville, CA United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Printed: 1/31/2020 Page 3 of 9 bpoa`�r Installation List Location Country Odor Control System Application ,Customer City of Baton Rouge Baton Rouge, LA United States EcoFilter EF81 Pump Station Sussex County Lewes, DE United States EcoFilter EF62 Pump Station NEW Water Green Bay, WI United States EcoPure EP10323 Thickening Building NEW Water Green Bay, WI United States EcoPure EP8323 WWTP Parish of East Baton Rouge Baton Rouge, LA United States EcoFilter EF63 Pump Station Toho Water Authority Kissimmee, FL United States EcoFilter EF52 Lift Station City of Venice Venice, FL United States EcoFilter EF123 Degasifier Exhaust City of Palm Desert Long Beach, CA United States EcoPure EP482 Lift Station City of Houston Houston, TX United States EcoFilter EF121.5 + 2x EcoCarb EBBD WWTP Headworks El Paso Water Utilities El Paso, TX United States 3x EcoFilter EF124 WWTP Clarifiers Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF104 WWTP Headworks Northwest Cascade, Inc. Pacific, WA United States Chemical Scrubber CS31 Solids Processing Building Gainesville Regional Untilities Gainesville, FL United States EcoFilter EF52 Lift Station City of Orlando Orlando, FL United States EcoFilter EF124 Water Reclamation Facility City of Owen Sound Owen Sound, ON Canada EcoFilterEF93 WWTP Screenings Sussex County Frankford, DE United States EcoFilter EF62 Pump Station City of Naples Naples, FL United States EcoFilter EF82 WWTP Headworks City of Lubbock Lubbock, TX United States 2x EcoFilter EF104 + 2x EcoCarb EB10D WWTP Various Sources City of Orlando Orlando, FL United States 2x EcoFilter EF103 Lift Station City of Orlando Orlando, FL United States EcoFilter EF123 Lift Station Lee County Utilities Fort Myers, FL United States EcoPure EP4.5 Pump Station Cox Creek WRF Curtis Bay, MD United States EcoFilter EF124 WWTP Headworks Cox Creek WRF Curtis Bay, MD United States EcoFilter EF93 + EcoCarb E68D WWTP Various Lilly del Caribe, Inc Carolina, PR United States EcoFilter EF8242 WWTP EQTanks JEA Jacksonville, FL United States EcoFilter EF52 Lift Station Soos Creek Water & Sewer District Renton, WA United States EcoPure Mini Manhole Florida Keys Aqueduct Authority Florida Keys, FL United States EcoPure EP4.5 Pump Station Florida Keys Aqueduct Authority Florida Keys, FL United States EcoPure EP4.5 Pump Station Florida Keys Aqueduct Authority Florida Keys, FL United States EcoPure EP4.5 Pump Station Florida Keys Aqueduct Authority Florida Keys, FL United States EcoPure EP4.5 Pump Station Hernando County Brooksville, FL United States EcoFilter EF84 WWTP Headworks City of Baton Rouge Baton Rouge, LA United States EcoPure EP882 Pump Station City of Baton Rouge Baton Rouge, LA United States EcoFilter EF8202 Pump Station El Dorado Irrigation District El Dorado, CA United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Town of Lyons Lyons, CO United States EcoFilter EF52 WWTF PS/HW/Solids Rm/Sludge Tanks Ewing Lawrence Sewerage Authority Lawrenceville, NJ United States EcoFilter EF8322 WWTP Headworks Hampton Roads Sanitation District Norfolk, VA United States 2x EcoFiler EF124 WWTP Preliminary Treatment Facilty Charleston Water System Charleston, SC United States EcoFilter EF82 + EcoCarb EB7S Tunnel Shaft Little River Water Pollution Control Plant Evans, GA United States EcoFilter EF52 WWTP Grit Separator Orange County Utilities Orlando, FL United States EcoFilter EF62 Pump Station El Paso Water Utilities EI Paso, TX United States EcoFilter EF84 WWTP Headworks Hampton Roads Sanitation District IVirginia Beach, VA I United States I EcoFilter EF62 I Pump Station Printed: 1/31/2020 Page 4 of 9 bpoiii-r Installation List Location Country Odor Control System ,Customer City of Sunrise Sunrise, FL United States EcoPure EP882 WWTP Headworks/PS/Dumpster Grit Orange County Utilities Orlando, FL United States EcoPure EP881 Pump Station DuPont Nevada, IA United States EcoCarb E64S Decarbonator Tanks City of Jeffersonville Jeffersonville, IN United States EcoFilter EF83 WWTP Headworks Islamorada Wastewater Collection and Transmission DBO Islamorada, FL United States EcoPure EP882 Pump Station City of Orlando Orlando, FL United States EcoPure EP8162 Lift Station Lee County Utilities Fort Myers, FL United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Pinellas County Utilities Seminole, FL United States EcoPure Mini Lift Station Little River Water Pollution Control Plant Evans, GA United States EcoFilter EF63 Water Pollution Control Plant Camden County Municipal Utilities Authority Camden, NJ United States EcoFilter EF92 WWTP Drier Exhaust Napa Sanitation District Napa, CA United States EcoFilter EF104 Pump Station Lee County Utilities Fort Myers, FL United States EcoPure Mini2 Lift Station City of Austin Austin, TX United States EcoPure EP4122 Pump Station Evesham Municipal Utilities Authority Evesham Twp, NJ United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Lafayette Consolidated Government Lafayette, LA United States EcoPure Mini Lift Station Lafayette Consolidated Government Lafayette, LA United States EcoPure Mini Lift Station Lafayette Consolidated Government Lafayette, LA United States EcoPure Mini Lift Station Charleston Water System Charleston, SC United States EcoFilter EF84 WWTP Headworks Cinnaminson Sewerage Authority Cinnaminson, NJ United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Unilever Canada, Good Humor-Breyers Division Simcoe, Ontario Canada EcoFilter EF62 Ice Cream Manufacturing Plant Delaware County Regional Water Quality Control Authority Chester, PA United States EcoFilter EF1262 WWTP Headworks Meridian WWTP Meridian, ID United States EcoFilter EF94 WWTP Headworks Morris Township Morris Twp, NJ United States EcoFilter EF82 WWTP Influent Pump Station Morris Township Morris Twp, NJ United States EcoFilter EF103 WWTP Headworks Coachella Valley Water District Indio, CA United States 3x EcoFilter EF82 Master Pump Station Coachella Valley Water District Indio, CA United States 3x EcoFilter EF82 Master Pump Station FCPC Renewable Energy Milwaukee, WI United States EcoPure EP8242 Waste -to -Energy Plant City of Palm Coast Palm Coast, FL United States EcoFilter EF52 Master Pump Station Reedy Creek Improvement District Lake Buena Vista, FL United States EcoPure EP882 Pump Station Toho Water Authority Kissimmee, FL United States EcoFilter EF51 Pump Station Toho Water Authority Kissimmee, FL United States EcoFilter EF51 Pump Station Toho Water Authority Kissimmee, FL United States EcoFilter EF53 Pump Station Brownsville Public Utilities Brownsville, TX United States EcoFilter EF84 WWTP Headworks FBCMUD 57 WWTP Houston, TX United States EcoPure EP462 Pump Station Englewood Water District Englewood, FL United States EcoFilter EF84 WWTP Bar Screens & Influent Tanks Fort Bend County MUD #57 Katy, TX United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Lee County Public Service Authority Jonesville, VA United States EcoPure Mini1 Pump Station Evesham Municipal Utilities Authority Evesham Twp, NJ United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Galveston Main WWTP Galveston, TX United States EcoFilter EF84 WWTP Headworks Baton Rouge Baton Rouge, LA United States 4x EcoFilter EF122 Pump Station Saint Clair Township lCourtright, ON ICanada EcoPure Mini Pump Station Florida Government Utility Authority I New Port Richey, FL I United States EcoFilter EF123 + EcoCarb EB12S jWWTP Headworks Printed: 1/31/2020 Page 5 of 9 bpoa�r Installation List Location Country Odor Control System Application ,Customer South Pitsburg WWTP South Pittsburg, TN United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Lee County Utilities Fort Myers, FL United States EcoPure Mini2 Pump Station City of Ocala Ocala, FL United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station City of Ocala Ocala, FL United States EcoPure Mini1 Pump Station Puerto Rico Aqueduct and Sewer Authority Canovanas, PR United States 2x EcoFilter EF124 Master Pump Station City of Shreveport Shreveport, LA United States EcoFilter EF62 Pump Station City of Shreveport Shreveport, LA United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Toho Water Authority Kissimmee, FL United States EcoFilter EF62 Pump Station City of Shreveport Shreveport, LA United States EcoPure EP882 Pump Station North Texas Municipal Water District Austin, TX United States EcoPure Mini2 Pump Station Mount Holly Municipal Utilities Authority Hainesport, NJ United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station City of Ocala Ocala, FL United States EcoFilter EF83 WWTP Headworks / Primary Clarifiers City of Ocala Ocala, FL United States EcoCarb EB12D WWTP Trickling Filters City of Ocala Ocala, FL United States EcoPure Mini WWTP Sludge Dryer East Baton Rouge Parish Baton Rouge, LA United States EcoFilter EF122 Pump Station City of Fort Wayne Fort Wayne, IN United States EcoFilter EF84 WWTP Headworks North Texas Municipal Water District Garland, TX United States EcoFilter EF83 WWTP LS/Headworks North Texas Municipal Water District Garland, TX United States EcoFilter EF84 WWTP Headworks / Primary Clarifiers City of Atlantic Beach Atlantic Beach, FL United States EcoPure EP882 WWTP Headworks / Sludge Loading Bay Lee County Utilities North Fort Myers, FL United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Gwinnett County Government Snellville, GA United States EcoFilter EF51 Pump Station Orange County Utilities Orlando, FL United States EcoPure EP4102 Pump Station Mount Holly Municipal Utilities Authority Lumberton, NJ United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Austin Water Utility Austin, TX United States EcoPure Mini Wastewater Tunnel Shaft Evesham Municipal Utilities Authority Evesham Twp, NJ United States EcoPure Mini WWTP Influent Manhole Veolia OTV Ingleside, ON Canada EcoFilter EF82 Cheese Production Plant Pinellas County Utilities Madeira Beach, FL United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Pinellas County Utilities Madeira Beach, FL United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station JEA Jacksonville, FL United States EcoFilter EF1242 WWTP Biosolids Disposal Building JEA Jacksonville, FL United States EcoFilter EF82 WWTP Raw Sludge Holding Tank JEA Jacksonville, FL United States EcoFilter EF1242 WWTP Influent Pump Station City of Grand Prairie Grand Prairie, TX United States EcoPure EP452 Pump Station Evesham Municipal Utilities Authority Evesham Twp, NJ United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Atlantic County Utilities Authority Egg Harbor Twp, NJ United States EcoFilter EF51 Pump Station Atlantic County Utilities Authority Absecon, NJ United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Lee County Utilities Fort Myers Beach, FL United States EcoPure Mini2 Pump Station Austin Water Utility Austin, TX United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station Columbia County Evans, GA United States EcoFilter EF51 Pump Station JEA Jacksonville, FL United States EcoPure Mini Pump Station JEA Jacksonville, FL United States EcoFilter EF51 Pump Station Mount Holly Municipal Utilities Authority Lumberton, NJ United States 2x EcoFilter EF62 WWTP Headworks Mount Holly Municipal Utilities Authority Lumberton, NJ United States EcoFilter EF62 WWTP Drain Pump Station Printed: 1/31/2020 Page 6 of 9 booz`�r Installation List Location Country Odor Control System Application ,Customer Mount Holly Municipal Utilities Authority Lumberton, NJ United States EcoFilter EF124 WWTP Surge & Sludge Storage Tanks Mount Holly Municipal Utilities Authority Mount Holly, NJ United States EcoFilter EF124 WWTP HW, Gravity Sludge Thickener Orange County Utilities Orlando, FL United States EcoFilter EF51 Master Pump Station St. Clair Township Corunna, ON Canada EcoFilter EF82 Pump Station Greater Hazleton Joint Sewerage Authority Hazleton, PA United States EcoFilter EF62 WWTP Sludge Holding Tank Orange County Utilities jOrlando, FL I United States EcoPure Mini I Pump Station Atlantic County Utilities Authority lAbsecon, NJ I United States EcoFilter EF51 Pump Station JEA IJacksonville, FL I United States 5x EcoFilter EF51 WWTP Gravity Belt Thickeners Middle East Installations Location Country I Odor Control System ,Customer Metito Overseas LTD Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF133 Headworks Flowtech Environmental Solutions 0 Egypt EcoPure EP681 Lift Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF72 Wet Well Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoCarb EB7S Wet Well Hussein Atieh & Sons (HAE) Tafilah Jordan EcoPure EP8122 Solids Handling Bldg Hussein Atieh & Sons (HAE) Tafilah Jordan EcoPure EP8122 Headworks Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoPure EP883 Pump Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoPure EP681 Pump Station Metito Overseas LTD Al Aqiq Saudi Arabia EcoPure EP4.5 Sewage Treatment Plant Sharjah Sharjah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF73 Pump Station Sharjah Sharjah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF53 Pump Station Al Hamra Sewage Treatment Facility Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF52 Pump Station Arab Towers Contracting Co N Aqaba Jordan EcoFilter EF82 Sewage Treatment Plant Arab Towers Contracting Co N Aqaba Jordan EcoFilter EF123 Headworks Metito Overseas LTD Mahelma Algeria EcoFilter EF53 Sewage Treatment Plant Metito Overseas LTD Mahelma Algeria EcoCarb EB6S Headworks National Water Company South Dhahran Saudi Arabia 2x EcoFilter EF113 Sewage Treatment Plant Ministry of Environment Water & Agriculture Baljurashi Saudi Arabia EcoPure EP4.5 Sewage Treatment Plant Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoCarb EB4S Pump Station Metito Overseas LTD Doha Qatar EcoFilter EF52 Pump Station Metito Overseas LTD Sharjah United Arab Emirates 2x EcoFilter 135 Sewage Treatment Plant Metito Overseas LTD Sharjah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF84 Sewage Treatment Plant Metito Overseas LTD Sharjah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF84 Sewage Treatment Plant Metito Overseas LTD Sharjah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF53 Sewage Treatment Plant Metito Overseas LTD Sharjah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF53 Sewage Treatment Plant Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates 2x EcoFilter EF 144 Sewage Treatment Plant Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates 2x EcoFilter EF123 Sewage Treatment Plant Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates 2x EcoFilter EF103 Sewage Treatment Plant Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates 2x EcoFilter EF82 Sewage Treatment Plant Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates 2x EcoFilter EF114 Sewage Treatment Plant Printed: 1/31/2020 Page 7 of 9 Installation List ,�.Location Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates nAnr Control System A 2x EcoFilter EF125 Application Pump Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF133 + EcoCarb EB11D Pump Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates 2x EcoFilter EF135 Pump Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates 2x EcoFilter EF114+ EcoCarb EB14D Pump Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF84 Pump Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoCarb EB3SP Pump Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoCarb EB3SP Pump Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF52 Pump Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF104 Pump Station Ajman Sewerage Private Company Limited Ajman United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF82 Sewage Treatment Plant Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates 2x EcoFilter EF133 + 2x EcoCarb EB12D Pump Station Ministry of Water & Electricity KSA Hail Saudi Arabia EcoFilter EF123 Pump Station Ministry of Water & Electricity KSA Hail Saudi Arabia EcoFilter EF72 Sewage Treatment Plant Ministry of Water & Electricity KSA Hail Saudi Arabia EcoFilter EF72 Sewage Treatment Plant Ministry of Water & Electricity KSA Hail Saudi Arabia 3x EcoFilter EF74 Sewage Treatment Plant Aqua Dynamic Electromechanical, LLC Abu Dhabi United Arab Emirates EcoCarb EB4S Sewage Treatment Plant Ashghal Public Works Authority Doha Qatar 2x EcoFilter EF103 + 2x EcoCarb EB11D Pump Station Veolia OTV East Jerash Jordan EcoPure EP4122 Sewage Treatment Plant Veolia OTV East Jerash Jordan EcoPure EP6162 Headworks Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF72 Pump Station Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF72 Pump Station Veolia OTV Mafraq Jordan EcoFilter EF72 Pump Station Ajman Sewerage Private Company Limited Ajman United Arab Emirates 2x EcoCarb E64S Lift Station Abu Dhabi Sewerage Service Company Abu Dhabi United Arab Emirates 8x EcoFilter EF133 Sewage Treatment Plant Abu Dhabi Sewerage Service Company Al Ain United Arab Emirates EcoCarb E64S Lift Station Abu Dhabi Sewerage Service Company Al Ain United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF62 Sewage Treatment Plant Abu Dhabi Sewerage Service Company Al Ain United Arab Emirates EcoCarb E65S Lift Station Abu Dhabi Sewerage Service Company Al Ain United Arab Emirates EcoCarb EBSS Lift Station Abu Dhabi Sewerage Service Company Al Ain United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF103 Sewage Treatment Plant Ras Al Khaimah Government Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF63 Sewage Treatment Plant Khalid Lagoon Island Sharjah United Arab Emirates EcoCarb E64S Pump Station Ashghal Public Works Authority Doha Qatar 2x EcoFilter EF83 Pump Station Ashghal Public Works Authority Doha Qatar EcoFilter EF82 + EcoCarb EB6D Pump Station Ashghal Public Works Authority Doha Qatar EcoFilter EF82 Pump Station Ras Al Khaimah Government Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF133 STP Headworks Abu Dhabi Sewerage Service Company Abu Dhabi United Arab Emirates 8x EcoFilter EF134 Pump Station Ruwais Wastewater Treatment Plant Abu Dhabi United Arab Emirates 2x EcoFilter EF134 + EcoCarb EB14D Sewage Treatment Plant Ajman Sewerage Private Company Limited Ajman United Arab Emirates EcoPure EP482 Pump Station Ras Al Khaimah Government Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates EcoCarb E63S WWTP Ras Al Khaimah Government Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates EcoCarb EB3S WWTP Dubai Municipality Dubai United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF63 WWTP Jumeirah Lake Towers IDubai I United Arab Emirates EcoCarb EB4S Pump Station Printed: 1/31/2020 Page 8 of 9 bpoal�e Installation List ,Customer Location Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates nAnr Control System EcoFilter EF52 Application Pump Station Ras Al Khaimah Government Ras Al Khaimah Government Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF52 Pump Station Ras Al Khaimah Government Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF842 Pump Station Ras Al Khaimah Government Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF63 Sewage Treatment Plant Ras Al Khaimah Government Ras Al Khaimah United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF62 Sewage Treatment Plant Ajman Sewerage Private Company Limited Ajman United Arab Emirates EcoFilter EF1242 STP Headworks, Grit, Tanker Station Ashghal Public Works Authority Doha Qatar 2x EcoFilter EF123 Pump Station Ajman Sewerage Private Company Limited Ajman United Arab Emirates EcoPure EP8122 Pump Station Ashghal Public Works Authority Doha Qatar EcoFilter EF52 Pump Station International Installations Maynilad Water Services, Inc. Las Pinas Phillipines 2x EcoFilter EF146 Water Recovery Facility Public Utilities Board Singapore Changi Singapore 6x EcoFilter EF115 Sewage Treatment Plant Manila Water Authority Pasig City Phillipines 2x EcoCarb EB9S Pump Station Public Utilities Board Singapore Jurong Singapore 4x EcoFilter EF102 WWTP Headworks Manila Water Authority Nangka Phillipines EcoCarb EB7D Pump Station Rodas Construction Azogues Ecuador EcoFilter EF62.5 WWTP TasWater Longford, TAS Australia EcoCarb EB6S Sewage Treatment Plant Bowen Sewage Treatment Plant Bowen, QLD Australia EcoFilter EF73 Headworks Bowen Sewage Treatment Plant Bowen, QLD Australia 2x EcoCarb EB7S Headworks Logan Water Authority Loganholme, QLD Australia EcoPure EP6162 Lift Station TasWater Launceston, TAS Australia EcoCarb EB4S Sewage Treatment Plant Sydney Water Vineyard, NSW Australia 2x EF1252, 3x EB10D WWTP Woodman Point 180 Alliance Munster, WA Australia 4x EcoFilter EF1262 WWTP Redland Water Thorneside, QLD Australia EcoCarb EB9S BTF Discharge Redland Water Birkdale, QLD Australia EcoCarb EB4S Pump Station Queenstown Lakes District Council Queenstown New Zealand EcoPure EP462 Dewatering Facility Yarra Valley Water Wallert, VIC Australia 2x EcoPure EP6142 Waste -to -Energy Plant Redland Water Cleveland, QLD Australia EcoCarb EB06S Pump Station Tooheys Brewery Lidcombe, NSW Australia EcoCarb EB4S Brewery WWTP Dewatering Building Tooheys Brewery Lidcombe, NSW Australia EcoCarb EB4S Brewery WWTP Buffer Tank Tooheys Brewery Lidcombe, NSW Australia EcoPure EP41 Brewery WWTP Anaerobic Reactor Tooheys Brewery Lidcombe, NSW Australia EcoPure EP4122 Brewery WWTP Preacidification Tank Printed: 1/31/2020 Page 9 of 9 Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Protect No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 M. STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO DESIGN CALCULATION- Rev A Client: Project: Subject: Extraco Drawing no.: Prepared by: Design Conditions: Construction code: Design Standard: Vessel Configuration 22/02/2021 Bioair P20118-EDMONDS WWTP EcoPure EP10283 GRP Reactor Vessel- design Calculation GRP-M ISC-11037 Jameel Al Sudani ASTM D4097/ASTM C582 BS EN 13121:2010 (Beacause ASTM D4097 does not cover the design of rectangular tanks/vessels) Rectangular, Vertical, Flat Bottom, Flanged sloped top Design Pressure = 16 Design Vacuum = Min. Design Temperature — Min. Design Temperature — Seismic & wind Load Code: Seismic Design Catagory= Site Class= SDS= Importance Factor= Ultimate wind speed (3 second gust), Vult= Wind Exposure Category= Risk Category Vessel length: Vessel Width: Vessel Height: Vessel Thickness: Vessel Empty weight: W C= 3985 pa NA -25 oC 50 oC ASCE 7-10 D D 1.028 1.25 110 M P H C III 8558 mm 3070 mm 5642 mm 11.0 mm 4710 kg Design Strain: From clause 8.2.4, For polyester resin: Design Strain (Ed) = 0.23% Allowable design unit loading: For CSM, For WR, all. ui= Ed . Xi Eq. 9 X= 14000 N/mm per kg/m2 ucsm = 32.2 N/mm per kg/m2 X= 16000 N/mm per kg/m2 uWR= 36.8 N/mm per kg/m2 Vessel Wall Design Pressure = P = 3985 pa = 0.00398532 Mpa For rectangular panel under uniformly distributed load with dimensions 893 mm x 3258 mm (largest unstiffened panel) Mp= (31P b2 Where: - Mp = Moment in wall due to the internal pressure (31= Factor obtained from table (10) BS EN 13121-3 considering type (1) fixing = 0.083 P= 0.00398532 N/mm2 b = Shortest clear unsupported span of side wall= 893 mm Mp = 264 N.mm/mm mcomp >_ (6MD/(ucomp x tgcomp))^0.5 Equation (91) BS EN 13121-3:2008 Where mcomp = required mass of glass reinforcement per unit area of combination laminate MD = design moment = Mp = 264 N.mm/mm ucomp = Allowable ultimate load for laminate divided by mass of glass of laminate _ (UTUS)ultimate tensile unit strength / k(Safety factor) For CSM ucsm= 32.2 N/mm per kg/m2 For WR uWR= 36.8 Layup Pattern: 450 g/m2 CSM: 8 600 g/m2 WR: 4 utotal per m2 = 204 Total glass reinforcement (mcopm)= 6 ucomp= 34.0 Laminate thickness= 11.0 tgcomb= laminate thickness/Total glass reinforcement= 1.83 (6MD/(ucomp x tgcomp))^0.5= 5.04 mcomp = 6 Kg/m2 >_ Ok. Check for deflection N/mm per kg/m2 No. No. N/mm Kg/m2 N/mm per kg/m2 mm 5.04 Kg/m2 tmin=(a1x PD x b4/(1.5 x Eb))°*ZS equation (90) BS EN 13121-3:2008 Where: tmin= minimum thickness to satisfy that shell deflection does not exceed 1.5 times laminate thickness. a1= factor obtained from table 10= 0.028 PD= Design pressure= 0.00398532 N/mm2 b= shortest unsupported span = 893 mm Eb= Flexural Modulus of Elasticity of laminate= for Type II laminate 8900 N/mm2 tmin= 8.5 mm Hence, 11.0 mm thick shell is Okay Wall Stiffener Design DN 250 x5 mm thick half GRP pipe is used Is= Stiffener & panel section modulus= 1.44E+08 mm4 beam spacing= 1143 mm UDL= Uniformly distributed load on stiffener 4.56 N/mm L= Length of stiffener 3258 mm E= modulus of elasticity 12500 N/mm2 6= deflection= 0.013 x w x L4/( Es x Is) 3.71 mm allowable deflection= L/300 10.9 mm Ok M= Maximum bending moment = 0.125 x w x LZ 6.04E+06 N/mm2 y= 27.2 mm Stress= My/I 1.1 N/mm2 Design Factor= 6.0 GRP stiffener flexural strength 70.0 N/mm2 allowable stress for GRP stiffener= 11.7 N/mm2 Ok. GRP overlay on the stiffener pull off force on 1 m length = UDL x 1 m = 4555 N Overlay width on each side= 75 mm Pull off stress in overlay= 0.030 N/mm2 GRP to GRP pull off strength = 3.5 N/mm2 Design factor= 6.0 Allowable pull off stress= 0.58 N/mm2 Ok. Overlay thickness= 5 mm Cross laminar shear stress in overlay 0.46 N/mm2 Cross laminar shear strength of overlay= 60 N/mm2 Design factor= 6.0 Allowable cross laminar stress= 10.00 N/mm2 Ok. Vessel Roof Design: Design Pressure: PD= 0.003985 N/mm2 Live Load: Live load= 1.5 KN/m2 0.0015 N/mm2 Since live load are acting opposite to the design pressure and it is smaller in magnitude, roof will be designed for the design pressure. Pressure = P = 3985 pa = 0.00398532 Mpa For rectangular panel under uniformly distributed load with dimensions 765 mm x 1535 mm (largest unstiffened panel) Mp= (31P b A 2 Where: - Mp = Moment in wall due to the internal pressure (31= Factor obtained from table (10) BS EN 13121-3 considering type (1) fixing = 0.083 P= 0.00398532 N/mm2 b = Shortest clear unsupported span of side wall= 765 mm Mp = 194 N.mm/mm mcomp >_ (6MD/(ucomp x tgcomp))"0.5 Equation (91) BS EN 13121-3:2010 Where mcomp = required mass of glass reinforcement per unit area of combination laminate MD = design moment = Mp = 194 N.mm/mm ucomp = Allowable ultimate load for laminate divided by mass of glass of laminate = (UTUS)ultimate tensile unit strength / k(Safety factor) For CSM ucsm= 32.2 N/mm per kg/m2 For WR uWR= 36.8 N/mm per kg/m2 Layup Pattern: 450 g/m2 CSM: 8 600 g/m2 WR: 4 utotal per m2 = 204.24 Total glass reinforcement (mcopm)= 6 ucomp= 34.0 Laminate thickness= 11.0 tgcomb= laminate thickness/Total glass reinforcement= 1.83 (6MD/(ucomp x tgcomp))^0.5= 4.31 mcomp = 6 Kg/m2 >_ Ok. No. No. N/mm Kg/m 2 N/mm per kg/m2 mm 4.31 Kg/m2 Check for deflection tmin=(a1x PD x b4/(1.5 x Eb))0*25 equation (90) BS EN 13121-3:2008 Where: tmin= minimum thickness to satisfy that shell deflection does not exceed 1.5 times roof thickness. a1= factor obtained from table 8= 0.028 PD= Design pressure= 0.00398532 N/mm2 b= shortest unsupported span = 765 mm Eb= Flexural Modulus of Elasticity of laminate= 6895 N/mm2 tmin= 7.8 mm Hence, 11.0 mm thick roof is Okay Floor Design: Floor is fully supported and therfore 11 mm thickness is sufficient. Wind Load Calculation in accordance with ASCE 7-10 IMPORTANCE FACTOR= 1.25 SURFACE ROUGHNESS CATEGORY= C EXPOSURE CATEGORY = C qz= 0.613 KzKZT Kd Vz WHERE qz= VELOCITY PRESSURE EVALUATED AT HEIGHT Z KZ=VELOCITY PRESSURE EXPOSURE COEFFICIENT OBTAINED FROM TABLE (29.3-1)= KZT= TOPOGRAPHIC FACTOR = 1 Kd= WIND DIRECTIONALITY FACTOR = 0.9 V= BASIC WIND SPEED = 110 MPH qz= 1501 N/m2 F= qz G Cf Af Equation (6-28) where F= design wind load qz= velocity pressure evaluated at height z= 1501 G= gust reflect factor from section = 0.85 Cf=force coefficient = 1.3 Af= PROJECTED AREA NORMAL TO THE WIND = length x total height= 48.3 Then, F acting at mid height of vessel= 80.1 Overturning moment at vessel base due to wind (Mw)= Fx h/2 where, h= vessel total height,m= 5.64 Then, Mw= 226 0.9 49.2 m/s N/m2 m2 KN m KN.m Seismic load calculation in accordance with ASCE 7-10 Clause 13.3 ASCE 7-10 for Seismic Demands on Nonstructural Component will be used 0.4 ap SDS Wp / Z\ F- (R l 1+ 2 h JI equation (13.3-1) P - \ Ip / where, Fp= horizontal seismic design force ap= component amplification factor obtained from tables 1 13.5-1, 13.6-1 for "Other mechanical Components" _ tables 13.5-1, 13.6-1 for "Other mechanical RP= Components" _ SDS= Ip= Importance factor from Wp= Component operating weight= height in structure point of attachment of component z= w.r.t base = h= average roof height w.r.t base = Fp= Fp is not required to be greater than Fp = 1.6SDs Ip Wp Fp max= Fp shall not be taken less than Fp = 0.3SDs Ip Wp Fp min= hence, Fp= Tower center of mass (hcg) calculation: Empty Vessel= 3910 Kg @ Sump WC = 7882 Kg @ Media 1 = 23545 Kg @ Media 1 Support= 635 Kg @ Media 2= 20344 Kg @ Media 2 support = 800 Kg @ Total weight= 57115 Kg hcg = Equation 13.3-2 Equation 13.3-3 2.82 0.15 2.07 0.46 4.56 4.04 2.8 1.5 1.028 1.25 560 0 5.6 i1106tato" m KN 1152.0 KN 216.0 KN 216.0 KN m From ground level m From ground level m From ground level m From ground level m m m From ground level Overturning moment at base due to seismic 594 Hence, Seismic load will be used in the design. Stresses in Vessel Shell Due to wind Load Bending stress in vessel shell (o) = My/I I for vessel across the weak axis= Y= M= 6= Flexural strength of GRP = Safety factor= allowable flexural stress= actual flexural stress < OK. KN.m 5.01E+11 mm4 1546 m m 594 KN.m 1.83 N/mm2 151.70 N/mm2 6.0 25.28 N/mm2 allowable flexural strength Anchor bolt design M20x250 anchor bolt is proposed. Maximum Uplift force on anchor bolt = 24.1 Anchor Bolt Diameter 24 Using ASTM A36 Anchor bolt Tensile stress in anchor bolt = 62.6 Tensile strength of ASTM A36 Anchor bolt = 400 N/mm2 Safety factor = 2.5 Allowable tensile stress = 400/2.5 = 160 N/mm2 Hence safe Shear force in anchor bolt = 5.0 Shear stress in anchor bolt= 13.0 Shear strength of ASTM A36 Anchor bolt = 240 N/mm2 Safety factor = 2.5 Allowable shear stress = 240/2.5 = 96 N/mm2 Hence safe. N/mm2 KN N/mm2 Anchor Bolt length will be checked in accordance with ACI 318-02, Appendix D as proposed by AISC in clause 3.2.2 ONcbg= OLP324(fc')0'5hef' '(AN/AN,,) for hef< 11 in. where O= 0.7 ONcbg= ACI Concrete breakout design strength 4)3= considering the concrete ti be uncracked at service loads. 1.25 hef= length of embedment, in.= 7 in. AN= Concrete breakout cone area for group of Ancor Bolts ANo= Concrete breakout cone area for single anchor Since only one Anchor bolt is used in each anchor lug then AN= ANo fc'= concrete strength = 4000 psi ONcbg= 24598 lb = 110 KN Actual uplift force in Anchor Bolt = 24.1 < 110 Hence Anchor Bolt length is OK. KN HOLD DOWN LUGS DESIGN Number of anchor lugs N= 16 Max. Anchor bolt uplift Force F= 24.1 KN Shell thickness at hold down lug ts= 11.0 mm Lug eccentricity= e= 60.0 mm lug width= w= 150 mm Lug height= h= 330 mm Check lug for simple bending M= Fe 1.4 KN.m M/Z= bending stress Z= section modulus= bd^2/6 = w. tlug^2/6 tlug= 20 mm Z= 10,000 mm3 Zmin= M/S Zmin= 9957 mm3 Z > Zmin Ok. Unit Radial load on overlay Wmax= 3Fe/h^2 Wmax= 39.8 KN/m Total radial load due to lug moment P= Wmax.h/2 P= 6.6 KN height of lug overlay hl= 310.0 mm Tensile Perimeter Tp=2hl+w= 0.77 m Tensile Perimeter load = P/TP 8.5 KN/m < 8.75 KN/m Minimum Overlay area of shear AR=Fl0.7 Mpa AR= 34376 mm2 Width of overlay strapping= L= 100 mm Actual As= (w+2.L).(h+L)-(h.w) As= 101000 mm2 >AR N.A Lifting Hook GRP Overlav Check Height of lug plate Width of lug plate width of attachment laminate on shell Distance from shell OD to lifting point Thickness of attachment laminate Number of lifting lugs weight of lifted vessel part with dry media = Load per lug with impact factor of 1.5 Shear area of attachment laminate Shear Stress in attachment laminate Allowable lap shear stress= 7/K OK. OK. Cross Laminar Shear in Overlay hp= wp= w= d= 0 I Al= T= a= F/(2.(h+w).t) 6= OK. Bending Moment on lug Overlay M=F.d M= Section Modulus of lug overlay Z=2.t.h2/6 Z= Bending Stress in lug overlay a= M/Z 6= OK. 316SS lug section Modulus 300 300 100 50 10 4 8330 30.6 160000 0.19 0.70 2.55 1.53 mm mm mm mm mm kg KN mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 > T N/mm2 <6 N/mm2 KN.m 3.00E+05 mm3 5.11 Mpa <10 Mpa Zlug=( 2*bL * IA3/6 + 2*tL*bL*(hL/2)"2)/hL tL= 16 mm bL= 100 mm hL= 84 Zlug= 1.36E+05 mm3 Bending stress in 316SS lug 61ug=M/Zlug alug= 11.26 S= allowable bending stress = S= 145 Mpa OK. Carbon Media Suaaort Carbon media Maxium weight 199.6 KN Uniformly distributed load on media support = 7.3 KN/m2 GRP Grating ( Vinyl ester resin) Using 38x38x50 mm depth GRV grating: I per mm width= 1.45E+03 mm4 per mm I for 1 m wide grating = 1.45E+06 mm4 Modulus of flexural Elsticity = 18000 N/mm2 Uniformaly distributed load over 1 m width(w)= 7.3 KN/m Span ( L)= 1.14 m Ymax= 25 mm Max= wLA2/8 1.2 KN.m Umax = M .Ymax/I = 20.6 N/mm2 Flexural strength= 207 N/mm2 Factor of safety= 4 Alloawble flextural stress= 51.75 N/mm2 Ok. Check for deflection Smax= 5wLA4/384EI 6.2 mm Allowable deflection= L/180 6.3 mm OK. Beam Supports 4 Nos. 152x152x9.5 mm thick Pultruded beams are used. 1= 6.10E+07 mm4 w= 8.37 N/mm L= 3075 mm E= 18000 N/mm2 M= 9.89E+06 N.mm 6max= 12.3 N/mm2 Mpa omax Smax Beam Tensile strength= Design factor= Allowable tensile stress= Ok. Smax= ball= OK. L/180 207 N/mm2 4 51.75 > omax 8.9 m m 17.1 mm > omax Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System booairBioAir Project No. P20118 Breathe Better. BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 N. STANDARD FRP RESIN DATASHEET SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO bpo Standard FRP Resins Doc. No.SD_VO Page 1 of 1 1 Below is a list of all standard resins used by BioAir for fabricating FRP vessels and ductwork. All resins are comparable to the others on each individual list and will be used interchangeably based on availability and as an approved equal based on the specification and site conditions. STANDARD RESINS Vinyl Ester: Brand Model Ashland Derakane 411-350 Ashland Hetron 922 Swancor 901 FLAME RETARDANT RESINS Vinyl Ester: Brand Model AOC Vipel K-022-CC AOC Vipel K-022-CN Ashland Derakane 51OA-40 Ashland Derakane 51OC-350 Ashland Hetron FR 992 Ashland Hetron FR 992 SB" Reichhold Dion 9300 FR Swancor 905 Interplastic Corve 8401 Isophthalic: Brand Model Polychem PolyPol-1023 Reichhold Dion 6631 Reichhold Polylite 721-800 E Isophthalic: Brand Model Scott Bader Crystic 349E PA Antimony trioxide may be added to the structural layer, if required to obtain the required Class 1 flame spread rating of 25 or less. Antimony trioxide addition shall not exceed 3% and shall not be added to the interior liner of the vessel. MISCELLANEOUS RESINS Brand Model Reichhold Dion FR 7767-80 (Infusion) = Resin has been discontinued by the manufacturer. booair Breathe Setter. Edmonds WWTP Washington Carbon Recovery Project Biotrickling Filter Odor Control System BioAir Project No. P20118 BioAir Submittal No. 03-04/2021 April 2021 O. ADSORBENT MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS SD3114 V10 P20118 EP10283 A-B RO b�oa'ir OptiaTM Product Data Sheet OPTIATM Doc. No.SD2771_VO Page 1 of 2 1 OptiaTM granular activated carbon is ideal for most air purification purposes. Made from selected grades of coconut shell, its superior level of hardness makes it it cleaner than most other carbons and gives it a longer life expectancy. This, combined with its high capacity level, makes it well suited for use in any kind of carbon filter or system. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Moisture, % as packed : 5 maximum Mesh size (US Sieve Series) 4x8, % : 90 minimum Greater than 4 mesh (4.75 mm), % : 10 maximum Less than 8 mesh (2.36 mm), % : 5 maximum CCL Activity, % : 60 minimum TYPICAL PROPERTIES Apparent Density, Poured, g/mL : 0.47-0.5 1 b/ft3 : 29-32 Hardness No, % : 98 minimum Iodine No., mg/g : 1100 minimum Ash content, % : 4 average PACKAGING Standard Package : 55 lb bag Standard Pallet : Qty 22, 55 lb bag Bulk Package : 1000 lb sack TRANSPORTATION Type : Activated Carbon (Not Regulated) Regulations : Exempt from DOT, IATA, and IMDG Regulations Import/Export Classification : 3802.10.0000 (HS Tariff Classification) Domestic Freight Classification : NMFC 040560 CAS # : 7440-44-0 MATERIAL HANDLING Wet activated carbon depletes oxygen from air and, therefore, dangerously low levels of oxygen may be encountered. Whenever workers enter a vessel containing activated carbon, the vessel's oxygen content should be determined and work procedures for potentially low oxygen areas should be followed. Appropriate protective equipment should be worn. Avoid inhalation of excessive carbon dust. No problems are known to be associated with handling this material. This product contains silica. Please see Material Safety Data Sheet for details. Long-term inhalation of high dust concentrations can lead to respiratory impairment. Use forced -ventilation dust mask when necessary for protection against airborne dust exposure (see Code of Federal Regulations — Title 29, Subpart Z, par. 1910.1000, Table Z-3). Doc. No.SD2771—VO Optia TM b airProduct Data Sheet Page 2 of 2 8renthe Be [ter. PRESSURE DROP INFORMATION 10 117 2.0 1.8 1.6 4-- 1.4 0 0 1.2 of = 1.0 U o 0.9 0.6 Ln Ln OI AN 0.4 0.2 ................ 0.0 1 1 0 10 20 30 40 5D 60 70 Actual Superficial Velocity (ft./min.) Optia TM PIuS O Product Data Sheet bpI OPTIATM PLUS Doc. No.SD2772_V2 Page 1 of 2 1 Optia TM Plus is a specialty activated carbon, developed for removing hydrogen sulfide (112S) from air streams and eliminating sewage odors. Optia Plus is the most effective carbon -based solution available for the removal of nuisance odors. It is produced by steam activation at high temperature using a proprietary process, which does not involve the use of any impregnant. As a result, the risk of bed fires due to exothermic reactions is greatly reduced. Optia Plus is produced as a 4x8 mesh granular carbon to provide a low pressure drop in gas -phase applications, making it suitable for use in the adsorption equipment at many existing odor control installations. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS H2S Capacity (ASTM D6646), g/mL : 0.2 minimum Moisture, % as packed : 8 maximum Mesh size (US Sieve Series) Greater than 4 mesh (4.75 mm), % : 10 maximum Less than 8 mesh (2.36 mm), % : 5 maximum TYPICAL PROPERTIES Apparent Density, Poured, g/mL : 0.40 minimum Ib/ft3 : 25 Mean Particle Diameter, mm : 3.4 PACKAGING Standard Package : 40 lb bag Standard Pallet : Qty 30, 40 lb bag Bulk Package : 1000 lb sack TRANSPORTATION Type : Activated Carbon (Not Regulated) Regulations : Exempt from DOT, IATA, and IMDG Regulations Import/Export Classification : 3802.10.0000 (HS Tariff Classification) Domestic Freight Classification : NMFC 040560 CAS # : 7440-44-0 MATERIAL HANDLING Wet activated carbon depletes oxygen from air and, therefore, dangerously low levels of oxygen may be encountered. Whenever workers enter a vessel containing activated carbon, the vessel's oxygen content should be determined and work procedures for potentially low oxygen areas should be followed. Appropriate protective equipment should be worn. Avoid inhalation of excessive carbon dust. No problems are known to be associated with handling this material. This product contains silica. Please see Material Safety Data Sheet for details. Long-term inhalation of high dust concentrations can lead to respiratory impairment. Use forced -ventilation dust mask when necessary for protection against airborne dust exposure (see Code of Federal Regulations — Title 29, Subpart Z, par. 1910.1000, Table Z-3). OptiaT"" Plus Doc. No.SD2772 V2 �o ii r Product Data Sheet Page 2 of 2 Breathe Better, Pressure Drop Information 9 C 8 O c�a 7 C C 6 42 CL 5 4 C C 0 3 O d 7 2 W OA 41 M 1 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Superficial Velocity (ftlmin) 50- Sulfur Loading vs. Relative Humidity 40 3 3 w� a 20 • 10 0 16,6 50,9 83,6 Relative Humidity C:AUsers\mjohnson\Dropbox (BAIR)A02_Eng\Eng Specs\BloAlr Carbons\27720ptia Plus\SD2772_VO_OptlaPlus_Spec_170406-w-humidity-curve.doc